Eng Study Material PDF

Mega Combo
Sale Offer
4 GRAMMAR PDFs
1) Aptitude
2) Logical Reasoning
3) Grammar Shortcuts, Tips and Tricks
4) Idioms and Phrases
Mega Combo Sale
OFFER
4 GRAMMAR PDFs
1) Aptitude
2) Logical Reasoning
3) Grammar Shortcuts, Tips and Tricks
4) Idioms and Phrases
nithrabooks.com/pdf_store/ books@nithra.mobi Cell: 98659 24040

Copyright is reserved to the publisher, therefore the person who will try to imitate or try to print
this book illegally or without the prior written permission of this publisher in any form, will be
responsible for the loss and may be punished for compensation under copyright act.
Book/PDF Name : Aptitude + Logical Reasoning + Grammar Shortcuts,

Tips and Tricks + Idioms and Phrases
Pages : 524
Rate : 400
Edition : 2020
Copyright : Publisher
In the compilation of this book all possible precautions have been taken to ensure that the informations
provided is correct. Yet the publisher / authors will nto be held responsible for any printing errors or damage
resulting from any inadvertent omission or inaccuracies in this book. However suggestions for the
improvement of this book (Including printing errors, ommissions, etc. if any) are welcome and these will be
incorporated in the subsequent editions of this book.
Published by : P. Gokulanathan, Nithra Publications, AV Plaza 3rd & 4th Floor, South Car Street, Tiruchengode - 637211.
PDF - 1
Aptitude
Aptitude Preparation for Competitive Exam Nithra
Aptitude Preparation for Competitive Exam
Ages
Formulas:
1. If the current age is x, then n times the age is nx.
2. If the current age is x, then age n years later/hence = x + n.
3. If the current age is x, then age n years ago = x - n.
4. The ages in a ratio a: b will be ax and bx.
5. If the current age is x, then 1/n of the age is x/n.
Solved Problems:
1. The sum of the present ages of two persons C and D is 45. If the age of C is twice
that of D, find the sum of their ages 5 years hence?
Answer: 55 years
Explanation:
Given data, the present ages of C + D = 45 and

C=2*D
To find, sum of their ages after 5 years
C + D = 45
2D + D = 45
3D = 45
D = 15
1
Then, C + D = 45
C + 15 = 45
C = 45 - 15
C = 30
The present ages of C and D are 30 and 15 years

After 5 years, their ages are 35 (30 + 5) and 20 (15 + 5) years
The Sum of their ages after 5 years = 35 + 20
= 55 years
❖ The Sum of their ages after 5 years is 55 years.
2. A man said to his son, ''I was two-third of your present age when you were
born''. If the present age of the man is 50 years, find the present age of the son?
Answer: 30 years
Explanation:
Let the Present age of the son be P and

The age of the man was (50 - P) [ when son was born]
Given, Man's age when the son was born is 2/3 of P
(50 - P) = 2/3 P
3 * (50 - P) = 2 P
3 * 50 - 3p = 2p
150 = 2p + 3p
150 = 5p
p = 150 / 5
= 30
❖ The Present age of the son is 30 years.
2
3. The ratio between the present ages of P and Q is 6: 8 respectively. If the

difference between Q's present age and P's age after 5 years is 3. What is the total
of P's and Q's present ages?
Answer: 56 years
Explanation:
Let the present ages of P and Q be 6x and 8x years respectively

Given, 8x - (6x + 5) = 3
8x - 6x - 5 = 3
2x = 3 + 5
2x = 8
x=4
(P's + Q's) present ages = 6x + 8x
= 14x
= 14 * 4
= 56 years
❖ P's and Q's present ages = 56 years.
4. A is three years older than B who is twice as old as C. If the total of the ages of A,
B and C be 48, then how old is B?
Answer: 18 years
Explanation:
Let C's age be x years

Then, B's age = 2x years and
A's age = (2x + 3) years
(2x + 3) + 2x + x = 48
5x + 3 = 48
5x = 48 - 3
3
5x = 45
x=9
B's age = 2x
=2*9
= 18 years
❖ B's age = 18 years.
5. Sachu is younger than Ragu by 8 years. If their ages are in the respective ratio of
5 : 7, how old is Sachu?
Answer: 20 years
Explanation:
Let Ragu's age be x years.

Then, Sachu's age = (x - 8) years
(x - 8) / x = (5 / 7)
7x - 56 = 5x
2x = 56
x = 28
Hence, Sachu's age = (x - 8)
= 28 - 8
= 20 years
❖ Sachu's age = 20 years
4
6. The sum of ages of family members (both children and parents) is 324 years. The
total ages of children and parents are in the ratio 2 : 1 and the ages of wife and
husband are in the ratio 4 : 5. What will be the age of husband?
Answer: 60 years
Explanation:
Given data,
Sum of their ages = 324
The ratio of children and parents ages is 2 : 1
Total ages of parents = 324 * (1 / 3)
= 108
The ratio of wife and husband ages is 4 : 5
Therefore, the age of husband = 108 * (5 / 9)
= 60 years
❖ The age of husband is 60 years.
7. The ratio between the present ages of A and B is 7 : 8. If B is 4 years old than A.
What will be the ratio of the ages of A and B after 4 years?
Answer: 8 : 9
Explanation:
Let A's age and B's age be 7x, 8x

Then, 8x - 7x = 4
x=4
Required ratio = (7x + 4) : ( 8x + 4 )
= (7 * 4 + 4) : ( 8 * 4 + 4 )
= 32: 36
=8:9
❖ The ratio of the ages of A and B after 4 years is 8 : 9.
5
8. The sum of ages of 6 children born at the intervals of 4 years each is 72 years.
What is the age of the youngest child?
Answer: 2 years
Explanation:
Let the ages of children be x, (x + 4) , ( x + 8 ), ( x + 12 ), ( x + 16 ), ( x + 20 ) years.

Then, x + x + 4 + x + 8 + x + 12 + x + 16 + x + 20 = 72
6x + 60 = 72
6x = 72 - 60
6x = 12
x = 12 / 6
x=2
Then, age of the youngest child = x
= 2 years
❖ Age of the youngest child = 2 years
9. Present ages of Somu and Vinoth are in the ratio of 9 : 2 respectively. Five years
ago, the ratio of their ages will become 22 : 1 respectively. What is their present age
in years?
Answer: 27 years, 6 years
Explanation:
Their present ages = 9x, 2x

5 years ago, Somu′s age = 9x - 5
5 years ago, Vinoth′s age = 2x - 5
Ratio of their ages 5 years ago = 22 : 1
(9x - 5)/ (2x - 5) = 22 / 1
1(9x - 5) = 22 (2x - 5)
9x - 5 = 44x - 110
44x - 9x = 110 - 5
6
35x = 105
x = 105 / 35
x=3
Their present ages = 9 * 3, 2 * 3
= 27, 6
❖ Their present ages = 27 years, 6 years
10. The age of the three persons is in the ratio 3 : 5 : 9. Four years ago, the sum of
their ages is 39. Six years ago, what are their ages?
Answer: 3 years, 9 years, 21 years
Explanation:
The present ages of the three persons = 3x, 5x, 9x

4 years back, the sum of their ages = 39
4 years back, the ages of the three persons = (3x - 4), (5x - 4), (9x - 4)
[From the given question, we can write]
3x - 4 + 5x - 4 + 9x - 4 = 39
17x -12 = 39
17x = 39 + 12
= 51
x = 51 / 17
=3
The present ages of the three persons = (3 * 3), (5 * 3), (9 * 3)
= 9, 15, 27
6 years back, their ages = 9 - 6, 15 - 6, 27 - 6
= 3, 9, 21
❖ 6 years back, their ages = 3 years, 9 years, 21 years
7
Problems for Practice:
1. Father is aged three times more than his son Ronit. After 8 years, he would be two
and a half times of Ronit's age. After further 8 years, how many times would he be of
Ronit's age?
2. The sum of ages of 5 children born at the intervals of 3 years each is 50 years. What
is the age of the youngest child?
3. A father said to his son, "I was as old as you are at the present at the time of your
birth". If the father's age is 38 years now, the son's age five years back was:
4. A is two years older than B who is twice as old as C. If the total of the ages of A, B
and C be 27, then how old is B?
5. Present ages of Sameer and Anand are in the ratio of 5 : 4 respectively. Three years
hence, the ratio of their ages will become 11 : 9 respectively. What is Anand's present
age in years?
Average
Formulas:
Average = Sum of observations / Number of observations
Average Speed:
Suppose a man covers a certain distance at x kmph and an equal distance at y kmph.
Then, the average speed during the whole journey is (2xy / x + y) kmph.
8
Solved problems
1. There are 459 students in a hostel. If the number of students increased by 36, the
expenses of the mess increased by Rs.81 Per day while the average expenditure per
head reduced by 1. Find the original expenditure of the mess?
Answer: Rs. 7344.
Explanation:
Let x be the expenditure of one person

Total expenditure = 459x
Total number of students = 459 + 36
= 495
36 students joined then total expenditure = 459x + 81
Average expenditure per head reduced by 1
Average = (459x + 81) / 495
(459x + 81) / 495 = x-1
459x + 81 = 495x - 495
495 + 81 = 495x - 459x
36x = 576
x = 16
Original expenditure = (16 * 459)
= Rs. 7344
❖ Original expenditure is Rs. 7344
9
2. The average price of 80 mobile phones is Rs.30,000. If the highest and lowest
price mobile phones are sold out then the average price of remaining 78 mobile
phones is Rs. 29,500. The cost of the highest mobile is Rs.80,000. The cost of lowest
price mobile is?
Answer: Rs. 19000
Explanation:
The average price of 80 mobile phones = Rs.30,000

The average price of 78 mobile phones = Rs. 29,500
The price of the costliest and cheapest mobile
= (80 * 30000) - (78 * 29500)
= 2400000 - 2301000
= 99000
Cheapest Mobile Price = 99000 - 80000
= 19000
❖ The cost of lowest price mobile is Rs. 19000
3. The average expenditure of Sharma for the January to June is Rs. 4200 and he
spent Rs. 1200 in January and Rs.1500 in July. The average expenditure for the
months of February to July is:
Answer: Rs. 4250.
Explanation:
Total Expenditure (Jan - June) is

= 4200 * 6
= 25200
Total Expenditure (Feb - June) is
= 25200 - 1200
= 24000
Total Expenditure (Feb - July) is
10
= 24000 + 1500
Average Expenditure (Feb - July) is
= (25500 / 6)
= 4250
❖ The average expenditure is Rs. 4250.
4. The average weight of all the 11 players of Team is 50 kg. If the average of first six
lightest weight players of Team is 49 kg and that of the six heaviest players of Team
is 52 kg. The average weight of the player which lies in the sixth position in the list
of players when all the 11 players of Team are arranged in the order of increasing or
decreasing weights.
Answer: 56kg.
Explanation:
Average weight of First six players is

= 49 * 6
= 294
Average weight of Last six players is
= 52 * 6
= 312
Average weight of all players is
= 50 * 11
= 550
Average weight of sixth player is
= 294 + 312 - 550
= 56
❖ The average weight is 56kg.
11
5. 3 years ago, the average of a family of 5 members was 18 years. A baby having
been born; the average age of the family is the same today. The present age of the
baby is?
Answer: 3 years
Explanation:
Given data,
Total age of 5 members, 3years ago = 18 * 5
= 90 years
Total age of 5 members now = 90 + (3 * 5)
= 90 + 15
= 105 years
Total age of 6 members now = (18 * 6)
= 108 years
Age of the baby = 108 - 105
= 3 years
❖ Age of the baby = 3 years.
6. Of the four numbers, the first is twice the second, the second is one-third of the
third and the third is 6 times the fourth. The average of the numbers is 13. The
largest of these numbers is?
Answer: 24
Explanation:
Let the fourth number be a

Then, third number = 6a, second number = 2a and first number = 4a
a + 4a + 2a + 6a = 13 * 4
13a = 13 * 4
a=4
The numbers are 4, 24, 8 and 16
12
❖ The largest of these numbers are 24.
7.The average age of 30 boys of a class is equal to 13 years. When the age of the
class teacher is included the average becomes 15 years. Find the age of the class
teacher?
Answer: 75 years
Explanation:
Total ages of 30 boys = 13 * 30

= 390 years
Total age when teacher is included = 15 * 31
= 465 years
Age of class teacher = 465 - 390
= 75 years
❖ Age of class teacher = 75 years.
8. The Average of marks obtained by 120 candidates in a certain examination is 35.

If the average marks of passed candidates is 35 and that of failed candidates is 15,
what is the number of candidates who passed the examination?
Answer: 120
Explanation:
Let the number of passed candidates be a

Then, total marks = 120 * 35 = 35a + (120 - a) * 15
4200 = 35a + 1800 - 15a
2400 = 20a
a = 120
❖ The number of passed candidates is 120.
13
9. The captain of a cricket team of 11 members is 28 years old and the wicket
keeper is 3 years older. If the ages of these two are excluded, the average age of the
remaining players is one year less than the average age of the whole team. What is
the average age of the team?
Answer: 25 years
Explanation:
Let the average age of the whole team be x years

Given data, the age of captain of a cricket team = 28 years
If the wicket keeper is 3 years older,
Then, the age of wicket keeper = 28 + 3 = 31
If the ages of these two are excluded, the average age of the remaining players is one
year less than the average age of the whole team,
Then, new average ⇒ [11x - (28 + 31)] / 9 = x - 1
[ 11x - 59] / 9 = x - 1
(11x - 59) = 9 (x - 1)
(11x - 59) = 9x - 9
11x - 9x = 59 - 9
2x = 50
x = 25
❖ The average age of the whole team is 25 years.
14
10. Out of 9 persons, 8 persons spent Rs. 40 each for their meals. The ninth one
spent Rs. 30 more than the average expenditure of all the nine. The total money
spent by all of them was?
Answer: Rs. 393.75
Explanation:
Let the average expenditure be Rs. x

x = [(8 * 40) + (30 + x)] / 9
9 * x = [(8 * 40) + (30 + x)]
9x = 320 + 30 + x
9x = 350 + x
9x - x = 350
8x = 350
x = 350 / 8
x = 43.75
The total money spent by all of them = 9x [ Total persons - 9]
= 9 * 43.75
= Rs. 393.75
❖ The total money spent by all of them was Rs. 393.75.
Problems for practice:
1. In the first 10 overs of a cricket game, the run rate was only 3.2. What should be
the run rate in the remaining 40 overs to reach the target of 282 runs?
2. A grocer has a sale of Rs. 6435, Rs. 6927, Rs. 6855, Rs. 7230 and Rs. 6562 for 5
consecutive months. How much sale must he have in the sixth month so that he gets
an average sale of Rs. 6500?
3. The average of 20 numbers is zero. Of them, at the most, how many may be
greater than zero?
15
4. The average weight of 8 person's increases by 2.5 kg when a new person comes in
place of one of them weighing 65 kg. What might be the weight of the new person?
5. The captain of a cricket team of 11 members is 26 years old and the wicket keeper
is 3 years older. If the ages of these two are excluded, the average age of the
remaining players is one year less than the average age of the whole team. What is
the average age of the team?
Banker’s Discount
Formulas:
Present Value or Present Worth = PW, Banker's Discount = BD, True Discount = TD,
Banker’s Gain = BG, Face Value or Amount = F
F = PW (1+RT / 100)
BD = (FRT / 100)
TD = PW * (RT / 100)
BG = BD - TD
PW + TD = F
TD (1 + RT / 100) = BD
TD = FRT / 100 + RT
Amount = (BD * TD) / (BD - TD)
BG = TD * RT / 100
BG = (TD)2 / PW
16
BD / TD = F / PW
Solved Problems:
1. The present worth of a sum due sometime hence is Rs. 686 and the banker's gain is
Rs. 14. The true discount is?
Answer: Rs. 98
Explanation:
From the given data,

Banker's gain = Rs. 14
Present worth = Rs. 686
Formula, True discount = √ (Present worth * Banker's gain)
= √(686 * 14)
= √9604
= Rs. 98
❖ True discount = Rs. 98.
2. A merchant owes a businessman Rs. 6400 due one year from now. The merchant
wants to settle the accounts after 4 months. If the rate of interest is 12 % per
annum, find the amount he should pay?
Answer: Rs. 5925.92
Explanation:
Amount = 6400
Rate = 12
Time = 4 months = 8 / 12 years
Formula, Sum = (100 * Amount) / [ 100 + (R * T) ]

The present worth of Rs. 6400 due in 8 months (after 4 months)
= (100 * 6400) / [ 100 + (12 * (8 / 12))]
17
= (100 * 6400) / [ 100 + 8]

= 640000 / 108
= Rs. 5925.92
❖ The amount he should pay Rs. 5925.92.
3. The banker's discount on Rs. 1500 at 8 % is the same as the true discount on Rs.
1560 for the same time and at the same rate. Find the interval of time between the
date of discounting and the legally due date?
Answer: 6 months
Explanation:
Let the interval of time be x years

Formula,
Banker's discount = (Bill amount * R * T) / 100
True discount = (Bill amount * R * T) / [ 100 + (R * T)]
Here, R = 8 %
T = x years
Banker's discount = (1500 * 8 * x) / 100
True discount = (1560 * 8 * x) / [ 100 + (8 * x)]
= (1560 * 8 * x) / (100 + 8x)
Here, Banker's discount is same as True discount
(1500 * 8 * x) / 100 = (1560 * 8 * x) / (100 + 8x)
15 = 1560 / (100 + 8x)
(100 + 8x) = 1560 / 15
(100 + 8x) = 104
8x = 104 - 100
8x = 4
x = (4 / 8)
x = (1 / 2) years
= 6 months
❖ The interval of time is 6 months.
18
4. The banker's gain on a bill due 1 year hence at 10 % per annum is Rs. 25. What is
the true discount?
Answer: Rs. 250
Explanation:

Let Banker's gain = Rs. 25
Time (T) = 1 year
Rate (R) = 10 %
Formula, True discount = (Banker's gain * 100) / (R * T)
= (25 * 100) / (10 * 1)
= Rs. 250
❖ The true discount = Rs. 250.
5. The Banker's discount on a certain sum 5 years hence at 4 % is Rs. 300. What is
the present worth?
Answer: Rs. 7500
Explanation:
From the given data

Banker's discount = Rs. 300, Rate = 4 %, Time = 5 years
Formula, True discount = (Banker's discount * 100) / (Rate * Time)
= (300 * 100) / (5 * 4)
= Rs. 1500
Formula, True discount = √ (Present worth * Banker's discount)
1500 = √ (Present worth * 300)
2250000 = Present worth * 300
Present worth = 2250000 / 300
= Rs. 7500
19
❖ The present worth is Rs. 7500.
6. The Banker's discount and True discount on a certain sum is Rs. 330 and Rs. 240
respectively. Find out the sum?
Answer: Rs. 880
Explanation:
Given data,
Banker's discount = Rs. 330
True discount = Rs. 240
Formula, Sum = (Banker's discount * True discount) / (Banker's discount - True
discount)
= (330 * 240) / (330 - 240)
= (330 * 240) / 90
= Rs. 880
❖ The sum is Rs. 880.
7. The banker's discount on a bill due 6 months hence at 8 % is Rs. 24.24. What is
the true discount?
Answer: 23.30
Explanation:
Given data,
Time = 6 months
= 1 / 2 year
Rate = 8 %
Banker's discount = Rs. 24.24
Formula,
True discount = (Banker's discount * 100) / [ 100 + ( Rate * Time ) ]
20
= ( 24.24 * 100 ) / [ 100 + ( ( 1 / 2 ) * 8 ) ]

= 2424 / [ 100 + 4 ]
= 2424 / 104
= Rs. 23.30
❖ The true discount is Rs. 23.30.
8. The present worth of a certain bill due sometime hence is Rs. 600 and the true
discount is Rs. 30. What is the banker's discount?
Answer: Rs. 31.50
Explanation:

Present worth = Rs. 600
True discount = Rs. 30
Formula,
Banker's discount = ( True discount )2 / Present worth
= 302 / 600
= 900 / 600
Banker's discount = Rs. 1.50
Formula, Banker's discount = Banker's discount - True discount
1.50 = Banker's discount - 30
Banker's discount = 30 + 1.50
= Rs. 31.50
❖ The banker's discount is Rs. 31.50.
21
discount is Rs. 36. The banker′s discount is :
Answer: 39.24.
Explanation:
Banker′s Discount = (True discount )2 / Present Worth

= ( 36 * 36 ) / 400
= ( 1296 / 400 )
= 3.24
Banker′s Discount = ( True discount + Banker′s Gain)
= Rs. ( 36 + 3.24 )
= Rs. 39.24
❖ The banker′s discount is 39.24
10. The banker′s discount and the true discount on a sum of money due 8 months
hence are Rs. 52 and Rs. 50 respectively. Find the sum and the rate percent.
Answer: Sum = 1300 and Rate = 6%
Explanation:
Sum = ( Banker′s Discount ) * ( True discount ) / ( Banker′s Discount - True discount )
= ( 52 * 50 ) / ( 52 - 50 )
= ( 52 * 50 ) / 2
= 2600 / 2
= 1300
Since B.D. is S.I. on sum due. So S.I. on Rs. 1300 for 8 months is Rs. 52, Consequently,
True discount = ( Banker′s Gain * 100 ) / ( Rate * Time )
Rate = ( 100 * 52 ) / ( 1300 * ( 2 / 3 )
Rate = ( 100 * 52 * 3 ) / 2600
Rate = ( 15600 / 2600 )
Rate = 6%
❖ Sum = 1300 and Rate = 6%
22
1. The present worth of a sum due sometime hence is Rs. 576 and the banker's gain is
Rs. 16. The true discount is :
2. The banker's discount on a certain sum due 2 years hence is 1.1 of the true
discount. The rate percent is :
3. The banker's discount of a certain sum of money is Rs. 72 and the true discount on
the same sum for the same time is Rs. 60. The sum due is :
4. The banker's discount on Rs. 1600 at 15% per annum is the same as true discount
on Rs. 1680 for the same time and at the same rate. The time is :
discount is Rs. 36. The banker's discount is :
Boats and Streams

Formulas:
1. Downstream/Upstream:
In water, the direction along the stream is called downstream. And, the direction
against the stream is called upstream.
2. If the speed of a boat in still water is u km/hr and the speed of the stream is v
km/hr, then:
Speed downstream = (u + v) km/hr.
Speed upstream = (u - v) km/hr.
3. If the speed downstream is a km/hr and the speed upstream is b km/hr, then:
Speed in still water = (1/2) (a + b) km/hr.
23
Rate of stream = (1/2) (a - b) km/hr.
Solved Problems:
1. A man can row downstream at the rate of 24 Kmph and upstream at 7 Kmph.
Find the man's rate in still water and rate of current?
Answer: 15.5 Kmph, 8.5 kmph
Explanation:
Rate of still water = 1/2 (Down stream + Upstream)

Down stream = 24 Kmph
Upstream = 7 Kmph
Rate of still water = ( 1 / 2 ) ( 24 + 7 )
= ( 1 / 2 ) * 31
= 15.5 Kmph
Rate of current = 1/2 (Down stream - Upstream)
= ( 1 / 2 ) ( 24 - 7 )
= ( 1 / 2 ) * 17
= 8.5 kmph
❖ Rate in still water and Rate of current = 15.5 Kmph, 8.5 kmph.
2. A man can row 24 kmph in still water. It takes him thrice as long to row up as to
row down the river. Find the rate of the stream?
Answer: 12 kmph.
Explanation:
Let man's rate upstream be x kmph

Then his rate of downstream = 3x kmph
Rate still water = (1 / 2 ) * ( 3x + x ) = 2x
2x = 24
24
x = 12
Rate of upstream = 12
Rate of downstream = 12 * 3 = 36 (thrice as long to row up)
Rate of stream = (1 / 2 ) * ( 36 - 12)
= 12 kmph
❖ Rate of the stream is 12 kmph
3. In a stream running at 2 Kmph, a motor boat goes 10 Km upstream and back

again to the starting point in 55 minutes. Find the speed of motor boat in still
water?
Answer: 22 kmph.
Explanation:
Let the speed of motor boat in still water be x kmph

Then, speed in downstream = (x + 2) km
Speed in upstream = (x - 2) kmph
Time taken to row 10km & back = (55 / 60 )
[ 10 / ( x + 2 ) ] + [ 10 / ( x - 2 ) ] = ( 55 / 60 )
( 10 ( x- 2 ) + 10 ( x + 2 ) ) / ( x2 - 4 ) = ( 55 / 60 )
( 10x - 20 + 10x + 20 ) / ( x2 - 4 ) = ( 55 / 60 )
20x / ( x2 - 4 ) = ( 55 / 60 )
60 * 20x = 55 * ( x2 - 4 )
120x = 55x2 - 220
55x2 - 220 - 120x = 0
11x2 - 24x - 44 = 0
(x - 22) (11x + 2) = 0
x = 22 or x = -2/11
Then x = 22 kmph
❖ Speed of motor boat is 22 kmph.
25
4. A Boat going upstream takes 7 hours 30 minutes to cover a certain distance,

while it takes 5 hours to cover the same distance running downstream. Then what
is the ratio of the speed of boat to speed of water current?
Answer: 1 : 5
Explanation:
Let the distance be x km

Formula, Speed = Distance / Time
Upstream Speed = x / [ 7 ( 1 / 2 ) ]
= x / ( 15 / 2 )
= 2x / 15
Downstream Speed = x / 5
Formula, The speed of boat = ( Downstream Speed + Upstream Speed ) / 2
Formula, The speed of the stream = ( Downstream Speed - Upstream Speed ) / 2
The speed of boat = [ ( x / 5 ) - ( 2x / 15 ) ] / 2
= ( x / 15 ) / 2
= x / 30
The speed of the stream = [ ( x / 5 ) + ( 2x / 15 ) ] / 2
=(x/3)/2
=x/6
The ratio of the speed of boat to speed of water current = ( x / 30 ) : ( x / 6 )
=1:5
❖ The ratio of the speed of boat to speed of water current = 1 : 5.
26
5. A Boat takes 120 min less to travel to 45 Km downstream than to travel the same
distance upstream. If the speed of the stream is 3 Km / hr. Then Speed of Boat in
still water is?
Answer: 12 km / hr
Explanation:
Let Speed of Boat in still water be x km / hr

Formula, Time = Distance / Speed
Time = Upstream time + downstream time
2 = [ 45 / ( x - 3 ) ] - [ 45 / ( x + 3 ) ]
2 = 45 { [ 1 / ( x - 3 ) ] - [ 1 / ( x + 3 ) ] }
2 / 45 = { [ 1 / ( x - 3 ) ] - [ 1 / ( x + 3 ) ] }
2 / 45 = [ ( x + 3 ) - ( x -3 ) ] / [ ( x + 3 )( x - 3 ) ]
2 / 45 = 6 / ( x2 - 9 )
2 / ( 45 * 6 ) = 1 / ( x2 - 9 )
1 / ( x2 - 9 ) = 1 / 135
( x2 - 9 ) = 135
x2 = 144
x = 12 km / hr
❖ Then Speed of Boat in still water is 12 km / hr.
27
6. The speed of a boat in still water is 30 kmph and the speed of the current is 25
kmph. Find the speed downstream and upstream?
Answer: 55 kmph, 5 kmph
Explanation:
Given data, Speed in still water = 30 kmph and

Speed of the stream = 25 kmph
Formula, Downstream Speed = Speed in still water + speed of the stream
Formula, Upstream Speed = Speed in still water - speed of the stream
Downstream Speed = 30 + 25
= 55 kmph
Upstream Speed = 30 - 25
= 5 kmph
❖ Downstream Speed, Upstream Speed = 55 kmph, 5 kmph.
7. A man rows his boat 72 km downstream and 34 km upstream, taking 2 hours

each time. Find the speed of the stream?
Answer: 9.5 kmph
Explanation:
For downstream, distance = 72 km and

Time = 2 hours
For Upstream, distance = 34 km and
Time = 2 hours
Formula, Speed = distance / time
Downstream Speed = 72 / 2
= 36 kmph
Upstream Speed = 34 / 2
= 17 kmph
28
Formula, The speed of the stream = ( Downstream Speed - Upstream Speed ) / 2

= ( 36 - 17 ) / 2
= 19 / 2
= 9.5 kmph
❖ The speed of the stream = 9.5 kmph.
8. A man can row 4 kmph in still water. When the river is running at 1.5 kmph, it
takes him 1 hour to row to a place and back. What is the total distance traveled by
the man?
Answer: 3.4375 km
Explanation:
Let the distance travelled by the man be x

Given data, Total time to row to a place and back = 1 hour,
Speed in still water = 4 kmph and
Speed of the stream = 1.5 kmph
Downstream Speed = 4 + 1.5
= 5.5 kmph
Upstream Speed = 4 - 1.5
= 2.5 kmph
Total time = Upstream time + downstream time
Formula, Time = Distance / Speed
1 = ( x / 5.5 ) + ( x / 2.5 )
1 = ( 2.5 x + 5.5 x ) / ( 5.5 * 2.5 )
1 = 8x / ( 5.5 * 2.5 )
8x = ( 5.5 * 2.5 )
x = ( 5.5 * 2.5 ) / 8
x = 13.75 / 8
x = 1.71875
29
The total distance travelled by the man to row to a place and back = x + x = 2x
= 2 * 1.71875
= 3.4375 km
❖ The total distance travelled by the man to row to a place and back = 3.4375
km.
9. The speed of a boat in still water is 20 kmph and the speed of the current is 15
kmph. Find the speed downstream and upstream?
Answer: 35 kmph, 5 kmph
Explanation:
Given data, Speed in still water = 20 kmph and

Speed of the stream = 15 kmph
Downstream Speed = 20 + 15
= 35 kmph
Upstream Speed = 20 - 15
= 5 kmph
❖ Downstream Speed, Upstream Speed = 35 kmph, 5 kmph.
10. A man rows his boat 62 km downstream and 32 km upstream, taking 2 hours
each time. Find the speed of the stream?
Answer: 7.5 kmph
Explanation:
For downstream, distance = 62 km and

Time = 2 hours
For Upstream, distance = 32 km and
30
Time = 2 hours
Formula, Speed = distance / time
Downstream Speed = 62 / 2
= 31 kmph
Upstream Speed = 32 / 2
= 16 kmph
Formula, The speed of the stream = (Downstream Speed - Upstream Speed) / 2
= (31 - 16) / 2
= 15 / 2
= 7.5 kmph
❖ The speed of the stream = 7.5 kmph.
1. A boat covers a distance of 40kms downstream in 2 hours while it takes 4 hours to

cover the same distance upstream. What is the speed of the boat in still water in km
per hour?
2. The speed of a boat is 15km/hr and the speed of stream is 11km/hr less than the
speed of the boat. Find the time to travel 1045 km upstream and return back to the
starting point.
3. A man can row two-quarters of a kilometre down the stream in 4 minutes and
against the stream in 6 minutes. The speed of the man in still water is (in km/hr)?
(Approximately)
4. A boat running downstream covers a distance of 30 km in 2 hours while coming

back the boat takes 6 hours to cover the same distance. If the speed of current is half
that of the boat, what is the speed of that boat?
5. A boat covers total distance of 203 km. The boat cover a certain distance upstream
is 14 hours and covers certain distance of downstream is 7 hours. The speed of boat
in still water is 12 km/hr. Find the speed of stream.
31
Calendar
Formulas:
1. Odd Days:
We are supposed to find the day of the week on a given date.
For this, we use the concept of 'odd days'.
In a given period, the number of days more than the complete weeks are called odd
days.
2. Leap Year:
(i). Every year divisible by 4 is a leap year, if it is not a century.
(ii). Every 4th century is a leap year and no other century is a leap year.
Note: A leap year has 366 days.
Examples:
Each of the years 1948, 2004, 1676 etc. is a leap year.
Each of the years 400, 800, 1200, 1600, 2000 etc. is a leap year.
None of the years 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 1800, 2100 is a leap year.
3. Ordinary Year:
The year which is not a leap year is called an ordinary years. An ordinary year has 365
days.
32
4. Counting of Odd Days:
i) 1 ordinary year = 365 days = (52 weeks + 1 day.)
1 ordinary year has 1 odd day.
ii) 1 leap year = 366 days = (52 weeks + 2 days)
1 leap year has 2 odd days.
iii) 100 years = 76 ordinary years + 24 leap years
= (76 * 1 + 24 * 2) odd days = 124 odd days.
= (17 weeks + days) = 5 odd days.
Number of odd days in 100 years = 5.
Number of odd days in 200 years = (5 x 2) 3 odd days.
Number of odd days in 300 years = (5 x 3) 1 odd day.
Number of odd days in 400 years = (5 * 4 + 1) 0 odd day.
Similarly, each one of 800 years, 1200 years, 1600 years, 2000 years etc. has 0 odd
days.
5. Days of the week related to odd days
Sunday - 0
Monday - 1
Tuesday - 2
Wednesday - 3
Thursday - 4
Friday - 5
33
Saturday - 6
Solved Problems:
1. It was Sunday on January 1, 2006. What was the day of the week January 2,
2010?
Answer: Saturday
Explanation:
On 31st December, 2005 it was Saturday.

Number of odd days from the year 2006 to the year 2009 = ( 1 + 1 + 2 + 1 )
= 5 odd days
On 31st December 2009, it was Thursday.
1st January, 2010 it is Friday.
❖ The 2nd January, 2010 it is Saturday.
2. What was the day of the week on 29th May, 2006?
Answer: Monday
Explanation:
28 May, 2006 = (2005 years + Period from 1.1.2006 to 29.5.2006)

Odd days in 1600 years = 0
5 years = (4 ordinary years + 1 leap year) = ( 4 * 1 ) + ( 1 * 2 )
=4+2
= 6 odd days
(31 (Jan) + 28 (Feb) + 31(March) + 30(April) + 29 (May)) = 149 days
149 days = (21 weeks + 2 day)
= 2 odd day.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 0 + 6 + 2) = 8
34
= 1 week + 1 day
= 1 odd day
1 odd day = Monday
❖ The day is Monday.
3. What was the day of the week on 18th June, 1998?
Answer: Thursday.
Explanation:
18th June, 1998 = ( 1997 years + Period from 1.1.1998 to 18.6.1998)

Odd days in 300 years = (5 * 3) ( 100 years = 5 odd days )
= 15 days
= 2 week + 1 day
= 1 odd day
97 years has 24 leap years + 73 ordinary years.
Number of odd days in 97 years = ( ( 24 * 2 ) + 73)
= 121
= 17 weeks + 2 days
= 2 odd days
(31 (Jan) + 28 (Feb) + 31(March) + 30(April) + 31 (May) + 18 (June) ) = 169 days
= 24 weeks + 1 day
= 1 odd day
Total number of odd days = ( 0 + 1 + 2 + 1 )
= 4 odd days
4 odd days = Thursday
❖ The day is Thursday.
35
4. If 6th March, 2005 is Monday, what was the day of the week on 7th March, 2004?
Answer: Monday.
Explanation:
The year 2004 is a leap year. So, it has 2 odd days.

But, Feb 2004 not included because we are calculating from March 2004 to March
2005. So it has 1 odd day only.
The day on 6th March, 2005 will be 1 day beyond the day on 6th March, 2004.
Given that, 6th March, 2005 is Monday.
6th March, 2004 is Sunday (1 day before to 6th March, 2005)
So 7th March, 2004 is Monday
❖ The day is Monday.
5. It was Sunday on Jan 1, 2006. What was the day of the week Jan 1, 2010?
Answer: Friday
Explanation:
On 31st December, 2005 it was Saturday.
Number of odd days from the year 2006 to the year 2009 = (1 + 1 + 2 + 1) = 5 days.
On 31st December 2009, it was Thursday.
Thus, on 1st Jan, 2010 it is Friday.
36
6. What was the day of the week on 28th May, 2006?
Answer: Sunday
Explanation:
28 May, 2006 = (2005 years + Period from 1.1.2006 to 28.5.2006)
5 years = (4 ordinary years + 1 leap year) = (4 x 1 + 1 x 2) 6 odd days
Jan. Feb. March April May

(31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 28 ) = 148 days
148 days = (21 weeks + 1 day) 1 odd day.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 0 + 6 + 1) = 7, so 0 odd day.
❖ Given day is Sunday.
8. What was the day of the week on 17th June, 1998?
Answer : Wednesday
Explanation :
17th June, 1998 = (1997 years + Period from 1.1.1998 to 17.6.1998)
Odd days in 300 years = (5 x 3) 1 odd day
97 years has 24 leap years + 73 ordinary years.
37
Number of odd days in 97 years ( 24 x 2 + 73) = 121 = 2 odd days.
Jan. Feb. March April May June

(31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 17) = 168 days
168 days = 24 weeks = 0 odd day.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 1 + 2 + 0) = 3.
❖ Given day is Wednesday.
9. What will be the day of the week 15th August, 2010?
Answer : Sunday
Explanation :
15th August, 2010 = (2009 years + Period 1.1.2010 to 15.8.2010)
9 years = (2 leap years + 7 ordinary years) = (2 x 2 + 7 x 1) = 11 odd days 4 odd days.
Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug.

(31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 15) = 227 days
227 days = (32 weeks + 3 days) 3 odd days.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 0 + 4 + 3) = 7 0 odd days.
Given day is Sunday.
38
10. Today is Monday. After 61 days, it will be:
Answer: Saturday
Explanation:
Each day of the week is repeated after 7 days.
So, after 63 days, it will be Monday.
❖ After 61 days, it will be Saturday.
1. If 6th March, 2005 is Monday, what was the day of the week on 6th March, 2004?
2. On what dates of April, 2001 did Wednesday fall?
3. How many days are there in x weeks x days?
4. The last day of a century cannot be
5. On 8th Feb, 2005 it was Tuesday. What was the day of the week on 8th Feb, 2004?
Chain rule
Formulas
1. Direct Proportion
Two quantities are said to be directly proportional, if on the increase (or decrease) of
the one, the other increases (or decreases) to the same extent.
Ex:
Cost is directly proportional to the number of articles.
39
(More articles, More cost)
2. Indirect Proportion (inverse proportion)
Two quantities are said to be indirectly proportional, if on the increase of the one, the
other decreases to the same extent and vice-versa.
Ex:
The time taken by a car is covering a certain distance is indirectly proportionalto the
speed of the car. (More Speed, Less is the time taken to cover a distance.)
Note: In solving problems by chain rule, we compare every item with the term to be
found out.
Solved Problems:
1. In a dairy farm, 30 cows eat 30 bags of husk in 30 days. In how many days one
cow will eat one bag of husk?
Answer: 30 days
Explanation:
Assume that in x days, one cow will eat one bag of husk.
More cows, less days (Indirect proportion)
More bags, more days (direct proportion)
Hence we can write as
Cow => 30 : 1 :: x : 30
Bags => 1 : 30 :: x :: 30
30 * 1 * 30 = 1 * 30 * x
( 30 * 30 ) = 30 x
x = ( 30 * 30 ) / 30
= 30 days
40
❖ The required days = 30 days
2. 36 men can complete a piece of work in 9 days. In how many days will 27 men
complete the same work?
Answer: 12 days
Explanation:
Let the required number of days be x

More men, less days (indirect proportion)
36 : 27 :: x : 9
36 * 9 = 27 * x
( 36 * 9 ) / 27 = x
36 / 3 = x
x = 12
❖ The required days = 12 days
3. 39 persons can repair a road in 6 days, working 5 hours a day. In how many days
will 30 persons, working 6 hours a day, complete the work?
Answer: 6.5 days
Explanation:
Let the required number of days be x

More persons, less days (indirect proportion)
More hours, less days (indirect proportion)
Persons => 39 : 30 :: x : 6
Hours => 5 : 6 :: x : 6
39 * 5 * 6 = 30 * 6 * x
39 * 30 = 180 x
41
( 39 * 30 ) / 180 = x
( 39 * 3 ) / 18 = x
39 / 6 = x
x = 6.5 days
❖ The required days = 6.5 days
4. If the wages of 6 men for 15days be Rs. 2100, then find the wages of 12 men for 9
days.
Answer: Rs. 2520
Explanation:
Let the required wages be Rs. x

More men, More wages (direct proportion)
Less days, Less wages (direct proportion)
Men => 6 : 12 :: 2100 : x
Days => 15 : 9 :: 2100 : x
( 6 * 15 * x ) = ( 12 * 9 * 2100 )
90 x = ( 12 * 9 * 2100 )
x = ( 12 * 9 * 2100 ) / 90
= ( 12 * 2100 )/ 10
= 12 * 210
= 2520
❖ The required wages = Rs. 2520
42
5. A certain number of men can complete a piece of work in 180 days. If there are
30 men less, it will take 20 days more for the work to be completed. How many
men were there originally?
Answer: 300
Explanation:
They were to complete the work in 180 days but as the number of persons is reduced
to x - 30.
∴ Work takes 20 more days. So the equation is 180x = (x - 30) 200
180x = 200x – 6000
200x – 180x = 6000
20x = 6000
x = 6000 / 20
⇒ x = 300
6. A garrison is provided with ration for 90 soldiers to last for 70 days. For how
much more time would the whole ration last if 10 additional soldiers join them
after 20 days?
Answer: 45 days
Explanation:
Let the whole ration now lasts for x days.

Equating the consumption on both sides, we get (90 * 70) = (90 * 20) + (100 * x)
6300 = 1800 + 100x
100x = 6300 - 1800
100x = 4500
x = 4500 / 100
x = 45 days.
43
7. A man can walk a certain distance at a uniform speed in 100 days. How long will
it take him to cover twice the distance at half the normal speed?
Answer: 400 days
Explanation:
Earlier time = 100 days.

Distance is doubled and speed is reduced to half.
❖ time will become 2 * 2 i.e. 4 times.
Hence now it will take 100 * 4 = 400 days.
8. 3 pumps, working 8 hours a day, can empty a tank in 2 days. How many hours a
day must 4 pumps work to empty the tank in 1 day?
Answer: 12
Explanation:
Let the required number of working hours per day be x.
More pumps, Less working hours per day (Indirect Proportion)
Less days, More working hours per day (Indirect Proportion)
Pumps => 4 : 3 :: 8 : x
Days => 1:2
4*1*x=3*2*8
x= (3 * 2 * 8) / (4)
x = 48 / 4
x = 12
44
10. 39 persons can repair a road in 12 days, working 5 hours a day. In how many
days will 30 persons, working 6 hours a day, complete the work?
Answer : 13
Explanation :
Let the required number of days be x.
Less persons, More days (Indirect Proportion)
More working hours per day, Less days (Indirect Proportion)
Persons => 30 : 39 :: 12 : x
Working hours/day => 6:5
30 * 6 * x = 39 * 5 * 12
x= (39 * 5 * 12) / (30 * 6)
x = 13
1. A man completes 5/8 of a job in 10 days. At this rate, how many more days will it
takes him to finish the job?
2. If a quarter kg of potato costs 60 paise, how many paise will 200 gm cost?
3. In a dairy farm, 40 cows eat 40 bags of husk in 40 days. In how many days one cow
will eat one bag of husk?
4. A wheel that has 6 cogs is meshed with a larger wheel of 14 cogs. When the
smaller wheel has made 21 revolutions, then the number of revolutions mad by the
larger wheel is:
5. If 7 spiders make 7 webs in 7 days, then 1 spider will make 1 web in how many
days?
45
Clock
Formulas
1. Minute Spaces
The face or dial of clock is a circle whose circumference is divided into 60 equal parts,
called minute spaces.
Hour hand and minute hand
A clock has two hands, the smaller one is called the hour hand or short hand and the
larger one is called minute hand or long hand.
2. i) In 60 minutes, minute hand gains 55 minutes on the hour over the hour hand.
ii) Both the hands of a clock coincide once in every hour.
iii) The hands of a clock are in the same straight line when they are coincident or
opposite to each other.
iv) When the two hands of a clock are at right angles, they are 15 minute spaces
apart.
v) When the hands of a clock are in opposite directions, they are 30 minute spaces
apart.
vi) Angle traced by hour hand in 12 hrs = 360°
vii) Angle traced by minute hand in 60 min = 360°
viii) If a watch or a clock indicates 9.15, when the correct time is 9, it is said to be 15
minutes too fast. On THE OTHER HAND, if it indicates 7.45, when the correct time is 8,
it is said to be 15 minutes too slow.
ix) The hands of a clock will be in straight line but opposite in direction, 22 times in a
day.
x) The hands of a clock coincide 22 times in a day.
xi) The hands of a clock are straight 44 times in a day.
xii) The hands of a clock are at right angles 44 times in a day.
46
Solved Problems
1. Find the angle between the hour hand and the minute hand of a clock when time
is 2.25.
Answer: 77 (1/2) °
Explanation:
Angle traced by the hour hand in 12 hours = 360°

2 hr 25 min = 2 ( 25/60 )
= 145 / 60
= 29 / 12
Angle traced by it in 2 hour 25 min ( 29 / 12 hr) = ( 360 / 12 ) * ( 29 / 12 )
= 30 * ( 29 / 12 )
= 5 * ( 29 / 2 )
= 145 / 2
= 72 (1/2)°
Angle traced by it in 25 min = [ ( 360 / 60 ) * 25 ]°
= 6 * 25
= 150°
Required angle = 150° - 72 ((1/2))°
= 77 (1/2)°
❖ Required angle = 77 (1/2)°
2. An accurate clock shows 8′o clock in the morning. Through how many degrees
will the hour hand rotate when the clock shows 1′o clock in the afternoon?
Answer: 150°
Explanation:
Time Between 8AM to 1 PM = 5 hours

47
Angle traced by the hour hand in 5 hours = [ ( 360 / 12 ) * 5 ]°

= 30 * 5
= 150°
❖ Required angle = 150°
3. The reflex angle between the hands of a clock at 10 is:
Answer: 60°
Explanation:

Angle traced by the hour hand in 10 hours = [ (360 / 12) * 10] °
= (30 * 10) °
= 300°
Reflex angle = 360° - 300°
= 60°
❖ Reflex angle = 60°
4. A clock is started at noon. By 10 minutes past 5, the hour has turned through:
Answer: 155°
Explanation:
Angle traced by hour hand in 12 hours = 360°

5 hr 10 min = 5 (10/60)
= 5 (1/6)
= 31 / 6
Angle traced by hour hand in 31 / 6 hour = ( 360 / 12 ) * ( 31 / 6 )
= 5 * 31
= 155°
❖ Required angle = 155°
48
5. Find the angle between the hour hand and the minute hand of a clock when time
is 6?
Answer: 180°
Explanation:

Angle traced by it in 6 hours = ( 6 / 12 ) * 360°
= 6 * 30°
= 180°
❖ Angle traced by it in 6 hours = 180°
Problems for practices:
1. The angle between the minute hand and the hour hand of a clock when the time is
4.20, is:
2. At 3:40, the hour hand and the minute hand of a clock form an angle of:
3. The angle between the minute hand and the hour hand of a clock when the time is
8.30, is:
4. At what time between 9 and 10 o'clock will the hands of a watch be together?
5. How many times do the hands of a clock coincide in a day?
49
Compound Interest
Formulas
Interest is Compounded Annually
Amount = P (1+ (r/100)) n
Compound Interest = Total amount – Principal
Interest is Compounded Half-Yearly

Amount = P (1+ ((r/2) / 100))2n
Interest is Compounded Quarterly

Amount = P (1+ ((r/4) / 100))4n
Interest is Compound Monthly

Amount = P (1+ (r / 12 / 100)12n
Interest is Compounded Annually but Time is in Fraction, say 2(3/2) years

Amount = P (1+r/100)2 * (1+(3/2)r/100)
CI when Rates are Different for Different Years

Amount = P (1+r1/100) (1+r2/100) (1+r3/100)
50
1. Rohit invested an amount of Rs. 40000 for 2 years at compound interest at the
rate of 6 % per annum. Find the amount he receives at the end of 2 years?
Answer: Rs. 44944
Explanation:
Principal P = Rs. 40000
Rate of Interest r = 6 %
Number of years n = 2
Amount = P ( 1 + ( r / 100 ) )n
Amount = 40000 * ( 1 + ( 6 / 100 ))2
= 40000 * ( 1 + ( 3 / 50 ))2
= 40000 * ( 53 / 50 )2
= 40000 * ( 53 / 50 ) * ( 53 / 50 )
= ( 400 * 53 * 53 ) / 25
= 1123600 / 25
= 44944
❖ The amount that Rohit receives at the end of 2 years = Rs. 44944
2. If the compound interest on a certain sum for 2 years at 15% per annum is 258.
Find the Principal?
Answer: Rs. 800
51
Explanation:
Let the Principal is P
Compound interest = Amount - Principal
So compound interest = P [ 1 + ( 15 / 100 )]2 - P
258 = P [ ( 100 + 15 ) / 100 ]2 - P
258 = P ( 115 / 100) * ( 115 / 100 ) - P
258 = P ( 23 / 20) * ( 23 / 20) - P
258 = P ( 529 / 400 ) - P
258 = P [ ( 529 - 400 ) / 400 ]
258 = P ( 129 / 400 )
( 258 * 400 ) / 129 = P
2 * 400 = P
P = Rs. 800
3. A sum amounts to Rs. 2704 in 2 years at 4% compound interest. The sum is?
Answer: Rs. 2500
Explanation:
Let the sum be P.
R=4%
n=2
Amount = Rs. 2704
Amount = P [ 1 + ( R / 100 )]n
2704 = P ( 1 + ( 4 / 100) )2
52
2704 = P [ ( 100 + 4 ) / 100 ]2

2704 = P ( 104 / 100) * ( 104 / 100 )
2704 = P ( 26 / 25 ) * ( 26 / 25 )
P = ( 2704 * 25 * 25 ) / ( 26 * 26 )
= ( 67600 * 25 ) / 676
= 1690000 / 676
= 2500
❖ Principal = Rs. 2500
4. What compound interest will be obtained on an amount of Rs. 5000 at the rate of
12 % p.a. in 2 years?
Answer: Rs. 1272
Explanation:
Principal = Rs. 5000
R = 12 %
n = 2 years
Compound Interest = Principal * [ 1 + ( R / 100 )]n - Principal
= [ 5000 * [ 1 + ( 12 / 100 )]2 ] - 5000
= [ 5000 * [ ( 100 + 12 ) / 100 ]2 ] - 5000
= [ 5000 * ( 112 / 100) * ( 112 / 100 ) ] - 5000
= [ 5000 * ( 56 / 50 ) * ( 56 / 50 ) ] - 5000
= ( 2 * 56 * 56 ) - 5000
53
= Rs. 1272
❖ Compound Interest = Rs. 1272
5. Simple interest on a certain sum of money for 3 years at 4% per annum is 1200.
Compound interest on the same amount of money for 2 years is?
Answer: Rs. 816
Explanation:
Given, Time = 3
Rate = 4%
Simple interest = 1200
Formula, Simple interest = ( Principal * Time * Rate ) / 100
So, 1200 = ( Principal * 3 * 4 ) / 100
P = ( 1200 * 100 )/12
= 100 * 100
P = 10000
For compound interest, Rate = 4, Principal = 10000
Formula, Compound interest = P * [ 1 + ( R/100 ) ]n - P
= 10000 * [ 1 + ( 4 / 100 ) ]2 - 10000
= 10000 * (104 / 100 ) * ( 104 / 100 ) - 10000
= 104 * 104 - 10000
= 10816 - 10000
= 816
54
❖ Compound interest = Rs. 816
6. The Simple interest on a certain sum for 2 years at 10% per annum is Rs. 150. The
corresponding compound interest is?
Answer: Rs. 1575
Explanation:
Given data,
Time = 2 years
Rate = 10 %
Simple interest = Rs. 150
Formula, Principal = ( Simple interest * 100 ) / N * R
Principal = ( 150 * 100 ) / ( 2 * 10 )
= 150000 / 20
= Rs. 7500
Formula, Compound Interest = [ Principal * { 1 + ( R / 100 ) }n - Principal ]
= 7500 * [ 1 + ( 10 / 100 ) ]2 - 7500
= [ 7500 * ( 11 / 10 ) * ( 11 / 10 ) ]- 7500
= 9075 - 7500
= Rs. 1575
❖ The corresponding compound interest is Rs. 1575.
55
7. If the difference between the simple interest and compound interests on some
principal amount at 20 % for 3 years is Rs. 45, then the principal amount is?
Answer: Rs. 351.5625
Explanation:
Formula, Principal = [ ( Difference * 1003 ) ] / [ r2 ( 300 + Rate ) ]
Let P be Sum and R be rate of interest
R = 10 %
Difference between S.I and C.I is Rs. 45
P = [ ( 45 * 100 * 100 * 100 ) ] / [ 20 * 20 ( 300 + 20 ) ]
= Rs. 351.5625
❖ The principal amount is Rs. 351.5625.
8. Riyaz deposited an amount of Rs.6000 for 3 years at 12% per annum. If he

deposited this much of amount in compound interest, then what′s the total amount
of money he got after 3 years?
Answer: Rs. 8429.568
Explanation:
Given, Principal (P) = Rs.6000
Rate (R) = 12 %
Time (n) = 3 Years
Formula, Amount = P [ 1 + (R/100 ) ]n
= 6000 [ 1+ ( 12 / 100 ) ]3
56
= 6000 * [ ( 100 + 12 ) / 100 ]3

= 6000 * [112 / 100 ]3
= 6000 * 1404928 / 1000000
= 8429.568
❖ Amount = Rs. 8429.568
9. What sum invested for 2 years at 10 % compounded annually will grow to Rs.
5808?
Answer: Rs. 4800
Explanation:
Formula,
Amount = P [ 1 + ( R / 100 ) ]n
Here, Amount = Rs. 5808
N=2
R = 10 %
5808 = P [ 1 + ( 10 / 100 ) ]2
5808 = P [ 11 / 10 ]2
P = 5808 * 10 * 10 / ( 11 * 11 )
= Rs. 4800
❖ The sum invested is Rs. 4800.
57
10. A sum of money is borrowed and paid back in two annual installments of Rs.
1120 each allowing 5% compound interest. The sum borrowed was?
Answer: Rs. 2416.54
Explanation:
Formula,
The sum borrowed = Sum for instalments + Sum for instalments * [ 1 + ( r / 100 ) ] * [
1 + ( r / 100 ) ]2
Here, r = 5 %
Sum for instalments = Rs. 1120
The sum borrowed = 1120 + 1120 * [ 1 + ( 5 / 100 ) ] * [ 1 + ( 5 / 100 ) ] 2
= 1120 + 1120 * ( 21 / 20 ) * ( 21 / 20 ) * ( 21 / 20 )
= 1120 + 1296.54
= Rs. 2416.54
❖ The sum borrowed is Rs. 2416.54.

1. Mahesh invests an amount of Rs 8,560@ 4% p.a. for 2 years. What approximate
amount of compound interest will he obtain at the end of 2 years?
2. What would be the compound interest obtained on an amount of Rs 3,000 at the

rate of 8% p.a. after 2 years?
3. Mohan invested an amount of Rs 35,000 for two year at the rate of 5% p.a. What
amount of compound interest would she receive at the end of two year?
58
4. Shyam invests an amount of Rs 5,690 at the rate of 5 per cent per annum for 3
years. What approximate amount of compound interest will he obtain at the end of 3
years?
5. What amount of compound interest can be obtained on an amount of Rs 4,500 at

the rate of 4% p.a at the end of 2 years?
H.C.F and L.C.M

Formulas:
1. Factors and Multiples:
If number a divided another number b exactly, we say that a is a factor of b.
In this case, b is called a multiple of a.
2. Highest Common Factor (H.C.F.) or Greatest Common Measure (G.C.M.) or Greatest

Common Divisor (G.C.D.):
The H.C.F. of two or more than two numbers is the greatest number that divides each
of them exactly.
There are two methods of finding the H.C.F. of a given set of numbers:
Factorization Method and Division Method.
59
Finding the H.C.F. of more than two numbers:
Suppose we have to find the H.C.F. of three numbers, then, H.C.F. of [(H.C.F. of any
two) and (the third number)] gives the H.C.F. of three given number.
Similarly, the H.C.F. of more than three numbers may be obtained.
3. Least Common Multiple (L.C.M):
The least number which is exactly divisible by each one of the given numbers is called
their L.C.M.
There are two methods of finding the L.C.M. of a given set of numbers:
Factorization Method, Division Method.
4. Product of two numbers = Product of their H.C.F. and L.C.M.
5. Co-primes:
Two numbers are said to be co-primes if their H.C.F. is 1.
6. H.C.F. and L.C.M. of Fractions:
1. H.C.F. = H.C.F. of Numerators / L.C.M. of Denominators
2. L.C.M. = L.C.M. of Numerators / H.C.F. of Denominators
60
Solved Problems:
1. Find the H.C.F of 24 * 32 * 53 * 72 * 9, 22 * 32 * 54 * 72, 72 * 93 * 22
Answer: 196
Explanation:
The Prime numbers common to given numbers are 7, 2

H.C.F = 72 * 22
=(7*7)*(2*2)
= 49 * 4
= 196
❖ The H.C.F = 196
2. Find the H.C.F of 108, 288 and 72.
Answer: 36
Explanation:
108 = 22 * 33
288 = 25 * 32
72 = 23 * 32
H.C.F = 22 * 32
=(2*2)*(3*3)
61
=4*9
= 36
❖ The H.C.F = 36
3. Find the L.C.M of 360, 2100, 216
Answer: 37800
Explanation:
360 = 23 * 32 * 5
2100 = 22 * 52 * 3 * 7
216 = 23 * 33
L.C.M = 23 * 33 * 52 * 7
=(2*2*2)*(3*3*3)*(5*5)*7
= 8 * 27 * 25 * 7
= 216 * 25 * 7
= 216 * 175
= 37800
❖ The L.C.M = 37800
4. The ratio of two numbers is 3 : 5 and their H.C.F is 4. Their L.C.M is :
Answer: 12, 20
62
Explanation:
Let the numbers be 3x and 4x
Then their H.C.F = x
So x = 4
So the number = 3x
=3*4
= 12
Another number = 5x
=4*5
= 20
❖ The numbers are 12, 20.
5. Find the greatest number that will divide 43, 91 and 183 so as to leave the same
remainder in each case.
Answer: 4
Explanation:
Required number = H.C.F. of (91 - 43), (183 - 91) and (183 - 43)
= H.C.F. of 48, 92 and 140
= 4.
6. If HCF of two numbers is 11 and the product of these numbers is 363, what is the
the greater number?
63
Answer: 33
Explanation:
Let the numbers be 11a and 11b
⇒ (11a * 11b ) = 363
⇒ 121ab = 363
⇒ ab = 363 / 121
⇒ ab = 3
Co primes with product 3 = ( 1, 3 )
Hence the numbers with HCF 11 and product 363
= ( 11 * 1, 11 * 3 )
= ( 11, 33 )
Hence numbers are 11 and 33
The greater number = 33
7. Find the H.C.F. of 26 * 35 * 52, 28 * 32 * 54 * 72and 27 * 33 * 53 * 74. ?
Answer: 14400
Explanation:
The H.C.F. of the given numbers is the product of the common factors with least
power.
H. C. F = 26 * 32 * 52
=(2*2*2*2*2*2)*(3*3)*(5*5)
= 64 * 9 * 25
64
= 14400
H.C.F = 14400
8. Find the HCF of 54, 288, 360 ?
Answer: 18
Explanation:
Lets solve this question by factorization method.
18 = 2 * 32
288 = 25 * 32
360 = 23 * 32 * 5
HCF will be minimum term present in all three = 2 * 32
= 18
H.C.F = 18
9. The sum of two numbers is 528 and their H.C.F is 33. Find the number of pairs of
numbers satisfying the above condition?
Answer: 4
Explanation:
Let the required numbers be 33a and 33b.
Then 33a + 33b = 528
⇒ a + b = 16
65
Now, co-primes with sum 16 are ( 1, 15 ), ( 3, 13 ), ( 5, 11 ) and ( 7, 9 )

Required numbers are ( 33*1, 33*15 ), ( 33*3, 33*13 ), ( 33*5, 33*11 ), ( 33*7, 33*9 )
The number of such pairs is 4
10. If the L.C.M of two numbers is 750 and their product is 18750, find the H.C.F of
the numbers?
Answer: 25
Explanation:
H.C.F = ( Product of the numbers ) / ( Their L.C.M )
= 18750 / 750
= 25
H.C.F = 25
1. Find the HCF and LCM of 70 and 90
2. Product of two co-prime numbers is 117. Then their L.C.M is :
3. Find the greatest number that will divide 149, 247 and 624 leaving remainders 5, 7,
12 respectively.
4. Find the two numbers where LCM is 45 times their HCF. If one of the numbers is
125 and the sum of HCF and LCM is 2300, then the other number is?
66
5. Find the greatest number which will divide 772 and 2778 so as to leave the
remainder 5 in each case.
Mensuration
Formula:
1. Area of rectangle (A) = length(l) * Breadth(b)

2. Perimeter of a rectangle (P) = 2 * (Length(l) + Breadth (b))
3. Area of a square (A) = Length (l) * Length (l)
4. Perimeter of a square (P) = 4 * Length (l)
5. Area of a parallelogram(A) = Length(l) * Height(h)
6. Perimeter of a parallelogram (P) = 2 * (length(l) + Breadth(b))
7. Area of a triangle (A) = (Base(b) * Height(b)) / 2
8. Area of trapezium (A) = h ((a+b)/2), Where , “a” and “b” are the length of parallel
sides.
9. Perimeter of a trapezium (P) = sum of all sides
10. Area of rhombus (A) = Product of diagonals / 2
11. Perimeter of a rhombus (P) = 4 * l, where l = length of a side
12. Area of quadrilateral (A) = 1/2 * Diagonal * (Sum of offsets)
13. Area of a Kite (A) = 1/2 * product of it’s diagonals
14. Perimeter of a Kite (A) = 2 * Sum on non-adjacent sides
Solved Problems
1.What will be the cost of building a fence around a square plot with area equal to
324 sqft, if the price per foot of building the fence is Rs. 50?
Answer: Rs.3600
Explanation:
Let the Side of the square plot = a ft
Given, Area of the square plot = a2
324 = a2
67
Take square root on both sides

a = 18 ft
Perimeter of the square plot = 4a
= 4 * 18
= 72 ft
Length of the fence = Perimeter of the square plot = 72 ft
Cost of building the fence = 50 * 72
= Rs.3600
❖ Cost of building the fence = Rs.3600
2. The length of a rectangular floor is more than its breadth by 300%. If Rs. 363 is
required to paint the floor at the rate of Rs. 3 per sqm, then what would be the
length of the floor?
Answer: 22m
Explanation:
Let the length and breadth of the floor be l and b

Given, l = b + 300% of b
Length (l) = b + 3b
= 4b
Breadth (b) = l / 4
Area of the floor = 363 / 3 = 121 sq m
Length * Breadth = 121
l * ( l / 4 ) = 121
l2 = 4 * 121
l2 = 484
Take square root on both sides
l = 22
❖ Length of the floor = 22m
68
3. The length of a rectangular field is thrice its breadth. If the perimeter of this field
is 800m, what is the length of the field?
Answer: 300 m
Explanation:
Perimeter of a rectangle = 2 (length + breadth)
Length of the rectangular field = 3 * breadth
Therefore perimeter of field = 2 (3 * breadth + breadth)
= 2 ( 4 * breadth)
= 8 * breadth
The given perimeter = 800 m
∴ 8 * breadth = 800
Breadth = 800 / 8
= 100 m
So, length = 3 * 100 m
= 300 m
❖ The length is 300 m.
4. Ravi wants to cover the floor of her room whose length is 4 m and breadth is 3m
by square tiles. If each square tile is of side 20cm, then find the number of tiles
required to cover the floor of her room.
Answer: 300
Explanation:
Length of the room = 4m = 400cm
Breadth of the room = 3m = 300cm
Area of the floor of the room = Length * Breadth
= 400 * 300 sq. cm
= 120000 sq. cm
Side of the square tile = 20cm
Area of the square tile = Side * Side
= 20 * 20 sq. cm
69
= 400 sq. cm
So, number of tiles required = Area of the floor / Area of one tile
= 120000 / 400
= 300
❖ 300 tiles are required.
5. The length and breadth of a rectangular field are in the ratio 5:3. The area of the
field is 2160 sq. m. If a fence is to be made at the rate of Rs. 350 per metre , how
much will it cost?
Answer: Rs. 67200
Explanation:
Let the length and breadth of a rectangular field be 5x and 3x
Area of the field = l * b
2160 = 5x * 3x
2160 = 15x2
x2 = 2160 / 15
x2 = 144
x = 12
∴ Length = 5 * 12 = 60
∴ Breadth = 3 * 12 = 36
Perimeter of the field = 2 (l+b)
= 2 ( 60 + 36 )
= 192 m
Rate of fencing = Rs. 350 per metre
Cost of fencing = 350 * 192
= Rs. 67200
❖ Cost is Rs. 67200.
70
6. The area of the square formed on the diagonal of a rectangle as its side is 108( 1 /
3 ) % more than the area of the rectangle. If the perimeter of the rectangle is 42m,
find the difference between the sides of the rectangle?
Answer: 3m
Explanation:
From the given data

Perimeter of the rectangle, 2 * ( l + b ) = 42 units
Area of the rectangle = l * b = lb
The area of the square formed on the diagonal of a rectangle as its side = ( l2 + b2 )
( l2 + b2 ) = lb + 108 ( 1 / 3 ) % lb
( l2 + b2 ) = lb * [ 1 + ( 325 / 3 ) * ( 1 / 100 ) ]
( l2 + b2 ) = lb * [ 1 + ( 13 / 12 ) ]
( l2 + b2 ) = lb * ( 25 / 12 )
12 * ( l2 + b2 ) = 25 lb
Convert ( l2 + b2 ) to ( l + b )2, Add 24lb on both sides,
12 ( l2 + b2 ) + 24lb = 25 lb + 24lb
12 l2 + 12 b2 +24lb = 49 lb
12 * ( l2 + b2 + 2lb) = 49 lb
12 * ( l + b )2 =49 lb Given, 2( l + b) = 42, ( l + b) = 21
12 * 21 * 21 = 49 lb
lb = ( 12 * 21 * 21 ) / 49
lb = 108
l = 108 / b
l + b = 21
( 108 / b ) + b = 21
( 108 + b2 ) / b = 21
( 108 + b2 ) = 21b
b2 - 21b + 108 = 0
b2 - 9b - 12b + 108 = 0
( b - 9 ) ( b - 12 ) = 0
(b-9)=0
b=9
71
After solving, we get l = 12, b = 9

The difference between the sides of the rectangle = 12 - 9 = 3m
❖ Difference between the sides of the rectangle = 3m
7. A cone with diameter of its base as 30 cm is formed by melting a spherical ball of

diameter 10 cm. What is the approximate height of the cone?
Answer: 2.2 cm
Explanation:
Diameter = 30 cm
Radius of cone = 30/2 = 15
Radius of ball = 10/2 = 5
Volumes will be equal, so
(1/3) π * r2h = (4/3) π * R3
152 h = 4 * 53
225h = 500
h = 2.2
❖ The height of the cone is 2.2 cm.
8. At the rate of Rs. 2 per sq m, cost of painting a rectangular floor is Rs. 5760. If the
length of the floor is 80% more than its breadth, then what is the length of the
floor?
Answer: 72 m
Explanation:
Let the length and the breadth of the floor be l m and b m respectively.
l = b + 80% of b
l = b + 0.8 b
l = 1.8 b
Area of the floor = ( 5760 / 2 )
72
Area = 2880 sq m
Length * Breadth = 2880
(i.e.) l * ( l / 1.8 ) = 2880
l2 = ( 2880 * 1.8 )
l2= 5184
l = 72
❖ The length of the floor is 72 m.
9. The perimeter of a rectangle of length 62 cm and breadth 50 cm is four times

perimeter of a square. What will be the side of the given square?
Answer: 14 cm
Explanation:
Given that,
Length= 62 cm
Breadth = 50 cm
Let the side of the square be a cm.
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2 * ( l + b )
= 2 * ( 62 + 50 )
= 224 cm
Perimeter of a square = 4a
Perimeter of the rectangle = 4 * Perimeter of a square
224 / 4 = 4a
⇒ 4a = 56
⇒ a = 14 cm
❖ Side of the square = 14 cm
73
10. What will be the area of trapezium whose parallel sides are 22 cm and 16 cm
long, and the distance between them is 11 cm?
Answer: 209 cm2
Explanation:
Given that,
Parallel Sides = 22 cm, 26 cm
Distance = 11 cm
Area of a trapezium = ( 1 / 2 ) * ( Sum of parallel sides ) * ( Perpendicular distance
between them )
= ( 1 / 2 ) * ( 22 + 16 ) * (11)
= ( 1 / 2 ) * ( 38 * 11 )
= ( 1 / 2 ) * (418)
= 209 cm2
❖ Area of a trapezium is 209 cm2.
Problems for practices:
1. What will be the cost of building a fence around a square plot with area equal to
289 sq ft, if the price per foot of building the fence is Rs. 58?
2. The area of a square is equal to five times the area of a rectangle of dimensions
125 cm * 64 cm. What is the perimeter of the square?
3. A wire in the form of a circle of radius 3.5 m is bent in the form of a rectangle,
whose length and breadth are in the ratio of 6 : 5. What is the area of the rectangle?
4. The area of a square is 4096 sq cm. Find the ratio of the breadth and the length of
a rectangle whose length is twice the side of the square and breadth is 24 cm less
than the side of the square.
74
5. The parameter of a square is double the perimeter of a rectangle. The area of the
rectangle is 480 sq cm. Find the area of the square.
Numbers
Formulas:
(a + b) (a - b) = (a2 - b2)
(a + b)2 = (a2 + b2 + 2ab)
(a - b)2 = (a2 + b2 - 2ab)
(a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2(ab + bc + ca)
(a3 + b3) = (a + b) (a2 - ab + b2)
(a3 - b3) = (a - b) (a2 + ab + b2)
(a3 + b3 + c3 - 3abc) = (a + b + c) (a2 + b2 + c2 - ab - bc - ac)
When a + b + c = 0, then a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc.
Solved Problems
1. The price of 70 Apples is equal to that of 140 Oranges. The price of 60 Apples and
75 Oranges together is Rs. 2535. The total price of 20 Apples and 40 Oranges is?
Answer: Rs.1040
Explanation:
70 Apples = 140 Oranges

1 Apple = ( 140 / 70 ) Oranges = 2 Oranges
Price of an 1 Apple = Price of 2 Oranges
75
Price of [ 60 Apples + 75 Oranges ] = Rs. 2535

60 Apples + 75 Oranges = 2535
60 ( 2 Oranges) + 75 Oranges = 2535
120 Oranges + 75 Oranges = 2535
195 Oranges = 2535
Orange = 2535 / 195
= 13
Price of an orange = Rs.13
Price of an Apple = 2 Oranges
= 2 * 13
= Rs.26
Price of an Apple = Rs.26
The total price of 20 Apples and 40 Oranges = ( 20 * 26 ) + (40 * 13)
= 520 + 520
= Rs.1040
❖ The total price of 20 Apples and 40 Oranges = Rs.1040
2. The price of 4 tables and 5 chairs is Rs. 3360. With the same money one can buy 3
tables and 9 chairs. If one wants to buy 1 table and 1 chair, how much does he need
to pay?
Answer: Rs.800
Explanation:
4 tables + 5 chairs = Rs.3360

With the same money one can buy,
3 tables + 9 chairs = Rs.3360
4 tables + 5 chairs = 3 tables + 9 chairs
( 4 - 3 ) tables = ( 9 - 5 ) chairs
1 table = 4 chairs
4 * ( 4 chairs ) + 5 chairs = Rs.3360
16 chairs + 5 chairs = 3360
21 chairs = 3360
76
Chair = 3360 / 21
= Rs.160
1 table + 1 chair = 4 chairs + 1 chair
= 5 chairs
= 5 * 160
= Rs.800
❖ Price of 1 table and 1 chair = Rs.800
3. There are 5 working days in a regular week and for each day, the working hours
are 10. A man earns Rs. 2.50 per hour for regular work and Rs. 12.5 per hour for
overtime. If he earns Rs. 550 in 4 weeks, how many hours did he work?
Answer: 204 hours
Explanation:
[ weeks - 4, working days - 5 days in a week, hours - 10 ]

Regular working hours in 4 weeks = 4 * ( 5 * 10 )
= 4 * 50
= 200 hours
Amount earned by working in these regular working hours = 200 * 2.50
= Rs.500
Additional amount earned = 550 - 500
= Rs.50
Overtime hours worked = 50 / 12.5
= 4 hours
Total hours worked = 200 + 4
= 204 hours
❖ Total hours worked = 204 hours
77
4. Find the value of 962 + 632 = (?)2 - 1112 - 8719
Answer: 185
Explanation:
Assume, the value be x

962 + 632 = x2 - 1112 - 8719
x2 = 12321 + 9216 + 12321 + 3969 + 8719
x2 = 34225
x = 185
❖ x = 185
5. A man has Rs.720 in the denominations of one-rupee notes, two-rupee notes and
five-rupee notes. The number of notes of each denomination is equal. What is the
total number of notes that he has?
Answer: 270
Explanation:
Let the number of notes be x , 2x, 5x

Then, x + 2x + 5x = 720
8x = 720
x = 90
Here, the number of notes of each denomination is equal, then multiply by 3
To find the total number of notes
So, the total number of notes = 3x
= 3 * 90
= 270
❖ The total number of notes = 270
78
6. A man has some hens and cows. If the number of heads be 64 and the number of
feet equals 176, then the number of hens is?
Answer: 40
Explanation:
Let the number of heads be x and the number of cows be y

Then, x + y = 64 ----- (i)
And 2x + 4y = 176 ----(ii)
Multiply by 2 in (i) it becomes,
2x + 2y = 128 ----(iii)
Solve the equations (ii) and (iii) we get
2y = 48
y = 24
x + y = 64
x = 64 - 24
= 40
❖ The required answer = 40
7. If one-third of one-fourth of a number is 15, then two-ninth of the number is:
Answer: 40
Explanation:
Let the number be x

( 1 / 3 ) * ( 1 / 4 ) * x = 15
( 1 / 12 ) * ( x ) = 15
x = 15 * 12
x = 180
Two-ninth of the number * x = ( 2 / 9 ) * 180
x = 40
79
❖ Two-ninth of the number = 40
8. Four times the first of three consecutive odd integers is 14 more than twice the
third. The third integer is:
Answer: 15
Explanation:
Let the three integers be x, x + 2 and x + 4

Then, 4x = 2 * ( x + 4 ) + 14
= 2x + 8 + 14
= 2x +22
4x - 2x = 22
2x = 22
x = 22 / 2
x = 11
Third integer = x + 4
= 11 + 4
= 15
❖ Third integer = 15
9. A number is as much greater than 56 as is less than 106. Find the number.
Answer: 81
Explanation:
Let the number be x.

Then x - 56 = 106 - x
x + x = 106 + 56
2x = 162
x = ( 162 / 2 )
= 81
80
❖ x = 81
10. The difference between a two-digit number and the number obtained by
interchanging the positions of its digits is 9. What is the difference between the two
digits of that number?
Answer: 1
Explanation:
Let the ten′s digit be x

Unit′s digit be y
Then, ( 10x + y ) - ( 10y + x ) = 9
10x + y - 10y - x = 9
9x - 9y = 9
9(x-y)=9
(x-y)=(9/9)
=1
❖ Difference between the two digits of that number = 1
1. If one-third of one-fourth of a number is 15, then three-tenth of that number is:
2. Three times the first of three consecutive odd integers is 3 more than twice the
third. The third integer is:

interchanging the positions of its digits is 36. What is the difference between the two
digits of that number?

interchanging the digits is 36. What is the difference between the sum and the
81
difference of the digits of the number if the ratio between the digits of the number is
1:2?
5. A two-digit number is such that the product of the digits is 8. When 18 is added to
the number, then the digits are reversed. The number is:
Partnerships
Formulas
1. Partnership: When two or more than two persons run a business jointly, they are
called partners and the deal is known as partnership.
2. Ratio of Divisions of Gains:

i. When investments of all the partners are for the same time, the gain or loss is
distributed among the partners in the ratio of their investments.
Suppose A and B invest Rs. x and Rs. y respectively for a year in a business, then at
the end of the year:(A's share of profit) : (B's share of profit) = x : y.
ii. When investments are for different time periods, then equivalent capitals are
calculated for a unit of time by taking (capital x number of units of time). Now gain or
loss is divided in the ratio of these capitals.
Suppose A invests Rs. x for p months and B invests Rs. y for q months then,
(A's share of profit) : (B's share of profit)= xp : yq.
3. Working and Sleeping Partners:

A partner who manages the business is known as a working partner and the one who
simply invests the money is a sleeping partner.
Solved Problems
1.A, B and C started a business each investing Rs.10000. After 4 month A withdraws
Rs.3000, B withdraws Rs.4000, C invest Rs.3000 more. At the end of the years, a
total profit was Rs.32800. Find the share of C.
Answer: 14400
82
Explanation:
Ratio of capital of A, B and C.

= ( 10,000 × 4 + 7000 × 8 ) : ( 10,000 × 4 + 6000 × 8 ) : ( 10,000 × 4 + 13000 x 8 )
= 96000 : 88000 : 144000
So, Ratio becomes 12 : 11 : 18
Distributing the final profit of Rs. 32800 in the given ratio, the share of C becomes
14400.
2. Divide Rs. 100 among three people so that the second will have twice as much as
the first, and the third will have Rs. 5 less than the second. How much does each
people receive?
Answer: Rs. 21, Rs. 42 and Rs. 37
Explanation:
Let First people share = Rs. x

Second people share = Rs. 2x
Third people share = Rs. 2x - 5
Total amount = Rs. 100
( x + 2x + 2x - 5 ) = 100
( 5x - 5 ) = 100
5x = ( 100 + 5 )
5x = 105
x = ( 105 / 5 )
x = Rs. 21
Second people share = Rs. 2x
= ( 2 * 21 )
= Rs. 42
Third people share = Rs. 2x - 5
= ( 42 - 5 )
= Rs. 37
❖ Each people will receive Rs. 21, Rs. 42 and Rs. 37 respectively.
83
3. Shakeel started a software business by investing Rs. 20,000. After six months,
Neel joined him with a capital of Rs. 30,000. After 3 years, they earned a profit of
Rs. 13,950. What was Shakeel’s share in the profit?
Answer: Rs. 6200
Explanation
Ratio of capitals of Shakeel and Neel

= (20,000 * 36) : (30,000 * 30) = 720000: 900000
= 4 : 5.
Shakeel’s share = Rs. 13950 * 4 / 9
= Rs. 6200
4. A, B and C started a business by investing Rs. 250000, Rs. 300000 and Rs.350000
respectively. Find the share of B, out of an annual profit of Rs.187200.
Answer: Rs. 62400
Explanation
Ratio of shares of A, B and C = Ratio of their investment

A : B : C = 250000 : 300000 : 350000 = 5 : 6 : 7
Share of B = Rs. [187200 * ( 6 / 18 )]
Share of B = Rs. 62400
5. A started a business with Rs. 18,000 and is joined afterwards by B with Rs.
54,000. After how many months did B join if the profits at the end of the year are
divided equally?
Answer: 8
Explanation:
Given data,
84
A's Investment = Rs. 18000

B's Investment = Rs. 54000
Let the duration of B's capital was used be x months
Investment * duration = Profit
Then,
18000 * 12 = 54000 * ( 12 - x )
( 18000 * 12 ) / 54000 = 12 - x
4 = 12 - x
x=8
❖ B will join if the profits at the end of the year are divided equally is after 8
months.
6. M, N, O subscribe Rs. 5000 for a business. M subscribes Rs. 400 more than N and
N subscribes Rs. 500 more than O. Out of a total profit of Rs. 3500, N receives:
Answer: Rs.1470
Explanation:
Let O = x, N = x + 500; M = x + 500 + 400

So the total amount = M + N + O
(x) + ( x + 500 ) + ( x + 500 + 400 ) = Rs. 5000
3x + 1400 = 5000
3x = 5000-1400
3x = 3600
x = 3600 / 3
x = 1200
∴ O = Rs. 1200
Then N = x + 500
= 1200 + 500
= Rs. 1700
M = x + 500 + 400
= 1200 + 900
= Rs. 2100
85
Ratio of their investement

M : N : O = 2100 : 1700 : 1200 = 21 : 17 : 12
∴ N's share = 3500 * [ 21 / ( 21 + 17 + 12 ) ]
= 3500 * ( 21 / 50 )
= Rs.1470
❖ N's share = Rs.1470
7. X and Y started a partnership business investing some amount in the ratio of 7 :

4. Z joined then after six months with an amount equal to that of X. In what
proportion should the profit at the end of one year be distributed among X, Y and
Z?
Answer: 14 : 8 : 7
Explanation:
Let the initial investments of X and Y be 7x and 4x

Ratio of their investment
X : Y : Z = (7x * 12) : (4x * 12) : (7x * 6)
= ( 7 * 12 ) : ( 4 * 12 ) : ( 7 * 6 )
= 84 : 48 : 42
= 42 : 24 : 21
= 14 : 8 : 7
❖ Ratio of their investment = 14 : 8 : 7
8. Suresh, karthi and Anu invested Rs. 4500, Rs. 2500 and Rs. 4500 respectively in a
business. Suresh and Karthi left after six months. If after eight months, there was a
gain of Rs. 4160, then what will be the share of karthi?
Answer: Rs. 800
86
Explanation:
Ratio of their investment

Suresh : karthi : Anu = ( 4500 * 6 ) : ( 2500 * 6 ) : ( 4500 * 8 )
= ( 45 * 6 ) : ( 25 * 6 ) : ( 45 * 8 )
=(9*6):(5*6):(9*8)
= 54 : 30 : 72
= 27 : 15 : 36
= 9 : 5 : 12
karthi′s share = 4160 * [ 5 / ( 9 + 5 + 12 ) ]
= 4160 * ( 5 / 26 )
= 160 * 5
= Rs. 800
❖ Karthi′s share = Rs. 800
9. Karthi started a business with Rs.12500 and after 4 months, Kavin joined him
with Rs.30000. Karthi received Rs.29000 including 10% of profit as commission for
managing the business. What amount did Kavin receive?
Answer: Rs. 36000
Explanation:
Ratio of the profits = ( 12500 * 12 ) : ( 30000 * 8 )

= ( 125 * 12 ) : ( 300 : 8 )
= 1500 : 2400
= 15 : 24
=5:8
Let the total profit = x
Karthi received Rs.29000 including 10% of profit as commission for managing the
business
Then Karthi received 10x/100 = x/10 ( as commission for managing the business )
Remaining profit = x - ( x / 10 )
= ( 9x / 10 ) which is shared in the ratio 5 : 8
87
Karthi′s share = ( x/10 ) + (9x/10) * (5/13)

29000 = ( 1 / 10 ) ( x + 9x * ( 5 / 13 ) )
290000 = ( 13x + 45x ) / 13
290000 * 13 = 58x
( 290000 * 13 ) / 58 = x
5000 * 13 = x
x = 65000
Kavin′s share = 65000 - 29000
= 36000
❖ Kavin′s share = Rs. 36000
10. Revathi, Usha and Roshini entered into a partnership by investing Rs. 20000, Rs
X, and Rs. 22000 respectively for 6 months, 8 months and 10 months respectively. If
Usha earns a profit of Rs. 16500 out of a total profit of Rs. 44550, find the total
investment done by all three.
Answer: Rs. 67000
Explanation:
Revathi : Usha : Roshini = ( 20000 * 6 ) : ( x * 8 ) : ( 22000 * 10 )

= ( 20000 * 3 ) : ( x * 4 ) : ( 22000 * 5 )
= ( 10000 * 3 ) : ( x * 2 ) : ( 11000 * 5 )
= 30000 : 2x : 55000
= 15000 : x : 27500
Usha′s share = 44550 * [ x / ( 15000 + x + 27500 ) ]
16500 = 44550 * [ x / ( 42500 + x ) ]
16500 * ( 42500 + x ) = 44550x
701250000 + 16500x = 44550x
701250000 = 44550x - 16500x
701250000 = 28050 x
x = 701250000 / 28050
= 70125000 / 2805
= 25000
88
So total investment = 20000 + 25000 + 22000

= Rs. 67000
❖ Total investment = Rs. 67000
Practice Questions:
1. A and B invest in a business in the ratio 3 : 2. If 5% of the total profit goes to

charity and A's share is Rs. 855, the total profit is:
2. A, B and C jointly thought of engaging themselves in a business venture. It was

agreed that A would invest Rs. 6500 for 6 months, B, Rs. 8400 for 5 months and C, Rs.
10,000 for 3 months. A want to be the working member for which, he was to receive
5% of the profits. The profit earned was Rs. 7400. Calculate the share of B in the
profit.
3. A, B and C enter into a partnership in the ratio 7/2 :4/3 :6/5. After 4 months, A
increases his share 50%. If the total profit at the end of one year be Rs. 21,600, then
B's share in the profit is?
4. A, B, C subscribe Rs. 50,000 for a business. A subscribes Rs. 4000 more than B and
B Rs. 5000 more than C. Out of a total profit of Rs. 35,000, A receives:
5. Three partners shared the profit in a business in the ratio 5 : 7 : 8. They had
partnered for 14 months, 8 months and 7 months respectively. What was the ratio of
their investments?
Percentage
Formulas:
1. Concept of Percentage:
By a certain percent, we mean that many hundredths.

Thus, x percent means x hundredths, written as x%.
89
To express x% as a fraction: We have, x% = x / 100

Thus, 20% = 20 / 100 = 1/5
To express a/b as a percent: We have, a/b = (a/b * 100) %
Thus, 1/4 = (1/4 * 100) % = 25%
2. Percentage Increase/Decrease:
If the price of a commodity increases by R%, then the reduction in consumption so as

not to increase the expenditure is:
(R/ (100 + R) * 100) %
If the price of a commodity decreases by R%, then the increase in consumption so as

not to decrease the expenditure is:
(R/ (100 - R) * 100) %
3. Results on Population:
Let the population of a town be P now and suppose it increases at the rate of R% per
annum, then:
1. Population after n years = P (1 + R/100) n
2. Population n years ago = P / (1 + R/100) n
4. Results on Depreciation:
Let the present value of a machine be P. Suppose it depreciates at the rate of R% per
annum. Then:
1. Value of the machine after n years = P (1 - R/100) n
2. Value of the machine n years ago = P / (1 - R/100) n
90
3. If A is R% more than B, then B is less than A by (R/ (100 + R) * 100) %
4. If A is R% less than B, then B is more than A by (R/ (100 – R) * 100) %
Solved Problems
1. Hari spends 20% of his monthly salary on house rent, 25% on food, 10% on
transportation, 15% on the education of his children, and 18% on other household
expenses. He saves the remaining amount of Rs. 4800 at the end of the month.
What is his monthly salary?
Answer: Rs. 40000
Explanation:
Let the monthly salary be 100%

Monthly Expenditure = 20% + 25% + 10% + 15% + 18%
= 88%
Hari saves Rs. 4800 at the end of the month.
Monthly Savings = 100% - 88%
12% = 4800
1% of his salary = 4800 / 12
= 400
100% of his salary = 400 * 100
= Rs. 40000
❖ His monthly salary is Rs. 40000
2. In an election between two candidates, the winner secured 58% of the total
votes and wins by a majority of 2400 votes. How many votes did the losing
candidate get?
Answer: 6300 votes
91
Explanation:
Total votes cast = 100%

Winner gets = 58%
Loser gets = 100 - 58 = 42%
Majority = Votes secured by winner - Votes secured by loser
⇒ 58% - 42% = 16%
Majority votes = 2400
(i.e) 16% = 2400
1% of votes = 2400 / 16
= 150
Votes get by the losing candidate = 150 * 42
= 6300 votes
❖ Lost candidate got 6300 votes.
3. In an examination, Ramesh scored 30% less than Suresh and Mahesh scored 20%
less than Suresh. Ramesh's score is what percentage of Mahesh's score?
Answer: 80%
Explanation:
Ramesh's score = x
Mahesh's score = y
Suresh score = 100%
Ramesh's score is
= 100% - 30%
= 70%
Mahesh's score is
= 100% - 20%
= 80%
❖ Percentage of Mahesh's score is 80%.
92
4. The population of a town is 75000. If it increase at the rate of 12 % per annum,

what will be its population 2 years hence?
Answer: 94080
Explanation:
Given,
The population of a town = 75000, number of years = 2 and its increasing rate is 12 %
The population of a town after 2 years = 75000 * ( (100+12) / 100 ) * ( (100+12) / 100
)
= 75000 * ( 112 / 100 ) * ( 112 / 100 )
= 75000 * 1.2544
= 94080
❖ The population of a town after 2 years = 94080
5. The length and breadth of a rectangle are increased by 30 % and 40 %. The area
of the resulting rectangle exceeds the area of the original rectangle?
Answer: 82 %
Explanation:
Given,
The length and breadth of a rectangle are increased by 30 % and 40 %
Formula, The area of the rectangle = length * breadth
The area of the resulting rectangle = (130 / 100) * (140 / 100) * 100
= 182
The area of the resulting rectangle exceeds the area of the original rectangle = 182 -
100
= 82 %
❖ The area of the resulting rectangle exceeds the area of the original rectangle
by 82 %.
93
6. The price of a fan is decreased by 25 % as a result of which the sale increased by

42%. What will be the effect on the total revenue of the shop?
Answer: 6.5 %
Explanation:
Let the price of a fan = Rs. 100 and its price increased by 100 %
So, Original revenue = 100 * 100
= 10000
After 25 % decrease = ( 100 - 25 ) % * ( 100 + 42 )
= 75 * 142
= 10650
The effect on the total revenue of the shop = [ ( 10650 - 10000 ) / 10000 ] * 100
= ( 650 / 10000 ) * 100
= 6.5 %
❖ The effect on the total revenue of the shop =6.5 %
7. Ram save 20 %, after 4 years when his income is increased by 10 %, he could

save the same money then how much his expenditure increased?
Answer: 10 %
Explanation:
Let income = 100, Savings = 20 and expenditure = 80

After 4 years,
New income = 110, Savings = 22 and expenditure = 88 ( 110 - 22 )
Expenditure increased % = [ ( 88 - 80 ) / 80 ] * 100
= ( 8 / 80 ) * 100
= 10 %
❖ Expenditure increased % is 10 %.
94
8. What percent of 150 is 90?
Answer: 90
Explanation:
Let the percent be x

Then, ( x % ) * 150 = 90
Then, ( x / 100 ) * 150 = 90
x = ( 90 * 100 ) / 150 %
= ( 900 / 15 )%
x = 60 %
❖ 60 percent of 150 is 90.
9. After decreasing 27 % in the price of an article costs Rs.1022. Find the actual cost
of an article?
Answer: Rs. 1400
Explanation:
Cost price * [ ( 100 - 27 ) ] / 100 = 1022
Cost price * ( 73 / 100 ) = 1022
Cost price = ( 1022 * 100 ) / 73
= 14 * 100
= Rs. 1400
❖ The actual cost of an article is Rs. 1400.
10. 20 % of 30 % of 45 is equal to?
Answer: 2.7
95
Explanation:
Given data,
20 % of 30 % of 45 = ( 20 / 100 ) * ( 30 / 100 ) * 45
= ( 2 / 10 ) * ( 3 / 10 ) * 45
=(1/5)*(3/2)*9
= 27 / 10
= 2.7
❖ 20 % of 30 % of 45 is 2.7
1. Two students appeared at an examination. One of them secured 9 marks more

than the other and his marks was 56% of the sum of their marks. The marks obtained
by them are?
2. A fruit seller had some apples. He sells 40% apples and still has 420 apples.
Originally, he had?
3. What percentage of numbers from 1 to 70 have 1 or 9 in the unit's digit?
4. If 20% of a = b, then b% of 20 is the same as?
5. In a certain school, 20% of students are below 8 years of age. The number of
students above 8 years of age is 2/3 of the number of students of 8 years of age
which is 48. What is the total number of students in the school?
Permutations And Combinations
Formulas:
1. Factorial Notation
Let n be a positive integer. Then, factorial n, denoted n! Is defined as:
96
n! = n (n-1) (n-2) ... 3.2.1
2. Permutations:
The different arrangements of a given number of things by taking some or all at a
time, are called permutations.
3. Number of Permutations:
Number of all permutations of n things, taken r at a time, is given by:
nP = n (n-1) (n-2) .... (n-r+1) = n!/(n-r)!

r
4. Combination = nCr = nPr / r!
where, n, r are non-negative integers and r ≤ n.
r is the size of each permutation.

n is the size of the set from which elements are permuted.
! is the factorial operator.
5. Number of combinations:
The number of all combinations of n things, taken r at a time is:
nC = n! / (r!) (n-r)!
r
= n (n-1) (n-2) ... to r factors / r!
Note:
i) nCn = 1 and nC0 = 1
ii) nCr = nC(n-r)
Solved Problems
1. In how many ways a committee, consisting of 4 men and 6 women can be formed
from 8 men and 10 women?
Answer: 14700
97
Explanation:
nC = nC(n - r)
r
Required number of ways = (8C4 * 10C4)
= (8C4 * 10C4)
= [ 8! / 4! ( 8 - 4 )! ] * [ 10! / 4! ( 10 - 4 )! ]
= [ ( 8 * 7 * 6 * 5 * 4 ! ) / ( 4 * 3 * 2 * 1 ) * 4! ] * [ ( 10 * 9 * 8 * 7 * 6 ! ) / ( 4 * 3 * 2 * 1
) * 6! ]
= [ ( 8 * 7 * 6 * 5 ) / ( 4 * 3 * 2 * 1 ) ] * [ ( 10 * 9 * 8 * 7 ) / ( 4 * 3 * 2 * 1 ) ]
= ( 7 * 2 * 5 ) * ( 10 * 3 * 7 )
= 70 * 210
= 14700
❖ Required number of ways = 14700
2. Find the value of 10C2
Answer: 45
Explanation:
10C = 10! / 2! ( 10 - 2 )!
2
= 10! / 2! * ( 8 ! )
= ( 10 * 9 * 8 ! ) / ( 2 * 1 ) 8 !
=5*9
= 45
❖ 10C
2 = 45
Answer: 1
98
Explanation:
20C = 20! / 20! ( 20 - 20 )!

20
= 20! / 20! * 0 ! ( 0! = 1 )
=1/1
=1
❖ 20C
20 =1
4. Out of 5 women and 4 men a committee of three members is to be formed in

such a way that at least one member is a women. In how many different ways can it
be done?
Answer: 80
Explanation:
nC = n! / (r!) * (n - r)! Number of ways when none is women = 4C3

r
= 4! / 3! ( 4 - 3 )!
= 4 * 3! / 3!
=4
Total possible way = 9C3
= 9! / 3! ( 9 - 3 )!
= 9! / ( 3! * 6! )
= ( 9 * 8 * 7 * 6 ! ) / ( 3 * 2 * 1 ) * 6!
=3*4*7
= 84
Required ways = 84 - 4
= 80
❖ Required ways = 80
99
Answer: 161700
Explanation:
nCr = nC(n - r)
100C = 100C
97 (100-97)
100
= C3
= 100 ! / 3 ! * ( 100 - 3 ) !
= ( 100 * 99 * 98 * 97! ) / ( 3 * 2 * 1 ) * 97 !
= ( 100 * 99 * 98 ) / ( 3 * 2 )
= 161700
❖ 100C
97 = 161700
6. 1. In how many different ways can the letters of the word ′TESTING′ be arranged
in such a way that the vowels always come together?
Answer: 1440
Explanation:
The word ′TESTING′ has 7 different letters.

When the vowels EI are always together, they can be supposed to form one letter.
Then, we have to arrange the letters TSTNG (EI).
Now, 6 ( 5 + 1 = 6 ) letters can be arranged in 6! = 6 * 5 * 4 * 3 * 2 * 1
= 720 ways
The vowels (EI) can be arranged among themselves in 2! = 2 ways.
Required number of ways = ( 720 * 2 )
= 1440
100
7. In how many ways can the letters of the word ′BANKING′ be arranged?
Answer: 2520
Explanation:
The word ′BANKING′ contains 7 letters, namely 1B, 1A, 2N, 1K, 1I and 1G
Required number of ways = 7! / [ (1!) * (1!) * (2!) * (1!) * (1!) * (1!) ]
=(7*6*5*4*3*2*1)/(2*1)
=7*6*5*4*3
= 2520
8. Find the value of 60P2
Answer: 3540
Explanation:
nP
r = n! / (n- r)!
60P = 60 ! / ( 60 - 2 ) !
2
= ( 60 * 59 * 58! ) / 58 !
= 60 * 59
= 3540
❖ 60P
2 = 3540
9. Find the value of 5P5
Answer: 120
Explanation:
nP = n! / (n - r)!
r
101
5P = 5! / ( 5 - 5 ) !
5
= 5 ! / 0!
= 5! / 1
=5*4*3*2*1
= 120
❖ 5P5 = 120
10. How many words can be formed by using all letters of the word ′HEAD′ ?
Answer: 25
Explanation:
The word HEAD contains 4 different letters Required number of words = 4P4 = 4! / ( 4 -
4)!
= 4 ! / 0!
= 4! / 1
=4*3*2*1
= 25
❖ Required number of words = 25
1. If 6 boys and 6 girls have to sit in a round circular music chair, so that there is a girl
between 2 boys. Find the number of ways they can sit?
2. How many 4 digits even number can be formed with repetition from the digits {2,
3,4,5,6,7,8}.
3. In how many different ways can five friends sit for a photograph of five chairs in a
row?
4. In how many different ways can the letters of the word MAGIC can be formed?
102
5. For the above word how many different types of arrangement are possible so that
the vowels are always together?
Pipes and Cistern
Formulas:
1. Inlet:
A pipe connected with a tank or a cistern or a reservoir, that fills it, is known as an
inlet.
Outlet:
A pipe connected with a tank or cistern or reservoir, emptying it, is known as an

outlet.
2. If a pipe can fill a tank in x hours, then:
part filled in 1 hour = 1/x
3. If a pipe can empty a tank in y hours, then:
part emptied in 1 hour = 1/y
4. If a pipe can fill a tank in x hours and another pipe can empty the full tank in y
hours (where y > x), then on opening both the pipes, then
the net part filled in 1 hour = 1/x - 1/y
5. If a pipe can fill a tank in x hours and another pipe can empty the full tank in y
hours (where x > y), then on opening both the pipes, then
the net part emptied in 1 hour = 1/y - 1/x
103
Solved Problems
1. One pipe can fill a tank five times as fast as another pipe. If together the two
pipes can fill the tank in 52 minutes, then the slower pipe alone will be able to fill
the tank in:
Answer: 5.2 hrs.
Explanation:
Suppose the slower pipe alone can fill the tank in x minutes.
Then the faster pipe can fill the tank in ( x / 5 ) minutes.
Part filled by the slower pipe in 1 minute = ( 1 / x )
Part filled by the faster pipe in 1 minute = 1 / ( x / 5 )
=5/x
Part filled by both the pipes in 1 minute = ( 1 / x ) + ( 5 / x )
Given that, both the pipes together can fill the tank in 52 minutes.
Part filled by both the pipes in 1 minute = ( 1 / 52 )
( 1 / x ) + ( 5 / x ) = ( 1 / 52 )
( 6 / x ) = 1 / 52
( 6 * 52 ) = x
x = 312 minutes
x = ( 312 / 60 ) hrs
x = 5.2 hrs
❖ The slower pipe alone will be able to fill the tank in 5.2 hrs.
2. Two pipes P and Q can fill a tank in 6 hrs and 4 hrs respectively. If they are
opened on alternate hours and if pipe P is opened first, in how many hours, the
tank shall be full ?
Answer: 5 hrs.
104
Explanation:
P's work in 1 hr = ( 1 / 6 )
Q's work in 1 hr = ( 1 / 4 )
( P + Q ) 2 hour's work
=(1/6)+(1/4)
= ( 5 / 12 )
( P + Q ) 4 hour's work
= ( 5 / 12 ) * 2
=(5/6)
Remaining part = ( 1 - ( 5 / 6 ) )
=(1/6)
( 1 / 6 ) part filled by 'P' in 1 hour.
Total time taken to fill the tank is
=(4+1)
= 5 hrs
❖ In 5 hrs the tank will get full.
3. Two pipes will fill the cistern in 15 hr and 12 hr respectively, while the third
empty it in 20hr. If all pipes are opened. In how much time the cistern will be filled?
Answer: 10 hours.
Explanation:
Two pipes can fill the cistern in 1 hr.

= ( 1 / 15 ) + ( 1 / 12 )
Pipe empty the cistern in 1 hr.
= 1 / 20
Work done by all the tanks working together in 1 hr.
= [ ( 1 / 15 ) + ( 1 / 12 ) ] - ( 1 / 20 )
= ( 4 + 5 - 3 ) / 60
= ( 9 - 3 ) / 60
= ( 6 / 60 )
105
= ( 1 / 10 )
= 10 hours.
❖ The cister will be filled in 10 hours.
4. Two pipes can fill a tank in 8 hours and 10 hours. While a third pipe empties the
full tank in 12 hours. If all the three pipes are operated simultaneously, In how
much time will the tank be filled?
Answer: 120 / 17 hours
Explanation:
Given, time taken by two tap to fill the tank = 8 hours, 10 hours
Time taken by third tap to empty the tank = 12 hours
Time taken by all tap together to fill the tank = ( 1 / 8 ) + ( 1 / 10 ) - ( 1 / 12 )
= ( 15 + 12 - 10 ) / 120
= 17 / 120
❖ Time taken by all tap together to fill the tank = 120 / 17 hours.
5. Two pipes can fill a tank in 12 hours and 15 hours. If two pipes are operate
simultaneously, In how much time will the tank be filled?
Explanation:
Given, time taken by two tap to fill the tank = 12 hours, 15 hours
Time taken by all tap together to fill the tank = ( 1 / 12 ) + ( 1 / 15 )
= ( 12 + 15 ) / 180
= 27 / 180
= 3 / 20
❖ Time taken by all tap together to fill the tank = 20 / 3 hours.
106
6. A pump can fill the tank in 6 hours. Because of a leak in the tank it took 7 ( 1 / 2 )
hours to fill the tank. If the tank is full, how much time will the leak take to empty
it?
Answer: 30 hours
Explanation:
Given,
A pump can fill the tank = 6 hours
Because of a leak in the tank it took = 7 ( 1 / 2 ) hours to fill the tank
Time taken by leak to empty the tank = ( 1 / 6 ) - 1 / ( 15 / 2 )
= ( 1 / 6 ) - ( 2 / 15 )
= ( 15 - 12 ) / 90
= 3 / 90
= 1 / 30
❖ Time taken by leak to empty the tank is 30 hours.
7. One pipe can fill a tank twice as fast as another pipe. If together the two pipes
can fill the tank in 14 minutes, then the slower pipe alone will be able to fill the
tank in?
Answer: 21 min
Explanation:
Let one pipe taken x hours to fill the tank

Then, ( 1 / x ) + ( 1 / 2x ) = ( 1 / 14 )
( 2 + 1 ) / 2x = ( 1 / 14 )
3 / 2x = 1 / 14
x = ( 3 / 2 ) * 14
= 21 min
❖ The slower pipe alone will be able to fill the tank in 21 minutes.
107
8. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 20 minutes and 25 minutes respectively. Both
the pipes are opened together but after 5 minutes, pipe A is turned off. What is the
total time required to fill the tank?
Answer: 18 ( 3 / 4 ) min
Explanation:
Part filled in 5 minutes = 5 * ( 1 / 20 + 1 / 25 )

=(1/4)+(1/5)
= ( 5 + 4 ) / 20
= 9 / 20
Remaining part = 1 - ( 9 / 20 )
= 11 / 20
Part filled by B in 1 minute = 1 / 25
The time taken by B to fill 11 / 20 part of tank = ( 11 / 20 ) * 25
= 55 / 4 minutes
The tank will be full in ( 5 min + ( 55 / 4 ) min ) = ( 20 + 55 ) / 4 min
= 75 / 4 min
= 18 ( 3 / 4 ) min
❖ The tank will be full in 18 ( 3 / 4 ) min.
9. One pipe can fill a tank four times as fast as another pipe. If together the two
pipes can fill the tank in 35 minutes, then the slower pipe alone will be able to fill
the tank in?
Answer: 175 min
Explanation:
Let the slower pipe alone fill the tank in x minutes

Then, faster pipe will fill it in x / 4 minutes
( 1 / x ) + ( 4 / x ) = 1 / 35
108
( 1 + 4 ) / x = 1 / 35
( 5 / x ) = 1 / 35
( x * 1 ) = 5 * 35
x = 175 min
❖ The slower pipe alone will be able to fill the tank in 175 minutes.
10. A large tanker can be filled by two pipes A and B in 60 minutes and 30 minutes
respectively. How many minutes will it take to fill the tanker from empty state if B is
used for half the time and A and B fill it together for the other half?
Answer: 24 min
Explanation:
Part filled by ( A + B ) in 1 minute = ( 1 / 60 ) + ( 1 / 30 )

= ( 1 + 2 ) / 60
= 3 / 60
= 1 / 20
Suppose the tank is filled in x minutes
Then, ( x / 2 ) * [ ( 1 / 30 ) + ( 1 / 20 ) ] = 1
( x / 2 ) * ( 50 / 600 ) = 1
( x / 2 ) * ( 1 / 12 ) = 1
( x / 24 ) = 1
x = 24 min
❖ The time taken to fill the tanker from empty state if B is used for half the time
and A and B fill it together for the other half is 24 minutes.
1. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a tank from empty to full in 30 minutes, 20 minutes,
and 10 minutes respectively. When the tank is empty, all the three pipes are opened.
A, B and C discharge chemical solutions P, Q and R respectively. What is the
proportion of the solution R in the liquid in the tank after 3 minutes?
109
2. Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 37 1/2minutes and 45 minutes respectively.
Both pipes are opened. The cistern will be filled in just half an hour, if the B is turned
off after:
3. A tank is filled by three pipes with uniform flow. The first two pipes operating
simultaneously fill the tank in the same time during which the tank is filled by the
third pipe alone. The second pipe fills the tank 5 hours faster than the first pipe and 4
hours slower than the third pipe. The time required by the first pipe is:
4. Two pipes can fill a tank in 20 and 24 minutes respectively and a waste pipe can
empty 3 gallons per minute. All the three pipes working together can fill the tank in
15 minutes. The capacity of the tank is?
5. A tank is filled in 5 hours by three pipes A, B and C. The pipe C is twice as fast as B
and B is twice as fast as A. How much time will pipe A alone take to fill the tank?
Probability
Formulas:
1. Experiment:
An operation which can produce some well-defined outcomes is called an

experiment.
2. Random Experiment:
An experiment in which all possible outcomes are know and the exact output cannot
be predicted in advance, is called a random experiment.
Examples:
1. Rolling an unbiased dice.
110
2. Tossing a fair coin.
3. Drawing a card from a pack of well-shuffled cards.

4. Picking up a ball of certain colour from a bag containing balls of different colours.
Details:
i. When we throw a coin, then either a Head (H) or a Tail (T) appears.
ii. A dice is a solid cube, having 6 faces, marked 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 respectively. When we

throw a die, the outcome is the number that appears on its upper face.
Iii. A pack of cards has 52 cards.
It has 13 cards of each suit, name Spades, Clubs, Hearts and Diamonds.
Cards of spades and clubs are black cards.
Cards of hearts and diamonds are red cards.
There are 4 honours of each unit.
There are Kings, Queens and Jacks. These are all called face cards.
3. Sample Space:
When we perform an experiment, then the set S of all possible outcomes is called the
sample space.
Examples:
1. In tossing a coin, S = {H, T}
2. If two coins are tossed, the S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}.
111
3. In rolling a dice, we have, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.
4. Event:
Any subset of a sample space is called an event.
5. Probability of Occurrence of an Event:
Let S be the sample and let E be an event.
Then, E ⊆ S.
Therefore, P(E) = n(E)/n(S) .
6. Results on Probability:
i. P(S) = 1
ii. 0 < P (E) < 1
iii. P(o) = 0
iv. For any events A and B we have: P(A U B) = P(A) + P(B) - P(A ∩ B)
v. If A denotes (not-A), then P(A) = 1 – P(A).
Solved Examples
1. An unbiased die is tossed. Find the probability of getting a multiple of 2.
Answer:
Explanation:
Here S = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 }
Let E be the event of getting the multiple of 2
112
Then, E = { 2, 4, 6 }
P (E) = n (E) / n (S)
P (E) = ( 3 / 6 )
P (E) = ( 1 / 2 )
❖ The probability is ( 1 / 2 )
2. Three unbiased coins are tossed. What is the probability of getting at least 1
heads?
Answer:
Explanation:
Here S= { TTT, TTH, THT, HTT, THH, HTH, HHT, HHH }.
Let E = Event of getting at least one head.
= { TTH, THT, HTT, THH, HTH, HHT, HHH }
P (E) = n (E) / n (S)
P (E) = ( 7 / 8 )
❖ Probability is (7 / 8 )
3. In a simultaneous throw of two dice, what is the probability of getting a

doublet?
Answer:
Explanation:
In a simultaneous throw of two dice,
n (S) = 6 * 6 = 36
Let E = Event of getting a doublet
n (E) = { (1,1), (2,2), (3,3), (4,4), (5,5), (6,6)}
P (E) = n (E) / n (S)
P (E) = ( 6 / 36 )
P (E) = ( 1 / 6 )
113
❖ Probability is (1 / 6 ).
4. In a single throw of two dice, find the probability that neither a doublet nor a
total of 8 will appear.
Answer:
Explanation:
n (S) = 36
A = {(1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (4, 4), (5, 5), (6, 6)}
B = { (2, 6), (3, 5), (4, 4), (5, 3), (6, 2) }
n (A)=6,
n (B)=5,
n (A∩B)=1
Required probability = P (A∪B)
P (A∪B) = P (A) + P (B) - P (A∩B)
= ( 6 / 36 ) + ( 5 / 36 ) - ( 1 / 36 )
= ( 6 + 5 - 1 ) / 36
= ( 10 / 36 )
= ( 5 / 18 )
❖ Probability is ( 5 / 18 ).
5. Two dice are tossed. What is the probability of getting sum of two numbers
which is divisible by 7?
Answer:
Explanation:
Clearly, n ( S ) = ( 6 * 6 )
= 36
Let E = Event that the sum of two numbers which is divisible by 7
114
Then E = { ( 1, 6 ), ( 2, 5 ), ( 3, 4 ), ( 4, 3 ), ( 5, 2 ), ( 6, 1 ) }
n(E)=6
P(E)=n(E)/n(S)
= 6 / 36
=1/6
❖ The probability of getting sum of two numbers which is divisible by 7 is 1 / 6.
6. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. What is the probability of getting two
numbers whose sum equal to 10?
Answer:
Explanation:
In a simultaneous throw of two dice, we have n ( S ) = ( 6 * 6 ) = 36

Let E = event of getting two numbers whose sum is 10
Then E = { ( 4, 6 ), ( 5, 5 ), ( 6, 4 ) ]
n(E)=3
P(E)=n(E)/n(S)
= 3 / 36
= 1 / 12
❖ The probability of getting two numbers whose sum is equal to 10 is 1 / 12.
7. What is the probability of getting a number less than 5 when a die is rolled?
Answer:
Explanation:
In a throw of single dice, we have n ( S ) = ( 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 )

=6
Let E = event of getting a number less than 5
Then E = { 1, 2, 3, 4 ]
115
n(E)=4
P(E)=n(E)/n(S)
=4/6
=2/3
❖ The probability of getting a number less than 5 is 2 / 3.
8. A dice is thrown. What is the probability that the number shown in the dice is
divisible by 2?
Answer:
Explanation:
In a throw of single dice, we have n ( S ) = ( 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 )

=6
Let E = event of getting a number is divisible by 2
Then E = { 2, 4, 6 ]
n(E)=3
P(E)=n(E)/n(S)
=3/6
=1/2
❖ The probability of getting a number is divisible by 2 is 1 / 2.
9. Three unbiased coins are tossed. What is the probability of getting two tails?
Answer:
Explanation:
Here S = {TTT, TTH, THT, HTT, THH, HTH, HHT, HHH}

n(S)=8
Let E = Event of getting two tails
Then E = {TTT, TTH, THT, HTT}
116
n(E)=4
P(E)=n(E)/n(S)
=4/8
=1/2
❖ The probability of getting two tails is 1 / 2.
10. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. What is the probability of getting two
numbers whose product is odd?
Answer:
Explanation:
In a simultaneous throw of two dice, we have n ( S ) = ( 6 * 6 )

= 36
Let E = Event of getting two numbers whose product is odd
Then E = { ( 1, 1 ), ( 1, 3 ), ( 1, 5 ), ( 3, 1 ), ( 3, 3 ), ( 3, 5 ), ( 5, 1 ), ( 5, 3 ), ( 5, 5 ) }
n(E)=9
P(E)=n(E)/n(S)
= 9 / 36
=1/4
❖ The probability of getting two numbers whose product is odd is 1 / 4.
1. Tickets numbered 1 to 20 are mixed up and then a ticket is drawn at random. What
is the probability that the ticket drawn has a number which is a multiple of 3 or 5?
2. A bag contains 2 red, 3 green and 2 blue balls. Two balls are drawn at random.
What is the probability that none of the balls drawn is blue?
3. In a box, there are 8 red, 7 blue and 6 green balls. One ball is picked up randomly.
What is the probability that it is neither red nor green?
117
4. What is the probability of getting a sum 9 from two throws of a dice?
5. Two dice are tossed. The probability that the total score is a prime number is?
Profit and Loss
Formulas:
S.P - Selling Price, C.P - Cost Price
1. Gain = (S.P.) - (C.P.)
2. Loss = (C.P.) - (S.P.)
3. Loss or gain is always reckoned on C.P.
4. Gain Percentage (Gain %) =(Gain * 100) / C.P.
5. Loss Percentage (Loss %) = (Loss * 100) / C.P.
6. Selling Price (S.P.) = [(100 + Gain %) / 100] * C.P
7. Selling Price: (S.P.) SP = [(100 - Loss %) / 100] * C.P
8. Cost Price (C.P.) = [100 / (100 + Gain %)] * S.P.
9. Cost Price (C.P.) = [100 / (100 - Loss %)] * S.P.
10. If an article is sold at a gain of say 35%, then S.P. = 135% of C.P.
11. If an article is sold at a loss of say, 35% then S.P. = 65% of C.P.
12. When a person sells two similar items, one at a gain of say x%, and the other at a
loss of x%, then the seller always incurs a loss given by:
118
Loss % = (Common Loss and Gain %) /10)2

= (x / 10 )2 .
13. If a trader professes to sell his goods at cost price, but uses false weights, then
Gain % = [Error / (True Value – Error)] * 100%
Solved Problems
1. A woman buys an article for Rs. 27.50 and sells it for Rs 28.60. Find her gain
percent
Answer: 4%
Explanation:
Cost price = 27.50

Selling Price = 28.60
Gain = 28.60 - 27.50
= Rs. 1.10
Gain % = ( Gain * 100 ) / Cost price
= ( 1.10 * 100 ) / 27.50
= 110 / 27.50
= 4%
❖ Gain % = 4%
2. If the cost price is 25% of selling price. Then what is the Gain percent.
Answer: 300%
Explanation:
Let the Selling Price = 100

then Cost price = 25
Gain = 75
119

= ( 75 * 100 ) / 25
= 3 * 100
= 300 %
❖ Gain % = 300%
3. Arun purchased 70kg vegetable at Rs. 420, then sold them at the rate of Rs. 6.50
per kg, find the profit percent.
Answer: 8 1/3 %
Explanation:
Cost price of 1 Kg vegetables = ( 420 / 70 )

= 42 / 7
= Rs. 6
Selling Price = 6.50
Gain = Selling Price - Cost price
= 6.50 - 6.00
= Rs. 0.50
= ( 0.50 * 100 ) / 6
= 50 / 6
= 8 1/3 %
❖ Gain % = 8 1/3 %
4. If the cost price of 12 pencils is equal to the selling price of 8 pencils, the gain
percent is ?
Answer: 50 %
120
Explanation:
Let the cost price of 1 pencil is Rs. 1

Cost of 8 pencils = Rs. 8
Selling price of 8 pencils = Rs. 12
Gain = 12 - 8
=4
= ( 4 * 100 ) / 8
= 400 / 8
= 50 %
❖ Gain % = 50 %
5. Shyam buys an old scooter for Rs. 4600 and spends Rs. 900 on its repairs. If he
sells the scooter for Rs. 5800, his gain percent is?
Answer: 5 ( 5/11 ) %
Explanation:
Given, Cost price = Rs. 4600,

Amount Spends = Rs. 900
Then, total cost price = Rs. 4600 + Rs. 900
= Rs.5500
Selling price = Rs. 5800
Gain = Selling price - Cost price
= Rs. 5800 - Rs.5500
= Rs.300
Gain % = [ 300 / 5500 ] * 100
= 60 / 11
= 5 ( 5/11 ) %
❖ Gain % = 5 ( 5/11 ) %
121
6. In a certain store, the profit is 350% of the cost. If the cost increases by 25% but
the selling price remains constant, approximately what percentage of the selling
price is the profit?
Answer: 72.22%
Explanation:
Let Cost price = Rs. 100, Profit = Rs. 350
Then, Selling price = Rs. ( 350 + 100 ) = Rs. 450
From the given data, New Cost price = 125% of Rs. 100
= ( 125/100 ) * 100
= Rs. 125
If Selling price will be same, then Selling price = Rs. 450
New Profit = Rs. ( 450 - 125 )
= Rs. 325
Required Percentage = ( 325 / 450 ) * 100
= 72.22%
❖ Required Percentage = 72.22%
7. A man buys a cycle for Rs. 1500 and sells it at a loss of 25%. What is the selling
price of the cycle and also how much he lost?
Answer: Rs. 375
Explanation:
Cost price = Rs. 1500
Selling price = loss of 25%
= ( 100 - 25 ) %
= 75 % of Rs. 1500
Selling price = (75 / 100) * 1500
= Rs. 1125
Loss = Rs. 1500 - Rs. 1125
= Rs. 375
122
❖ Loss = Rs. 375
8. In a certain store, the profit is 350% of the cost. If the cost increases by 25% but
the selling price remains constant, approximately what percentage of the selling
price is the profit?
Answer: 72.22%
Explanation:
Let Cost price = Rs. 100, Profit = Rs. 350
Then, Selling price = Rs. ( 350 + 100 ) = Rs. 450
From the given data, New Cost price = 125% of Rs. 100
= ( 125/100 ) * 100
= Rs. 125
If Selling price will be same, then Selling price = Rs. 450
New Profit = Rs. ( 450 - 125 )
= Rs. 325
Required Percentage = ( 325 / 450 ) * 100
= 72.22%
❖ Required Percentage = 72.22%
9. A trader mixes 26 kg of rice at Rs. 20 per kg with 30 kg of rice of other variety at

Rs. 36 per kg and sells the mixture at Rs. 30 per kg. Find his profit percent?
Answer: 5 %
Explanation:
Cost Price of 26 kg of rice = ( 26 * 20 )
= Rs. 520
Cost Price of 30 kg of rice = ( 30 * 36 )
= Rs. 1080
Cost Price of 56 kg rice = Rs. ( 520 + 1080 )
= Rs. 1600
Selling Price of 56 kg rice = Rs. ( 56 * 30 )
123
= Rs. 1680
Gain = Selling Price - Cost Price
= 1680 - 1600
= 80
Gain % = ( Gain * 100 ) / Cost Price
= ( 80 * 100 ) / 1600
= ( 8000 / 1600 )
= ( 80 / 16 )
=5%
10. Vimal bought paper sheets for Rs. 7200 and spent Rs. 200 on transport. Paying
Rs. 600, he had 330 boxes made, which he sold at Rs 28 each. Find his profit
percentage ?
Answer: 15.5 %
Explanation:
Total investments ( Cost Price ) = ( 7200 + 200 + 600 )
= Rs. 8000
Total receipt ( Selling price ) = ( 330 * 28 )
= Rs. 9240
Gain = Selling Price - Cost Price
Gain = ( 9240 - 8000 )
= Rs. 1240
Gain % = ( Gain * 100 ) / Cost Price
= ( 1240 * 100 ) / 8000
= ( 124000 / 8000 )
= ( 124 / 8 )
= 15.5 %
1. When a plot is sold for Rs. 18,700, the owner loses 15%. At what price must that
plot be sold in order to gain 15%?
124
2. A trader mixes 26 kg of rice at Rs. 20 per kg with 30 kg of rice of other variety at Rs.
36 per kg and sells the mixture at Rs. 30 per kg. His profit percent is?
3. A trader mixes 26 kg of rice at Rs. 20 per kg with 30 kg of rice of other variety at Rs.
36 per kg and sells the mixture at Rs. 30 per kg. His profit percent is?
4. If selling price is doubled, the profit triples. Find the profit percent ?
5. A shopkeeper cheats to the extent of 10% while buying and selling, by using false
weights. His total gain is?
Races and Games
Formulas:
Races:
A contest of speed in running, riding, driving, sailing or rowing is called a race.
Race Course:
The ground or path on which contests are made is called a race course.
Starting Point:
The point from which a race begins is known as a starting point.
Winning Point or Goal:
The point set to bound a race is called a winning point or a goal.
Winner:
The person who first reaches the winning point is called a winner.
125
Dead Heat Race:
If all the persons contesting a race reach the goal exactly at the same time, the race is
said to be dead heat race.
Start:
Suppose A and B are two contestants in a race. If before the start of the race, A is at
the starting point and B is ahead of A by 12 metres, then we say that 'A gives B, a start
of 12 metres'.
To cover a race of 100 metres in this case, A will have to cover 100 metres while B will
have to cover only (100 - 12) = 88 metres.
In a 100 race, 'A can give B 12 m' or 'A can give B a start of 12 m' or 'A beats B by 12
m' means that while A runs 100 m, B runs (100 - 12) = 88 m.
Games:
'A game of 100 m, means that the person among the contestants who scores 100
points first is the winner'.
If A scores 100 points while B scores only 80 points, then we say that 'A can give B 20
points'.
Solved Problems
1. A can run 20 metres while B runs 25 metres. In a km race B beats A by?
Answer: 200 m
Explanation:
Given data,
When B runs 25 m, A runs 20 m
126
When B runs 1000 m, A runs ( 20 / 25 ) * 1000 m

= 800 m
B beats A by ( 1000 - 800 )
= 200 m
❖ B beats A by 200 m.
2. In a km race A can beat B by 150 m and B can beat C by 80 m. In the same race A
can beat C by?
Answer: 218 m
Explanation:
Given data,
A can beat B by 150 m in 1000 m race,
Then, A : B = 1000 : ( 1000 - 150 )
= 100 : 85
B can beat C by 80 m in 1000 m race,
Then, B : C = 1000 : ( 1000 - 80 )
= 100 : 92
A:C=[(A/B)*(B/C)]
= ( 100 / 85 ) * ( 100 / 92 )
= 10000 / 7820
= 1000 / 782
A beats C by ( 1000 - 782 ) m
= 218 m
❖ A beats C by 218 m.
127
3. In a game A can give B 30 points in 60 and C 15 points in 90. How many points can
C give B in a game of 150?
Answer: 50 points
Explanation:
A can give C 15 points in 90

While A scores 90 points, C scores ( 90 - 15 ) = 75 points
While A scores ( 90 / 75 ) points, C scores 1 point
While A scores ( 90 / 75 ) * 150 = 180 points, C scores 150 points
A can give B 30 points in 60
While A scores 60 points, B scores ( 60 - 30 ) = 30 points
While A scores 1 point, B scores 30 / 60 = 1 / 2 points
While A scores 180 points, B scores ( 1 / 2 ) * 180 = 90 points
While C scores 150 points, B scores 100 points
Hence, in a 150 race, C can give B ( 150 -100 ) = 50 points
❖ C give B 50 points in a game of 150.
4. In one km race A beats B by 6 seconds or 60 metres. How long does B take to run
the kilometre?
Answer: 100 seconds
Explanation:
Given data,
A beats B by 6 seconds or 60 metres
This means, B takes 6 seconds to run 60 metres
B takes 6 / 60 = 1 / 10 seconds to run 1 metre
B takes ( 1 / 10 ) * 1000 = 100 seconds to run 1000 metre
❖ B takes 100 seconds to run the kilometre.
128
5. In a 100 m race, A can beat B by 24 m and B can beat C by 6 m. In the same race,
A can beat C by?
Answer: 28.56 m
Explanation:
Given data,
A can give B 24 points in 100
Then, A : B = 100 : ( 100 - 24 )
= 100 : 76
B can give C to 6 points in 100,
Then, B : C = 100 : ( 100 - 6 )
= 100 : 94
A:C=[(A/B)*(B/C)]
= ( 100 / 76 ) * ( 100 / 94 )
= 10000 / 7144
= 100 / 71.44
A beats C = ( 100 - 71.44 ) m
= 28.56 m
❖ A beats C by 28.56 m.
6. In a 200 m race A beats B by 12.5 m or 8 seconds. B's time over the course is?
Answer: 128 seconds
Explanation:
Given data,
B runs ( 25 / 2 ) m in 8 seconds [ since ( 25 / 2 ) = 12.5]
B covers 200 m = ( 8 * 200 * ( 2 / 25 ) )
=8*8*2
= 128 sec
129
❖ B's time over the course = 128 sec.
7. A runs 5 times as fast as B. If A gives B a start of 88 m, how far must the winning
post be so that A and B might reach it at the same time?
Answer: 110 m
Explanation:
Ratio of the speeds of A and B = 5 : 1

Thus, in race of 5 m, A gains 4 m over B
4 m are gained by A in a race of 5 m
88 m will be gained by A in race of ( 5 / 4 ) * 88
= 110 m
❖ Winning post is 110 m away from the starting point.
8. A can run 40 m while B runs 80 m. In a kilometre race B beats A by?
Answer: 500 m
Explanation:
Given data,
1 Kilo meter = 1000 m
When B runs 80 m, A runs 40 m
When B runs 1000 m, A runs ( 40 / 80 ) * 1000 m
= ( 40 * 1000 ) / 80
= 1000 / 2
= 500 m
B beats A = ( 1000 - 500 )
= 500 m
❖ B beats A by 500 m.
130
9. At a game of billiards, A can give B 15 points in 40 and A can give C to 20 points in

40. How many points can B give C in a game of 50?
Answer: 10 points
Explanation:
Given data,
A can give B 15 points in 40,
Then, A : B = 40 : ( 40 - 15 ) = 40 : 25
A can give C to 20 points in 40,
Then, A : C = 40 : ( 40 - 20 ) = 40 : 20
To find the number of points can B give C in a game of 50
Then, B / C = [ ( B / A ) * ( A / C ) ]
= [ ( 25 / 40 ) * ( 40 / 20 ) ]
= 25 / 20
= ( 25 * 2 ) / ( 20 * 2 ) [ * by 2, to find the number of points given in a game of 50 ]
= 50 / 40
= 50 : 40
Hence, B can give C ( 50 - 10 ) points = 10 points
❖ B can give C 10 points in a game of 50.
10. In a game of 100 points, A can give B 20 points and C 44 points. Then, B can give
C?
Answer: 30 points
Explanation:
Given data,
A can give B 20 points
Then, A : B = 100 : ( 100 - 20 )
= 100 : 80
A can give C 44 points
131
Then, A : C = 100 : ( 100 - 44 )

= 100 : 56
To find the number of points can B give C in a game of 100 Then,
B/C=[(B/A)*(A/C)]
= [ ( 80 / 100 ) * ( 100 / 56 ) ]
= 80 / 56 = 10 / 7
= 10 * 10 / 7 * 10 [ * by 10, to find the number of points given in a game of 100 ]
= 100 / 70
= 100 : 70
Hence, B can give C ( 100 - 70 ) points = 30 points
❖ B can give C 30 points in a game of 100.
1. In a 100 m race, A can give B 10 m and C 28 m. In the same race B can give C:
2. A and B take part in 100 m race. A run at 5 kmph. A gives B a start of 8 m and still
beats him by 8 seconds. The speed of B is:
3. In a game of 100 points, A can give B 20 points and C 28 points. Then, B can give C:
4. A can run 22.5 m while B runs 25 m. In a kilometre race B beats A by:
5. In a 200 metres race A beats B by 35 m or 7 seconds. A's time over the course is:
Ratio and Proportion
Formulas:
1. Ratio:
The ratio of two quantities a and b in the same units, is the fraction a/b and we write
it as a : b.
132
In the ratio a : b, we call a as the first term or antecedent and b, the second term or
consequent.
Eg. The ratio 5 : 9 represents 5/9 with antecedent = 5, consequent = 9.
Rule: The multiplication or division of each term of a ratio by the same non-zero
number does not affect the ratio.
Eg. 4 : 5 = 8 : 10 = 12 : 15. Also, 4 : 6 = 2 : 3.
2. Proportion:
The equality of two ratios is called proportion.
If a : b = c : d, we write a : b :: c : d and we say that a, b, c, d are in proportion.
Here a and d are called extremes, while b and c are called mean terms.
Product of means = Product of extremes.
Thus, a : b :: c : d => (b x c) = (a x d).
3. Fourth Proportional:
If a : b = c : d, then d is called the fourth proportional to a, b, c.
Third Proportional:
a : b = c : d, then c is called the third proportion to a and b.
Mean Proportional:
Mean proportional between a and b is root of √ab

ab.
133
4. Comparison of Ratios:
We say that (a : b) > (c : d) => a/b > c/d.
Compounded Ratio:
The compounded ratio of the ratios: (a : b), (c : d), (e : f) is (ace : bdf).
5. Duplicate Ratios:
Duplicate ratio of (a : b) is (a2 : b2).
Sub-duplicate ratio of (a : b) is (√a : √b).
Triplicate ratio of (a : b) is (a3 : b3).
Sub-triplicate ratio of (a : b) is (a1/3 : b1/3).
If a/b = c/d, then (a + b) / (a – b) = (c + d) / (c - d)

[component do and dividend do]
6. Variations:
We say that x is directly proportional to y, if x = ky for some constant k and we write, x

∝ y.
We say that x is inversely proportional to y, if xy = k for some constant k and

we write, x ∝ 1/y.
Solved Problems
1. 1 : 3 = 1 2/3 : x. The value of x is?
Answer: 5
134
Explanation:
x * 1 = 3 * 5/3
x=5
2.What number has a 5:1 ratio to the number 10?
Answer: 50
Explanation:
5:1 = x : 10
5 / 1 = x / 10
x = 5 * 10
x = 50
3.If a : b = 7: 5, b: c = 9: 11, find a: b: c?
Answer: 63: 45: 55
Explanation:
a:b=7:5
b : c = 9 : 11
a: b: c = 63: 45: 55
4. If a: b = 3:4, b:c = 7:9, c:d = 5:7, find a:d?
Answer: 5/12
Explanation:
a/d = ( 3 / 4 ) * ( 7 / 9 ) * ( 5 / 7 )
= 5/12
5. The inverse ratio of 3: 2: 1 is?
Answer: 2:3:6
135
Explanation:
1/3: 1/2: 1/1 = 2:3:6
6. The duplicate ratio of 3:4 is?
Answer: 9:16
Explanation:
32: 42= 9:16
7. In a bag, there are coins of 25 p, 10 p and 5 p in the ratio of 2 : 3 : 4. If there is Rs.

20 in all, how many 5 p coins are there?
Answer: 80
Explanation:
Required ratio = ( 0.25 * 2 ) : ( 0.10 * 3 ) : ( 0.05 * 4 )

= 0.5 : 0.3 : 0.2
= ( 0.5 * 10 ) : ( 0.3 * 10 ) : ( 0.2 * 10 )
=5:3:2
Total ratio = 5 + 3 + 2
= 10
Total rupees of 5p coins = ( 2 / 10 ) * 20
=2*2
=4
Total no of 5p coins = 4 / 0.05
= 80
❖ Total no of 5p coins = 80
136
8. Two numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3. If 5 is subtracted from each, the new numbers
are in the ratio 7 : 13. The smaller number is?
Answer: 12
Explanation:
Given data, Smallest number = 2x, Largest number = 3x

( 2x - 5 ) / ( 3x - 5 ) = 7 / 13
13 * ( 2x - 5 ) = 7 * ( 3x - 5 )
26x - 65 = 21x - 35
26x - 21x = 65 - 35
5x = 30
x = 30 / 5
x=6
The smaller number = 2x
=2*6
= 12
❖ The smaller number is 12
9. The salaries A, B, C are in the ratio 1 : 3 : 5. If the increments of 12 %, 10 % and 20

% are allowed respectively in their salaries, then what will be new ratio of their
salaries?
Answer: 56 : 115 : 300
Explanation:
Given data,
The salaries are in the ratio be 1x, 3x, 5x
Their increments are 12 %, 10 % and 20 %
Their total salaries = x * ( 112 / 100 ) : 3x * ( 110 / 100 ) : 5x * ( 120 / 100 )
= 112x : ( 3 * 110 )x : ( 5 * 120 )x
= 112x : 330x : 600x
137
= 56x : 115x : 300x

= 56 : 115 : 300
❖ The new ratio of their salaries are 56 : 115 : 300
10. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a college is 6 : 7. If the percentage
increase in the number of boys and girls be 30% and 20% respectively, what will be
the new ratio?
Answer: 13 : 14
Explanation:
Let the number of boys and girls in a college is 6x, 7x

Their increased number = 130% of 6x, 120% of 7x
= ( 130 / 100 ) * 6x : ( 120 / 100 ) * 7x
= ( 13 / 10 ) * 6x : ( 12 / 10 ) * 7x
= ( 78x / 10 ) : ( 84x / 10 )
= ( 39x / 5 ) : ( 42x / 5 )
= 39x : 42x
= 13 : 14
❖ The new ratio = 13 : 14
1. The mean proportional between 4 and 9 is?
2.The proportion of copper and zinc in the brass is 13:7. How much zinc will there be
in 100 kg of brass?
3. The ratio of two numbers is 2:3 and the sum of their cubes is 945. The difference of
number is?
138
4. The ratio of the number of ladies to gents at a party was 1:2 but when 2 ladies and
2 gents left, the ratio became 1:3. How many people were at the party originally?
5. The first three terms of a proportion are 3, 9 and 12. The fourth term is?
Simple Interest
Formulas
Simple interest = (Principal * Time * Rate) / 100
Amount = Principal + Interest
Principal = (100 * Simple interest) / (Rate * Time)
Rate = (100 * Simple interest) / (Time * Principal)
Time = (100 * Simple interest) / (Principal * Rate)
If rate of simple interest differs from year to year, then
Simple interest = (Principal * (Rate1 + Rate2 + Rate3+⋯)) / 100
Solved Problems
1. Find the amount to be paid back on a loan of 18,000 at 5.5% per annum for 3
years
Answer: Rs.20970
Explanation:
P=18000, R=5.5%, T=3 years
139
Simple interest = (Principal * Time * Rate) / 100

= (18000 * 5.5 * 3) / 100
= 180 * 5.5 * 3
= Rs. 2970
Amount = Principal + Interest
= 18000 + 2970
= Rs.20970
2. In how many years will a sum of money triple itself, at 25% per annum simple
interest.
Answer: 8 years
Explanation:
Let the sum of money be P. So, A=3P and
S.I. = A – P
= 3P - P
= 2P
R=25%
T= (100 * S.I. ) / (P * R)
= (100 * 2P) / (P * 25)
= 8 years
140
3. If the simple interest on a certain sum of money is 4/25th of the sum and the rate
percent equals the number of years, then the rate of interest per annum is:
Answer: 4%
Explanation:
Let Principal = P
Simple Interest = (4 / 25 ) P
Let rate be "R"
Time = R years
Simple Interest = ( P * R * T ) / 100
R = ( 100 * S.I ) / ( P * T )
R = [ 100 * (4 / 25) P ] / ( P * R )
R2 = ( 400 / 25 )
R2 = 16
R = 4%
❖ The rate of interest per annum is 4%.
4. Raja claims to lend money at the simple interest, but he includes the interest
every six months for calculating the principal. If he charges an interest of 20%, the
effective rate of interest becomes:
Answer: 21%
Explanation:
Let the sum be Rs. 100. Then,
P = 100
R = 20 %
141
T = 6 months = ( 1 / 2 ) yrs
Simple Interest = ( P * R * T ) / 100
Simple Interest for first 6 months is
SI = Rs. [ 100 * 20 * 1 ] / [ 100 * 2 ]
= Rs. 10.
Simple Interest for last 6 months is
= Rs. [ 110 * 20 * 1 ] / [ 100 * 2 ]
= Rs. 11
So, amount at the end of 1 year is
= Rs. ( 100 + 10 + 11 )
= Rs. 121.
Effective rate = (121 - 100)
= 21%
❖ The effective rate of interest becomes 21%
5. The difference between the simple interest received from two different sources
on Rs. 2500 for 3 years is Rs. 18. The difference between their rate of interest is:
Answer: 0.24 %
Explanation:
Simple Interest = ( P * R * T / 100 )
So, Simple Interest (1) - Simple Interest (2)
[(2500 * R1 * 3 ) / 100] - [(2500 * R2 * 3) / 100] = 18
75R1 - 75R2 = 18
75 (R1 - R2) = 18
142
(R1 - R2) = 18 / 75
R1 - R2 = 0.24 %
❖ The rate of interest is 0.24 %.
6. Rani invested an amount of Rs. 15,000 divided in two different schemes A and B
at the simple interest rate of 14% p.a. and 12% p.a. respectively. If the total amount
of simple interest earned in 2 years be Rs. 3508, what was the amount invested in
Scheme B?
Answer: Rs. 10300

Explanation:
Let the sum invested in Scheme A be Rs.x
Scheme B be Rs. (14000 - x).
Simple Interest = ( P * R * T / 100 )
[ ( x * 14 * 2 ) / 100 ] + [ ( (14000 - x) * 12 * 2 )) / 100 ] = 3508
( x * 14 * 2 ) + [ (14000 - x) * 12 * 2] = 3508 * 100
( x * 14 * 2 ) + [ (14000 - x) * 24] = 3508 * 100
28x + ( (14000 * 24) - 24x = 350800
28x - 24x = 350800 - 14000 * 24
4x = 350800 - 336000
4x = 14800
x = 14800 / 4
x = 3700
So, sum invested in Scheme B = Rs. (14000 - 3700 ) = Rs. 10300
❖ The amount invested in Scheme B is Rs. 10300.
143
7. How much time will it take for an amount of Rs. 25250 on the Simple interest is
Rs. 4545 at 6% per annum?
Answer: 3 Years
Explanation:
Given, Principal = 25250
R = 6%
Simple interest = 4545
Formula, Simple interest = ( Principal * Time * Rate ) / 100
Time = (100 * Simple interest) / (Principal * Rate)
Time = ( 100 * 4545 ) / ( 25250 * 6 )
Time = 454500 / 151500
= 3 Years
❖ Time = 3 Years
8. On what percent of Simple interest, deposited amount becomes its double the
amount of money on 8 years is?
Answer: 12.5 %
Explanation:
Assume, P = 100 , Total amount = 200
Then, Simple interest = 200 - 100 = 100
Formula, Rate = (100 * Simple interest) / (Principal * Time)
Rate = ( 100 * 100 ) / ( 100 * 8 )
144
Rate = 10000 / 800

= 12.5 %
❖ Rate = 12.5 %
9. Kavin took a loan of Rs. 2500 with simple interest for as many years as the rate
of interest. If he paid Rs. 250 as interest at the end of loan period, what was the
rate of interest?
Answer: 3.16 %
Explanation:
Rate of interest = R
Time = R years
S.I = ( P * N * R ) / 100
S.I = ( P * R * R ) / 100
250 = ( 2500 * R2 ) / 100
25R2 = 250
R2 = 10
R = 3.16 %
❖ Rate of Interest is 3.16 %.
10. A certain sum of money is borrowed by Sasi at 15 % per annum for 15 years. If
he pays an interest of rupees 900, then the total amount paid by Sasi is?
Answer: Rs. 400
145
Explanation:
Simple interest = (Principal * years * Rate ) / 100
Simple interest = Rs. 900
Years = 15
Rate = 15 %
900 = P * ( 15 * 15 ) / 100
900 = P * ( 225 / 100 )
900 = P * ( 9 / 4 )
900 * 4 = 9 * P
(900 * 4 ) / 9 = P
P = 100 *4
P = Rs. 400
❖ The total amount paid by Sasi is Rs. 400
1. What annual instalment will discharge a debt of `4,200 due in 5 years at 10%
simple interest?
2. A sum of money lent out at simple interest amounts to `1008 in 2 years and `1164
in 3 1/2 years. Find the rate % p.a.
3. A sum of money lent out at simple interest amounts to `720 after 2 years and to
`1,020 after a further period of 5 years. Find the sum and the rate %.
146
4. A sum was put at simple interest at a certain rate for 4 years. Had it been put at 2%
higher rate, it would have fetched `56 more. Find the sum.
5. Simple interest on a certain sum is 16 over 25 of the sum. Find the rate per cent
and time, if both are equal.
Simplification
Formulas
1. 'BODMAS' Rule:
This rule depicts the correct sequence in which the operations are to be executed, so
as to find out the value of given expression.
Here B - Bracket,
O - of,
D - Division,
M - Multiplication,
A - Addition and
S - Subtraction
Thus, in simplifying an expression, first of all the brackets must be removed, strictly in
the order (), {} and ||.
After removing the brackets, we must use the following operations strictly in the
order:
(i) of (ii) Division (iii) Multiplication (iv) Addition (v) Subtraction.
2. Modulus of a Real Number:
Modulus of a real number a is defined as
147
|a| = {a, if a > 0

{-a, if a < 0
Thus, |5| = 5 and |-5| = -(-5) = 5.
3. Virnaculum (or Bar):
When an expression contains Virnaculum, before applying the 'BODMAS' rule, we

simplify the expression under the Virnaculum.
Solved Problems
1. Find the value of 1 / ( 3 + 1 / ( 3 + 1 / ( 3 - 1 / 3 )))?
Answer: 27 / 89
Explanation:
Let the value be x

x = 1 / [ 3 + ( 1 / ( 3 + 1 / ( 3 - 1 / 3 )))]
⇒ x = 1 / [ 3 + 1 / ( 3 + 1 / ( 8 / 3 ))]
⇒ x = 1 / [ 3 + 1 / ( 3 + 3 / 8)]
⇒ x = 1 / [ 3 + 1 / ( 24 + 3 ) / 8
⇒ x = 1 / [ 3 + 8 / 27 ]
⇒ x = 1 / ( 89/27)
⇒ x = 27 / 89
❖ The value is 27 / 89
2. Find the value of 6/9 + 7/9 + 9/9 + 69/99
Answer: 3.141414
Explanation:
Let the value be x

148
x = ( 6 / 9 ) + ( 7 / 9 ) + ( 9 / 9 ) + ( 69 / 99 )
x = ( 2 / 3 ) + ( 7 / 9 ) + 1 + ( 69 / 99 )
x = ( 66 + 77 + 99 + 69 ) / 99
x = ( 311 / 99 )
x = 3.141414
❖ The value is 3.141414.
3. 64% of 2650 + 40% of 320 =?
Answer: 1824.
Explanation:
Let the value be x

x = 64% of 2650 + 40% of 320
x = ( 64 / 100 ) * 2650 + ( 40 / 100 ) * 320
x = ( 0.64 * 2650 ) + ( 0.4 * 320 )
x = 1696 + 128
x = 1824
❖ The value is 1824.
= Rs. (2400 + 1500)
❖ = Rs. 3900.
4. What will come in place of the question mark (?) in the following questions?
(202 + 302) / 3900 =?
Answer: 1 / 3
Explanation:
( 202 + 302 ) / 3900 = ( 400 + 900 ) / 3900
149
= 1300 / 3900
=1/3
❖ The value of ( 202 + 302 ) / 3900 = 1 / 3
5. What will come in place of the question mark (?) in the following questions?
8 % of 450 - 7 % of 300 =?
Answer: 15
Explanation:
8 % of 450 - 7 % of 300 = ( 8 / 100 ) * 450 - ( 7 / 100 ) * 300

=(8/2)*9-(3*7)
= ( 4 * 9 ) - 21
= 36 - 21
= 15
❖ The value of 8 % of 450 - 7 % of 300 is 15
6. One-third of Ram's savings in National Savings Certificate is equal to one-half of

his savings in Public Provident Fund. If he has Rs. 240000 as total savings, how much
has he saved in Public Provident Fund?
Answer: Rs.96000
Explanation:
Let the savings in Public Provident Fund and National Savings Certificate be Rs. x and (
240000 - x )
( 1 / 3 ) * ( 240000 - x ) = ( 1 / 2 ) * x
80000 - ( x / 3 ) = ( x / 2 )
80000 = ( x / 2 ) + ( x / 3 )
80000 = ( 3x + 2x ) / 6
80000 = 5x / 6
150
5x = 80000 * 6
x = 80000 * ( 6 / 5 )
x = Rs. 96000
❖ Savings in Public Provident Fund = Rs.96000
7. To fill a tank, 20 buckets of water is required. How many buckets of water will be
required to fill the same tank if the capacity of the bucket is reduced to two-fifth of
its present?
Answer: 50
Explanation:
Let the capacity of 1 bucket = x

Then, the capacity of tank = 20x
New capacity of bucket = 2x / 5
Formula, Required number of buckets = Capacity of tank / New capacity of bucket
Required number of buckets = 20x / (2x / 5 )
= 20x * ( 5 / 2x )
= 10 * 5
= 50
❖ Required number of buckets = 50
8. Find the value of 1/4th of 1/5 of 3/4th of 52000
Answer: 1950
Explanation:
1/4th of 1/5 of 3/4th of 52000 = ( 1 / 4 ) * ( 1 / 5 ) * ( 3 / 4 ) * 52000

= ( 3 / 4 ) * 2600
= 3 * 650
= 1950
151
❖ 1/4th of 1/2 of 3/4th of 52000 = 1950
9. What will come in place of question mark in the following equation?

283 * 40 + 240 = 20 *?
Answer: 578
Explanation:
Let the number be x

(283 * 40 ) + 240 = 20 * x
11320 + 240 = 20 x
11560 = 20 x
x = 11560 / 20
= 578
❖ x = 578
10. Simplify: 125 % of 115% of 110% of ? = 2530
Answer: 1600
Explanation:
Let the missing term be x

[ ( 125 / 100 ) * ( 115 / 100 ) * ( 110 / 100 ) ] * x = 2530
[ ( 125 * 115 * 110 ) / ( 100 * 100 * 100 ) ] * x = 2530
[ ( 23 * 11 ) / ( 8 * 20 ) ] * x = 2530
( 253 / 160 ) * x = 2530
x = (2530 * 160 ) / 253
x = 10 * 160
x = 1600
❖ The missing term = 1600
152
1. In a regular week, there are 5 working days and for each day, the working hours are
8. A man gets Rs. 2.40 per hour for regular work and Rs. 3.20 per hours for overtime.
If he earns Rs. 432 in 4 weeks, then how many hours does he work for?
2. Free notebooks were distributed equally among children of a class. The number of
notebooks each child got was one-eighth of the number of children. Had the number
of children been half, each child would have got 16 notebooks. Total how many
notebooks were distributed?
3. A man has some hens and cows. If the number of heads be 48 and the number of
feet equals 140, then the number of hens will be?
4. David gets on the elevator at the 11th floor of a building and rides up at the rate of
57 floors per minute. At the same time, Albert gets on an elevator at the 51st floor of
the same building and rides down at the rate of 63 floors per minute. If they continue
travelling at these rates, then at which floor will their paths cross?
5. To fill a tank, 25 buckets of water are required. How many buckets of water will be
required to fill the same tank if the capacity of the bucket is reduced to two-fifth of its
present?
Square root and Cube root
Formulas:
Square root
If x2 = y, we say that the square root of y is x and we write √y = x.
Ex:
1. √4 = 2, √9 = 3
153
Cube root
The cube root of a given number x is the number whose cube is x.
We denote the cube root of x by ∛x.
Solved Problems
1. The square root of (6 + 4 √2) (6 - 4 √2 ) is?
Answer: 2
Explanation:
To find the value of √( 6 + 4 √2 ) ( 6 - 4 √2 )

Formula, ( a + b ) ( a - b ) = a2 - b2
Using the formula,
√( 6 + 4 √2 ) ( 6 - 4 √2 ) = √[ 62 - ( 4 √2 )2 ]
= √( 36 - 32 )
= √4
=2
❖ The square root of ( 6 + 4 √2 ) ( 6 - 4 √2 ) is 2.
2. If √3 = 1.732, then the value of ( √3 / 2 ) - ( 6 / √3 ) + √27 is equal to?
Answer: ( 3 √3 ) / 2
Explanation:
( √ / 2 ) - ( 6 / √3 ) + √27 = ( √3 / 2 ) - ( 6 / √3 ) + √( 3 * 3 * 3 )
= ( √3 / 2 ) - ( 6 / √3 ) + 3 √3
= [ ( √3 * √3 ) - 12 + ( 3 √3 * 2 √3 ) ] / 2 √3
= [ 3 - 12 + 18 ] / 2 √3
= 9 / 2 √3
154
= ( 3 * 3 ) / 2 √3
= (√3 * √3 * 3 ) / 2 √3
= ( 3 √3 ) / 2
❖ The value of ( √3 / 2 ) - ( 6 / √3 ) + √27 is ( 3 √3 ) / 2.
3. [ √( 0.0196 * ? ) ] = 1.4
Answer: 100
Explanation:
Let [ √( 0.0196 * x ) ] = 1.4

Then, ( 0.0196 * x ) = ( 1.4 )2
( 0.0196 * x ) = 1.96
x = 1.96 / 0.0196
= 19600 / 196
= 100
❖ The value of x is 100.
4. [ √( 278 + √121 ) ] = ?
Answer: 17
Explanation:
[ √( 278 + √121 ) ] = [ √( 278 + 11 ) ]

= √289
= 17
❖ The value of [ √( 278 + √121 ) ] is 17.
155
6. One-third of the cube-root of which number is 0.5?
Answer: 3.375
Explanation:
Let the number be n

So, ( 1 / 3 ) * ∛n = 0.5
∛n = 0.5 * 3
∛n = 1.5
n = ( 1.5 )3
= (1.5) * (1.5) * (1.5)
= 3.375
❖ The value of ∛n is 3.375.
7. What is the cube root of 0.000512?
Answer: 0.08
Explanation:
∛( 0.000512 ) = ∛( 512 / 1000000 )

[ ∛512 = 8, ∛1000000 = 100 ]
= 8 / 100
= 0.08
❖ The cube root of 0.000512 is 0.08.
8. What is the value of [ ∛(212 + ∛64 ) ]?
Answer: 6
156
Explanation:
∛64 = ∛43
=4
[ ∛( 212 + ∛64 ) ] = ∛( 212 + 4 )
= ∛216
= ∛63
=6
❖ The value of [ ∛( 212 + ∛64 ) ] is 6.
9. What is the value of ( ∛125 / 3 ) * ( 9 / ∛8 ) * ( 3 / ∛1728 )?
Answer: 1.875
Explanation:
( (∛125) / 3 ) * ( 9 / ∛8 ) * ( 3 / ∛1728 ) = ( (∛53) / 3 ) * ( 9 / ∛23 ) * ( 3 / ∛123 )

= ( 5 / 3 ) * ( 9 / 2 ) * ( 3 / 12 )
= ( 5 * 9 ) / ( 2 * 12 )
= 45 / 24
= 1.875
❖ The value of ( ∛125 / 3 ) * ( 9 / ∛8 ) * ( 3 / ∛1728 ) is 1.875.
10. Find the least number by which 750 should be multiplied, so that it becomes a
perfect cube.
Answer: 36
Explanation:
Prime factorization of 750= (2 * 3 * 5 * 5 * 5)

To make it perfect cube we should multiply with (2 * 2) * (3 * 3) = 36.
157
1. √0.9 =?
2. What least number must be added to 6072 to make it a perfect square?
3. Which of the following choices is not a perfect cube?
4. Find the cube root of 1728.
5. The cube root of .000216 is:
Time and work
Formulas
1. Work from Days
If A can do a piece of work in ‘n’ days, then A’s one day’s work = 1/n
2. Days from work
If A’s one day’s work = 1/n, then A can finish the work in n days.
3. Ratio
If A is thrice as good a workman as B, then:

Ratio of work done by A and B = 3 : 1.
Ratio of times taken by A and B to finish a work = 1 : 3
158
Solved Problems
1. Praveen and Harish can finish a work 30 days if they work together. They worked
together for 20 days and then Harish left. Praveen finished the remaining work in
another 20 days. In how many days Praveen alone can finish the work?
Answer: 60 days.
Explanation:
Amount of work done by Praveen and Harish in 1 day = 1 / 30

Amount of work done by Praveen and Harish in 20 days = 20 *( 1 / 30 )
= 20 / 30
=2/3
Remaining work = 1 - ( 2 / 3 )
=1/3
Praveen completes ( 1 / 3 ) work in 20 days.
Amount of work Praveen can do in 1 day = ( 1 / 3 ) ( 1 / 20 )
= 1 / ( 3 * 20 )
= 1 / 60
❖ Praveen can complete the work in 60 days.
2. Aswanth is twice as good a workman as Raja and is therefore able to finish a

piece of work in 30 days less than Raja. In how many days they can complee the
whole work, working together?
Answer: 20 days.
Explanation:
Ratio of times taken by Aswanth and Raja = 1 : 2.

The time difference is (2 - 1) 1 day while Raja take 2 days and Aswanth takes 1 day.
If difference of time is 1 day, Raja takes 2 days.
If difference of time is 30 days,
159
Raja takes 2 * 30 = 60 days.

So, Aswanth takes 30 days to do the work.
Aswanth's 1 day's work = ( 1 / 30 )
Raja's 1 day's work = ( 1 / 60 )
(Aswanth + Raja)'s 1 day's work is
= ( 1 / 30 ) + ( 1 / 60 )
= ( 2 + 1 ) / 60
= ( 3 / 60 )
= ( 1 / 20 )
❖ Aswanth and Raja together can do the work in 20 days.
3. Arjun, Bala and Karthi can do a piece of work in 24 days, 30 days and 40 days
respectively. They began the work together but Karthi left 4 days before the
completion of the work. In how many days was the work completed?
Answer: 11 days.
Explanation:
One day's work of Arjun, Bala and Karthi is

= ( 1 / 24 ) + ( 1 / 30 ) + ( 1 / 40 )
= ( 5 + 4 + 3 ) / 120
= 12 / 120
= ( 1 / 10 )
Karthi leaves 4 days before completion of the work, which means only Arjun and Bala
work during the last 4 days.
Work done by Arjun and Bala together in the last 4 days is
= 4 * ( 1 / 24 + 1 / 30 )
= 4 * ( ( 5 + 4 ) / 120 )
= 4 * ( 9 / 120 )
= ( 9 / 30 )
= ( 3 / 10 )
Remaining Work = 7/10, which was done by Arjun,Bala and Karthi in the initial
number of days.
160
Required days = Their one-day work / Remaining work

= ( 1 / 10 ) / ( 7 / 10 )
= ( 1 / 10 ) * ( 10 / 7 )
=(1/7)
Number of days required for these initial work = 7 days.
Thus, the total numbers of days required is
4 + 7 = 11 days.
❖ The total numbers of days required is 11 days.
4. X and Y can do a piece of work in 15 days and 12 days respectively. X started the
work alone and then after 3 days Y joined him till the completion of the work. How
long did the work last?
Answer: 25 / 3 days
Explanation:
Work done by X in 3 days = ( 1 / 15 ) * 3

=1/5
Remaining work = 1 - 1 / 5
=4/5
( X + Y )'s 1 day's work = ( 1 / 15 ) + ( 1 / 12 )
= 27 / ( 15 * 12 )
= 3 / 20
Now, 3 / 20 work is done by X and Y in 1 day
So, 4 / 5 work will be done by X and Y = ( 20 / 3 ) * 4 / 5
= 16 / 3 days
Hence, total time taken = 3 + ( 16 / 3 ) days
= 25 / 3 days
❖ The total work will last for 25 / 3 days.
5. A is 20 % more efficient than B. How much time will they, working together, take
to complete a job which A alone could have done in 20 days?
161
Answer: 120 / 11 days
Explanation:
Given data, ratio of time taken by A and B = 100 : ( 100 + 20 )

= 100 : 120
= 10 : 12
Suppose B takes x days to do the work
Then, 10 : 12 :: 20 : x
x = 20 * 12 / 10
= 24
A's 1 day's work = 1 / 20
B's 1 day's work = 1 / 24
( A + B )'s 1 day's work = ( 1 / 20 ) + ( 1 / 24 )
= 11 / 120 days
❖ A and B together can complete the work in 120 / 11 days.
6. Ravi and Kumar are working on an assignment. Ravi takes 6 hours to type 30
pages on a computer, while Kumar takes 3 hours to type 36 pages. How much time
will they take, working together on two different computers to type an assignment
of 136 pages?
Answer: 8 hours
Explanation:
Given data, Number of pages typed by Ravi in 1 hour = 30 / 6

=5
Number of pages typed by Kumar in 1 hour = 36 / 3
= 12
Number of pages typed by both in 1 hour = 5 + 12
= 17
Time taken by both to type 136 pages = ( 136 * 1 / 17 )
162
= 8 hours
❖ Time taken by both to type 136 pages = 8 hours.
7. If 6 men and 8 boys can do a piece of work in 10 days while 26 men and 48 boys
can do the same in 2 days, the time taken by 3 men and 4 boys in doing the same
type of work will be?
Answer: 20 days
Explanation:
Let 1 man’s 1 day’s work = x and 1 boy’s 1 day’s work = y

Then, 6x + 8y = 1 / 10
26x + 48y = 1 / 2
Solving these two equations
We get, x = 1 / 100
y = 1 / 200
To find, 3 men and 4 boys work in how many days
( 3 men + 4 boys )’s 1 day’s work = [ 3 * ( 1 / 100 ) + 4 * ( 1 / 200 ) ]
= ( 3 / 100 ) + ( 1 / 50 )
= ( 3 + 2 ) / 100
= 5 / 100
= 1 / 20
❖ 3 men and 4 boys can do the work in 20 days.
8. A can do a piece of work in 5 hours; B and C together can do it in 4 hours, while A

and C together can do it in 3 hours. How long will B alone take to do it?
163
Explanation:
A’s 1 hour’s work = 1 / 5

( B + C )’s 1 hour’s work = 1 / 4
( A + B + C )’s 1 hour’s work = [ ( 1 / 5 ) + ( 1 / 4 ) ] = ( 4 + 5 ) / 20
= 9 / 20
( A + C )’s 1 hour’s work = 1 / 3
B’s 1 hour’s work = [ ( 9 / 20 ) - ( 1 / 3 ) ] = ( 27 - 20 ) / 60
= 7 / 60
❖ B alone will take 60 / 7 hours to do the work.
9. A and B can together finish a work in 20 days. They worked together for 10 days
and then B left. After another 10 days, A finished the remaining work. In how many
days A alone can finish the work?
Answer: 20 days
Explanation:
( A + B )’s 10 day’s work = ( 1 / 20 ) * 10

=1/2
Remaining work = 1 - ( 1 / 2 )
=1/2
Now, 1 / 2 work is done by A in 10 days
Therefore, the whole work will be done by A in (10 * 2) = 20 days
❖ A alone can finish the work in 20 days.
10. 10 women can complete a work in 6 days and 10 children take 12 days to
complete the work. How many days will 4 women and 8 children take to complete
the work?
Answer: 15 / 2 days
164
Explanation:
1 Woman’s 1 day’s work = 1 / ( 10 * 6 )

= 1 / 60
1 Child’s 1 day’s work = 1 / ( 10 * 12 )
= 1 / 120
( 4 women + 8 children )’s day’s work = [ 4 ( 1 / 60 ) + 8 ( 1 / 120 ) ]
= 1 / 15 + 1 / 15
= 2 / 15
❖ 4 women and 8 children will complete the work in 15 / 2 days.
1. A alone can do a piece of job in 6 days and B alone can do the same job in 12 days.
If they work together, in how many days can they complete the same job?
2. P, Q, R, and S can do a piece of work in 8, 12, 16 and 24 days respectively. They

started working together after 2 days P and Q left. One day before the completion of
the work S also left. How many days are required for completing the whole work?
3. A, B and C alone can complete a work in 10, 12 and 20 days respectively. If they
worked together for 4 days, what is the fraction of the work that is left?
4. A starts a work and complete one-fourth of the work in 4 days, and B alone
completes the remaining work in 3 days. In how many days B alone can complete the
entire work?
5. 12 boys and 15 girls can complete a project work in 20 days working 8 hours per
day. In how many days 10 boys and 20 girls can complete the same project work
working 9 hours per day? (Efficiency of a boy is equal to the efficiency of a girl)
165
Time and Distance
Formulas
1. Speed, Time and Distance:
Speed = Distance / Time

Time = Distance / Speed
Distance = Speed * Time
2. km/hr to m/sec conversion:
x km/hr = (x * 5/18) m/sec.
3. m/sec to km/hr conversion:

x m/sec =(x * 18/5) km/hr.
4. If the ratio of the speeds of A and B is a : b, then the ratio of the times taken by
then to cover the same distance is
(1/a) : (1/b) or b : a
5. Suppose a man covers a certain distance at x km/hr and an equal distance at y

km/hr. Then, the average speed during the whole journey is
2xy/( x + y) km/hr
Example Sums
1. A man covers X km in t hours at a speed of S km/hr; another man covers X/2 km

in 2t hours at a speed of R km/hr. Then the ratio S:R equals
Answer: 4 : 1.
Explanation:
Distance covered by 1st man at S km/hr = x km

166
Time taken by him = t hours.

Therefore, Speed = Distance / Time
S = x / t km/hr.
Distance covered by 2nd man at R km/hr = ( x / 2 ) km
Time taken by him = 2t hours.
Therefore, Speed covered by R is
R = ( x / 2 ) * ( 1 / 2t ) km/hr
R = ( x / 4t ) km/hr
Required ratio = S : R
= ( x / t ) : ( x / 4t )
=1:(1/4)
=4:1
❖ The ratio is 4 : 1.
2. A car starts at 10 am with a speed of 50 km/hr. Due to the problem in engine, it

reduces its speed as 10 km/hr for every 2 hours. After 11 am, the time taken to
covers 10 km is:
Answer: 13 minutes and 20 seconds.
Explanation:
Initial speed of the car = 50km/hr

Due to engine problem, speed is reduced to 10km for every 2 hours (i.e., 5 km per
hour).
Speed of the car at 11 am is
= ( 50 - 5 )
= 45 km/hr
Time to cover 10 km at 45 km/hr = Distance / speed
= ( 10 / 45 ) hours.
= ( 2 / 9 ) hours
= ( 2 / 9 ) * 60 minutes
= ( 40 / 3 ) minutes
= 13 minutes + 1/3 minutes
167
= 13 minutes + 1/3 * 60 seconds

= 13 minutes and 20 seconds.
❖ Time taken to covers 10 km is 13 minutes and 20 seconds.
3. Two train travel in opposite directions at 24 kmph and 36 kmph and a man sitting
in slower train passes the faster train in 9 seconds. Then length of the faster train
is?
Answer: 150 m
Explanation:
Given data,
Relative speed = ( 24 + 36 )
= 60 km / hr
= 60 * (5 / 18) m / sec
= 50 / 3 m / sec
Using the formula, distance = speed * time
Length of the faster train = (50 / 3) * 9
= 150 m
❖ Length of the faster train is 150 m.
4. Excluding stoppages, the speed of a bus is 30 kmph and including stoppages, it is

45 kmph. For how many minutes does the bus stop per hour?
Answer: 20 min
Explanation:
Due to stoppages, it covers ( 45 - 30 ) = 15 km less

Time taken to cover 15 km = ( 15 / 45) * 60 min
= 20 min
❖ The bus stop per hour for 20 minutes.
168
5. Three trains are running from a place A to another place B. Their speeds are in
the ratio of 6 : 3 : 5. The time ratio to reach B by trains will be?
Answer: 5 : 10 : 6
Explanation:
Ratio of speeds = 6 : 3 : 5
Therefore, Ratio of times taken [ t= d / s or t indirectly proportional to s when
distance is same]= ( 1 / 6 ) : ( 1 / 3 ) : ( 1 / 5 )
= ( 1 / 6 ) * 30 : ( 1 / 3 ) * 30 : ( 1 / 5 ) * 30
= 5 : 10 : 6
❖ The time ratio to reach B by trains will be 5 : 10 : 6.
6. A man in a train notices that he can count 33 telephone posts in one minute. If
they are known to be 50 meters apart, then at what speed is the train traveling?
Answer: 96 km / hr
Explanation:
Number of gaps between 33 telephone posts = 32

Distance traveled in 1 minute = ( 32 * 50 ) m
= 1600 m
= 1.6 km
Using the formula, speed = distance / time
Speed = 1.6 / ( 1 / 60 )
= 1.6 * 60
= 96 km / hr
❖ Speed of the train traveling is 96 km / hr.
169
7. A motorist travels for 7 hours, the first half at 32 Kmph and the rest at 42 Kmph.
Find the distance travelled by him?
Answer: 259 km
Explanation:

Time for 1st half = 3.5 hrs and second half = 3.5 hrs
Distance travelled = ( 32 * 3.5 ) + ( 42 * 3.5 )
= 112 + 147
= 259 km
❖ The distance Travelled by him is 259 km.
8. A car travelling with 12 / 5 of its actual speed covers 40 km in 1 hr 40 min. Find

the actual speed of the car?
Answer: 10 km / hr
Explanation:
Given data, Time taken = 1 hr 40 min

= 1 hr ( 40 / 60 ) hr
= 1 hr ( 2 / 3 ) hr
= 1 ( 2 / 3 ) hr
= 5 / 3 hr
Let the actual speed be x km / hr
Using the formula, distance = speed * time
40 = ( 12 / 5 ) x * ( 5 / 3 )
40 = 12x / 3
40 = 4x
x = 40 / 4
x = 10 km / hr
170
❖ The actual speed of the car is 10 km / hr
9. In covering a distance of 45 km, Ravi takes 2 hours more than Amit. If Ravi
doubles his speed, then he would take 1 hour less than Amit. Ravi's speed is?
Answer: 7.5 km / hr
Explanation:
Let Ravi's speed be x km / hr

Using the formula, speed = distance / time
Then, ( 2 + 1 ) = ( 45 / x ) - ( 45 / 2x )
3 = ( 45 / x ) - ( 45 / 2x )
3 = ( 90 - 45 ) / 2x
3 = 45 / 2x
2x = 45 / 3
x = 15 / 2
= 7.5 km / hr
❖ Ravi's speed is 7.5 km / hr
10. If a person walks at 15 km/hr instead of 10 km/hr, he would have walked 20 km

more. Find the actual distance travelled by him?
Answer: 40 km
Explanation:
Let the actual distance travelled be x km.

⇒ x / 10 = ( x + 20 ) / 15
⇒ 15x = 10x + 200
⇒ 15x - 10x = 200
⇒ 5x = 200
⇒ x = 200 / 5
⇒ x = 40 km
171
❖ The actual distance travelled by him is 40 km
1. A person crosses a 600 m long street in 5 minutes. What is his speed in km per
hour?
2. An aeroplane covers a certain distance at a speed of 240 kmph in 5 hours. To cover

the same distance in 1 hours, it must travel at a speed of?
3. If a person walks at 14 km/hr instead of 10 km/hr, he would have walked 20 km

more. The actual distance travelled by him is?
4. A train can travel 50% faster than a car. Both start from point A at the same time
and reach point B 75 kms away from A at the same time. On the way, however, the
train lost about 12.5 minutes while stopping at the stations. The speed of the car is?
5. Excluding stoppages, the speed of a bus is 54 kmph and including stoppages, it is

45 kmph. For how many minutes does the bus stop per hour?
Trains
Formulas:
1. km/hr to m/s conversion:
a km/hr = (a * 5/18) m/s
2. m/s to km/hr conversion:
a m/s = (a * 18/5) km/hr
172
3. Formulas for finding Speed, Time and Distance
Speed = Distance / Time
4. If the ratio of the speeds of A and B is a : b, then the ratio of the times taken by
then to cover the same distance is
1/a:1/b=b:a
5. Suppose a man covers a certain distance at x km/hr and an equal distance at y

km/hr. Then, the average speed during the whole journey is
(2xy / x+y) km/hr
6. Time taken by a train of length l metres to pass a pole or standing man or a signal
post is equal to the time taken by the train to cover l metres.
7. Time taken by a train of length l metres to pass a stationery object of length b
metres is the time taken by the train to cover (l + b) metres.
8. Suppose two trains or two objects bodies are moving in the same direction at u
m/s and v m/s, where u > v, then their relative speed is = (u - v) m/s.
9. Suppose two trains or two objects bodies are moving in opposite directions at u
m/s and v m/s, then their relative speed is = (u + v) m/s.
10. If two trains of length a metres and b metres are moving in opposite directions at
u m/s and v m/s, then:
The time taken by the trains to cross each other = (a + b) / (u + v) sec.
173
11. If two trains of length a metres and b metres are moving in the same direction at
u m/s and v m/s, then:
The time taken by the faster train to cross the slower train = (a + b) / (u - v) sec.
12. If two trains (or bodies) start at the same time from points A and B towards each
other and after crossing they take a and b sec in reaching B and A respectively, then:
(A's speed) : (B's speed) = (√b : √a)
Solved Problems
1. How many seconds will a 600-metre-long train take to cross a man walking with a
speed of 3 km/hr in the direction of the moving train if the speed of the train is 83
km/hr?
Answer: 27 sec.
Explanation:
Speed of the train relative to man = ( 83 - 3 ) km/hr

= 80 km/hr
= [ 80 * ( 5 / 18) ] m/sec
= ( 400 / 18 ) m/sec.
Time taken to pass the man
= [ 600 * ( 18 / 400 ) ] sec
= ( 6 * 18 ) / 4
= ( 108 / 4 )
= 27 sec
❖ It will take 27 seconds.
174
2. Two goods train each 500 m long, are running in opposite directions on parallel
tracks. Their speeds are 45 km/hr and 55 km/hr respectively. Find the time taken by
the slower train to pass the driver of the faster one.
Answer: 16.36 sec
Explanation:
Relative speed = (45 + 55) km/hr

= [ 110 * ( 5 / 18 ) ] m/sec
= ( 550 / 18 ) m/sec.
We have to find the time taken by the slower train to pass the DRIVER of the faster
train and not the complete train.
So, distance covered = Length of the slower train.
Therefore, Distance covered = 500 m.
Required time = [ 500 * ( 18 / 550 ) ]
= ( 10 * 18 ) / 11
= 180 / 11
= 16.36 sec
❖ Time taken is 16.36 seconds.
3. Two trains are running in opposite directions with the same speed. If the length
of each train is 120 metres and they cross each other in 12 seconds, then the speed
of each train (in km/hr) is:
Answer: 36 km/hr.
Explanation:
Let the speed of each train be x m/sec.

Then, relative speed of the two trains = 2x m/sec.
So, 2x = [ (120 + 120) / 12 ]
⇒ 2x = 20
175
⇒ x = 10.
Therefore, Speed of each train = 10 m/sec
= [ 10 * (18/5) ]km/hr
= 2 * 18
= 36 km/hr
❖ Speed of the train is 36 km/hr.
4. Two trains of equal lengths take 10 seconds and 15 seconds respectively to cross
a telegraph post. If the length of each train be 120 metres, in what time (in seconds)
will they cross each other travelling in opposite direction?
Answer: 12 sec.
Explanation:
Speed of the first train = ( 120/10) m/sec

= 12 m/sec.
Speed of the second train = ( 120 /15 ) m/sec
= 8 m/sec.
Relative speed = (12 + 8)
= 20 m/sec.
Therefore, Required time = [ (120 + 120) / 20 ] sec
= 240 / 20
= 12 sec.
❖ At 12 seconds they will cross each other.
5. A train takes 12 sec to pass a signal post and covers a distance of 15 km in 15 min.
Find the length of train?
Answer: 200 m
Explanation:
Time = 15 min
176
= ( 15 / 60 )hr
= 15 / ( 15 / 60 )
= ( 15 * 60 ) / 15
= 60 km / hr
= 60 * ( 5 / 18 ) m / sec [ x km/hr = x * ( 5 / 18 ) m/sec ]
= 10 * ( 5 / 3 ) m / sec
= ( 50 / 3 ) m / sec
Formula, Distance = speed * time
Length of the train = ( 50 / 3 ) * 12
= 50 * 4
= 200 m
❖ Length of the train = 200 m
6. A train takes 12 sec to pass a signal post and covers a distance of 15 km in 15 min.
Find the length of train?
Answer: 200 m
Explanation:
Time = 15 min
= ( 15 / 60 )hr
= 15 / ( 15 / 60 )
= ( 15 * 60 ) / 15
= 60 km / hr
= 60 * ( 5 / 18 ) m / sec [ x km/hr = x * ( 5 / 18 ) m/sec ]
= 10 * ( 5 / 3 ) m / sec
= ( 50 / 3 ) m / sec
Formula, Distance = speed * time
Length of the train = ( 50 / 3 ) * 12
= 50 * 4
= 200 m
177
7. A train running at the speed of 66 km / hr crosses a pole in 36 seconds. What is

the length of the train?
Answer: 660 m
Explanation:
Given data, Speed = 66 km / hr

= 66 * ( 5 / 18 ) m / sec [ x km/hr = x * ( 5 / 18 ) m/sec ]
Formula, Distance = Speed * Time
Length of the train = 66 * ( 5 / 18 ) * 36
= 66 * 5 * 2
= 660 m
8. The length of a train and that of a platform are equal. If with a speed of 72 km /
hr, the train crosses the platform in one minute, then the length of the platform (in
metres) is?
Answer: 600 m
Explanation:
Given data, Speed = 72 km / hr

= 72 * ( 5 / 18 ) m / sec [ x km/hr = x * ( 5 / 18 ) m/sec ]
Let the length of the train be x and length of a platform be x
Formula, Distance = Speed * Time
Length of the train, ( x + x ) m = 72 * ( 5 / 18 ) * 60
2x = 4 * 5 * 60
2x = 1200 m
178
x = 1200 / 2
x = 600 m
❖ Length of the platform = 600 m
9. A jogger running at 9 kmph alongside a railway track in 300 meter ahead of the
engine of a 150 meter long train running at 63 kmph in the same direction. In how
much time will the train pass the jogger?
Answer: 30 sec
Explanation:
[If two trains are moving in opposite directions then add their speeds, two trains are
moving in same directions then subtract their speeds]
Then, Relative speed = ( 63 - 9 ) km/hr
= 54 km/hr
= 54 * ( 5 / 18 ) m/s ( x km / hr = x * ( 5 / 18 ) m / s )
=3*8
= 15 m/sec
Distance to be covered = 300 + 150
= 450 meter
Time = 450 / 15
= 30 sec
❖ Time will the train pass the jogger = 30 sec
10. Two trains 190 m and 196 m long run at the speed of 60 km/hr and 51 km/hr
respectively in opposite directions on parallel tracks. The time (in seconds) which
they take to cross each other is?
Answer: 12.52 sec
179
Explanation:
[If two trains are moving in opposite directions then add their speeds, two trains are
moving in same directions then subtract their speeds]
Relative speed = ( 60 + 51 ) km/hr
= 111 km/hr
= 111 * ( 5 / 18 ) m/sec ( x km / hr = x * ( 5 / 18 ) m / s )
= ( 37 * 5 ) / 6
= 185 / 6 m/sec
Distance to be covered in crossing each other = ( 190 + 196 )
= 386 m
Required time = ( 386 * ( 6 / 185 ) )
= 12.52 sec
❖ The time which they taken to cross each other = 12.52 sec
Problems for practice :
1. A train running at the speed of 60 km/hr crosses a pole in 9 seconds. What is the
length of the train?
2. A train 125 m long passes a man, running at 5 km/hr in the same direction in which
the train is going, in 10 seconds. The speed of the train is:
3. The length of the bridge, which a train 130 metres long and travelling at 45 km/hr
can cross in 30 seconds, is:
4. Two trains running in opposite directions cross a man standing on the platform in
27 seconds and 17 seconds respectively and they cross each other in 23 seconds. The
ratio of their speeds is:
5. A train passes a station platform in 36 seconds and a man standing on the platform
in 20 seconds. If the speed of the train is 54 km/hr, what is the length of the
platform?
180
Volume and Surface area
Formulas:
CUBOID
Let length = l, breadth = b and height = h units. Then
Volume = (l * b * h) cubic units.
Surface area = 2(lb + bh + lh) sq. units.
Diagonal = √(l2 + b2 + h2) units.
CUBE
Let each edge of a cube be of length a. Then,
Volume = a3 cubic units.
Surface area = 6a2 sq. units.
Diagonal = √3a units.
CYLINDER
Let radius of base = r and Height (or length) = h. Then,
Volume = (πr2h) cubic units.
Curved surface area = (2πrh) sq. units.
Total surface area = 2πr(h + r) sq. units.
181
CONE
Let radius of base = r and Height = h. Then,
Slant height, l = √(h2 + r2) units.
Volume = 1/3 πr2h cubic units.
Curved surface area = (πrl) sq. units.
Total surface area = (πrl + πr2) sq. units.
SPHERE
Let the radius of the sphere be r. Then,
Volume = (4/3) πr3 cubic units.
Surface area = (4πr2) sq. units.
HEMISPHERE
Let the radius of a hemisphere be r. Then,
Volume = (2/3) πr3 cubic units.
Curved surface area = (2πr2) sq. units.
Total surface area = (3πr2) sq. units.
182
Solved Problems
1. 50 circular plates each of diameter 14cm and thickness 0.5cm are placed one
above the other to form right circular cylinder. Find its total surface area.
Answer: 1408 cm2
Explanation:
Diameter of each circular plate = 14cm

Radius = 7cm
Thickness of each plate = 0.5cm
50 plates are placed one over the other
Height of the cylinder = 0.5 * 50
= 25cm
Total surface area of the cylinder = 2πr ( r + h )
= 2 * ( 22 / 7 ) * 7 ( 7 + 25 )
= 44 * 32
= 1408 cm2
❖ Total surface area is 1408 cm2
2. The radii of the bases of a cylinder and a cone are in the ratio of 3:4 and their
heights are in the ratio 2:3. Find the ratio of their volumes.
Answer: 9 : 8
Explanation:
Let r1 and h1 be the radius and height of the cylinder and r2 and h2 be the radius and
height of the cone.
We have, r1 / r2 = 3 / 4
h1 / h2 = 2 / 3
Volume of the cylinder / Volume of the cone
= ( π * r12h1 ) / ( π/3 * r22h2 )
183
= 3 r12h1 / r22h2
= 3 * ( 3 / 4 )2 * ( 2 / 3 )
=(9/8)
❖ The ratio of the volume of the cylinder to the volume of the cone is 9 : 8
3. 25 circular plates each of radius 10.5cm and thickness 1.6 cm are placed one
above the other to form a solid circular cylinder. Find the curved surface area and
volume of the cylinder so formed.
Answer: 2640 cm2 and 13860 cm2.
Explanation:
Given that 25 circular plates each with radius 10.5 cm

Thickness is 1.6 cm.
Since plates are placed one above the other so its height becomes
h = ( 1.6 * 25 )
h = 40 cm
Volume of the cylinder = πr2h
= ( 22 / 7 ) * 10.5 * 10.5 * 40
= ( 22 / 7 ) * 4410
= 22 * 630
= 13860 cm2
Curved surface area of a cylinder = 2πrh
= 2 ( 22 / 7 ) * 10.5 * 40
= 2 * ( 22 / 7 ) * 420
= 2 * 22 * 60
= 2640 cm2
❖ The curved surface area and volume of the cylinder is 2640 cm2 and 13860
cm2.
184
4. The edges of cuboid are 6 cm, 7 cm and 8 cm. Find its surface area?
Answer: 292 cm2
Explanation:

The edges of cuboid are 6 cm, 7 cm and 8 cm
Surface area of cuboid = 2 * [ ab + bc + ca ]
=2*[(6*7)+(7*8)+(8*6)]
= 2 * [ 42 + 56 + 48 ]
= 2 * 146
= 292 cm2
❖ The surface area of cuboid = 292 cm2.
5. The edges of a cuboid are 3 cm, 4 cm and 10 cm respectively. Find the length of
the diagonal of cuboid?
Answer: 5 √5 cm
Explanation:

The edges of a cuboid are 3 cm, 4 cm and 10 cm
The length of the diagonal of cuboid, d = √(a2 + b2 + c2)
The length of the diagonal of cuboid, d = √(32 + 42 + 102
= √( 9 + 16 + 100 )
= √( 125 )
= √( 25 * 5 )
= 5 √5
❖ The length of the diagonal of cuboid = 5 √5 cm.
185
6. Two cylinders are of the same height. Their radii are in the ratio 1 : 4. If the
volume of the first cylinder is 45 cc. Find the volume of the second cylinder?
Answer: 720 cc
Explanation:
Let the radius of the first cylinder, r1 = 1x and

The radius of the second cylinder, r2 = 4x
Formula for the volume of the cylinder = π * r2 * h
Given,
The volume of the first cylinder = π * x2 * h = 45cc
Then, the volume of the second cylinder = π * ( 4x )2 * h
π * ( 4x )2 * h = 16 * ( π * x2 * h )
= 16 * 45
= 720 cc
❖ The volume of the second cylinder = 720 cc.
7. The radius of the base of cone is 4 cm and height is 9 cm. Find the volume of the
cone?
Answer: 48 π cm3
Explanation:
Given data,
The radius of the base of cone = 4 cm and
height = 9 cm
Formula,
Volume of the cone = ( 1 / 3 ) * π * r2 * h
=(1/3)*π*4*4*9
= 48 π cm3
❖ The volume of the cone is 48 π cm3.
186
8. The area of a base of a cone is 40 cm2. If the height of the cone is 12 cm, find its
volume?
Answer: 160 cm3
Explanation:
Given data,
The area of the base of cone = 40 cm2 and
Height = 12 cm
Formula,
The area of the base of cone, π * r2 = 40 cm2
= ( 1 / 3 ) * 40 * 12
= 160 cm3
❖ The volume of the cone is 160 cm3.
9. A room is 16 m long, 5 m broad and 3m height. Find the cost of white washing its
four walls at Rs. 3 per m2?
Answer: Rs. 378
Explanation:
The total area of the four walls = 2 * height (length + broad)

= 2 * 3 ( 16 + 5 )
= 6 * 21
= 126
The cost of white washing its four walls at Rs. 3 per m2 = 126 * 3
= Rs. 378
❖ The cost of white washing its four walls at Rs. 3 per m2 is Rs. 378.
187
10. Find the length of the wire required to go 15 times round a square field
containing 70756 m2?
Answer: 15960 m
Explanation:
To find the length of the wire

The volume of square = a2
a2 = 70756 m2
a = 266 m
The perimeter of square = 4a
= 4 * 266
= 1064
The length of the wire required to go 15 times round a square field = 15 * 1064
= 15960 m
❖ The length of the wire is 15960 m.
1. A right triangle with sides 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm is rotated the side of 3 cm to form a
cone. The volume of the cone so formed is:
2. In a shower, 5 cm of rain falls. The volume of water that falls on 1.5 hectares of
ground is:
3. A hall is 15 m long and 12 m broad. If the sum of the areas of the floor and the
ceiling is equal to the sum of the areas of four walls, the volume of the hall is:
4. 66 cubic centimetres of silver is drawn into a wire 1 mm in diameter. The length of

the wire in metres will be:
5. A hollow iron pipe is 21 cm long and its external diameter is 8 cm. If the thickness
of the pipe is 1 cm and iron weighs 8 g/cm3, then the weight of the pipe is:
188
PDF - 2
Logical Reasoning
Logical Reasoning Nithra
Logical Reasoning
Analogy
Solved Problems
1. Complete analogous pair:

Automobile: Petrol::?
A. fire : fuel
B. plane : propeller
C. diesel : gas
D. man : food
Answer: D. man: food
Explanation:
An automobile needs petrol to function.
Similarly, man needs food in order to function.

Calf: cow:: Puppy : ?
A. cub
B. kitten
C. dog
D. snake
Answer: C. dog
Explanation:
A calf's parent is cow and puppy's parent is dog.
1

Tungsten : Filament :: Tree : ?
A. graphite
B. paper
C. wool
D. fabric
Answer: B. paper
Explanation:
The first term is used in the production of the second.

Letter : Word ::
A. homework : school
B. club : people
C. product : factory
D. page : book
Answer: D. page : book
Explanation:
A group of letters form a word.
Similarly, a group of pages combined together to form a book.
2
5. Complete analogous pair.

Brick : Clay :: Ruby : ?
A. graphite
B. corundum
C. diamond
D. pearl
Answer: B. corundum
Explanation:
The second term is used in making the first.
6. Fill in the blanks with appropriate choices:

Soap is to Dirt as Petrol is to ……
A. Dry Cleaner
B. Grease
C. Car
D. Clothes
Answer: B. Grease
Explanation:
Soap is used to clean dirt based on similar pattern Petrol is used to clean
Grease.
3
7.Happy is to Sad as Straight is to ……
A. Line
B. Rectangle
C. Parallel
D. Curve
Answer: D. Curve
Explanation:
Happy is to Sad because they are antonym.
Antonym of Straight is Circle from the given options.
8. Pleasure : Smile :: Pain : ?
A. Aspirin
B. Suffering
C. Grimace
D. Tranquillity
Answer: C. Grimace
Explanation:
One smiles in pleasure while makes a grimace in pain.
4
9. Lawn : Grass :: ?
A. Wool : sheep
B. Skin : goat
C. Rice : farm
D. Pelt : fur
Answer: D. Pelt : fur
Explanation:
As grass grows on lawn similarly, fur grows on pelt.
Second grows on the first.
10. Dwan : Twilight :: ?
A. Prologue : epilogue
B. Day : evening
C. Night : day
D. Minute : hour
Answer: A. Prologue : epilogue
Explanation:
Dawn is beginning of day while twilight is end of day.
Similarly, a prologue come at the beginning of the book & epilogue at the end
of book.
5
Questions for Practice
1. Moon : Satellite : : Earth : ?
(a) Sun (b) Planet (c) Solar System (d) Asteroid
2. Forecast : Future : : Regret : ?
(a) Present (b) Atone (c) Past (d) Sins
3. Influenza : Virus : : Typhoid: ?
(a) Bacillus (b) Parasite (c) Protozoa (d) Bacteria
4. Fear : Threat 2 : Anger : ?
(a) Compulsion (b) Panic (c) Provocation (d) Force
5. Melt : Liquid 2 : Freeze: ?
(a) Ice (b) Condense (c) Solid (d) Crystal
6
Artificial Language
Solved Problems
1. Here are some of the words translated from an artificial language.

If creektulo means treeplantation;
creekfuos means treemutation;
fuosseed means mutationsapling;
Which word means sapling?
A. Creek
B. Tulo
C. Fuos
D. Seed
Answer: D. Seed
Explanation:
✓ tree means creek;

✓ mutation means fuos;
✓ sapling means seed.
2. Here are some words translated from an artificial language.

jalkamofti means happy birthday;
moftihoze means birthday party;
mentogunn means goodness;
Which word could mean ''happiness''?
A. jalkagunn
B. mentohoze
C. moftihoze
D. hozemento
Answer: A. jalkagunn
7
Explanation:
✓ Jalka means happy;

✓ mofti means birthday;
✓ hoze means party;
✓ mento means good;
✓ and gunn means ness;
✓ Thus, jalkagunn means happiness.
3. Here are some of the words translated from an artificial language.

If robbhood means nextgeneration;
hoodgough means generationproud;
goughspur means proudnation;
Which word means generation?
A. robb
B. hood
C. gough
D. spur
Answer: B. hood
Explanation:
By comparing first and second sentences, we can deduce the meaning of

generation.
8

lelibroon means yellowhat;
plekafroti means flowergarden;
frotimix means gardensalad;
Which word could mean ''yellowflower''?
A. lelifroti
B. lelipleka
C. plekabroon
D. frotibroon
Answer: B. lelipleka
Explanation:
yellow means leli;
flower means pleka.

granamelke means big tree;
pinimelke means little tree;
melkehoon means tree house;
Which word could mean ''big house''?
A. granahoon
B. pinishur
C. pinihoon
D. melkegrana
Answer: A. granahoon
9
Explanation:
✓ Grana means big;

✓ melkemeans tree;
✓ pini means little;
✓ hoonmeans house.
✓ Therefore, granahoon means big house.
6. The question that follow will ask you to reverse the process and translate an
English word into the artificial language. Here are some words translated from an
artificial language.
malgauper means peach cobbler
malgaport means peach juice
moggagrop means apple jelly
Which word could mean "apple juice"?
A. malgaauper
B. moggaport
C. gropport
D. moggagrop
Answer: B. moggaport
Explanation:
✓ Malga means peach;

✓ uper means cobbler;
✓ port means juice;
✓ mogga means apple;
✓ and grop means jelly.
✓ Therefore, moggaport means apple juice.
10
moolokarn means blue sky
wilkospadi means bicycle race
moolowilko means blue bicycle
Which word could mean "race car"?
A. wilkozwet
B. spadiwilko
C. moolobreil
D. spadivolo
Answer: D. spadivolo
Explanation:
From wilkospadi, you can determine that wilko means bicicyle and spadi
means race. Therefore, the first part of the word that means racecar should begin
with spadi. That limits your choices to b and d. Choice b, spadiwilko, is incorrect
because we have already determined that wilko means bicycle. Therefore, the answer
must be choice d, spadivolo.
morpirquat means birdhouse
beelmorpir means bluebird
beelclak means bluebell
Which word could mean "houseguest"?
A. clakquat
B. quathunde
C. beelmoki
11
D. morpirhunde
Answer: B. quathunde
Explanation:
✓ Morpir means bird;

✓ quat means house;
✓ beel means blue;
✓ clak means bell.
✓ Choice B, which begins with quat, is the only possible option.
relftaga means carefree
otaga means careful
fertaga means careless
Which word could mean "aftercare"?
A. relffer
B. tagazen
C. tagafer
D. zentaga
Answer : B. tagazen
Explanation :
In this language, the root word taga, which means care, follows the affix (relf,
o-, or fer-). Therefore, in the word aftercare, the root word and the affix would be
reversed in the artificial language. The only choice, is tagazen, because tagafer would
mean less care.
12
slar means jump
slary means jumping
slarend means jumped
Which word could mean "playing"?
A. ellaclarg
B. slarmont
C. clargy
D. clargslarend
Answer : C. clargy
Explanation :
According to this language, slar means jump. The suffix "ing" is represented by
"y". Since choice C is the only one that ends in the letter y, this is the only possible
option.

gorblflur means fan belt
pixngorbl means ceiling fan
arthtusl means tile roof
Which word could mean "ceiling tile"?
A. gorbltusl
B. flurgorbl
C. arthflur
D. pixnarth
13

hapllesh means cloudburst
srenchoch means pinball
resbosrench means ninepin
Which word could mean "cloud nine"?
A. leshsrench
B. ochhapl
C. haploch
D. haplresbo

agnoscrenia means poisonous spider
delanocrenia means poisonous snake
agnosdeery means brown spider
Which word could mean "black widow spider"?
A. deeryclostagnos
B. agnosdelano
C. agnosvitriblunin
D. trymuttiagnos

moolokarn means blue sky
wilkospadi means bicycle race
moolowilko means blue bicycle
Which word could mean "racecar"?
A. wilkozwet
B. spadiwilko
C. moolobreil
D. spadivolo
14

migenlasan means cupboard
lasanpoen means boardwalk
cuopdansa means pullman
Which word could mean "walkway"?
A. poenmigen
B. cuopeisel
C. lasandansa
D. poenforc
Assertion and Reason
Solved Problems
In each of the following questions, there is a Assertion and two Reasons, choose
the correct alternative from the following:
A. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.

B. Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A.
C. A is true but R is false.
D. A is false but R is true.
1. Assertion (A): Bangladesh imports jute from India.

Reason (R): Bangladesh has most of the jute mills.
Answer: D. A is false but R is true.
Explanation:
When Bangladesh was created after partition of India, the areas of jute
production went to Bangladesh while the jute mills were left in India.
So, India imports raw jute from Bangladesh.
15
2. Assertion (A): India is facing the problem of inflation.

Reason (R) : We have failed to check the growth of black money.
Answer: A. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Inflation in India is caused by unrestricted growth of black money.
3. Assertion (A): Leaves of plants are green.

Reason (R) : Plants contain chromoplasts, the green pigment.
Answer: C . A is true but R is false.
Explanation:
Leaves of plants are green because they contain the green pigment,
chlorophyll.
However, plants contain chromoplasts but they are not green pigments.
4. Assertion (A): Bronze is used for making statues.

Reason (R) : Bronze is an alloy of copper and trin.
Answer: B. Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Bronze is an alloy of copper and tin.
It is resistant to corrosion and so it is used to make statues.
16
5. Assertion (A): In India, the judiciary is independent of the executive.

Reason (R) : Judiciary favours the government and helps in the implementation of
its plans.
Answer: C . A is true but R is false.
Explanation:
In India, the judiciary is completely independent of the executive.
It has no interference in the affairs of the state nor can it be influenced by the
government.
6. Assertion (A): Increase in carbon dioxide would melt polar ice.

Reason (R): Global temperature would rise.
Answer: A. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
✓ The carbon dioxide envelope in earth's atmosphere traps the heat.

✓ With increase in the proportion of carbon dioxide,
✓ therefore, the global temperature would rise,
✓ thus causing the polar ice to melt.
7.Assertion (A): Tamil Nadu gets most of the rainfall in winter.

Reason (R) : Tamil Nadu gets rainfall from retreating monsoons.
Answer: A . Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation:
Rainfall in Tamil Nadu is caused by the retreating monsoons which occur in

winter.
17
8. Assertion (A) : In India, females have higher life expectancy than the males.
Reason (R) : Females receive a better diet.

B. Both A and R are false.
E. Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A.
Answer: E. Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A.
Explanation :
In India, due to high birth rate and due to neglect, females have a lower lift
expectancy than the males and although females need a better diet, they do not
receive it.
9. Assertion (A) : Telephone wires sag more in summer.

Reason (R) : They expand due to summer heat.
A. Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A.

B. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
C. A is false but R is true.
D. A is true but R is false.
E. Both A and R are false.
Answer: B. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Explanation :
The metal of telephone wires expands in summer and the wires become
loose. So, they say.
18
10. Assertion (A) : India is a democratic country.

Reason (R) : India has a Constitution of its own.

B. Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A.
Answer : B. Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A.
Explanation :
India is a democratic country because its government is the government of

the people, for the people and by the people. It is also true that India has its own
Constitution.
In each of the questions given below, there are two statements marked as Assertion
(A) and Reason (R). Mark your answer as per the codes provided below:
B. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
1. Assertion (A): When lightning strikes, the sound is heard a little after the flash is
seen.
Reason (R): The velocity of light is greater than that of the sound.
2. Assertion (A): A ship rises as it enters the sea from a river.

Reason (R): The density of sea water is higher as compared to river water.
19
3. Assertion (A): Indian President is the head of the State.

Reason (R): Indian Parliament consists of the President, Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha.
4. Assertion (A): The British sovereignty continued to exist in f India.

Reason (R): The British sovereign appointed the last Governor-General of free India.
5. Assertion (A): Sprouting should not be done before consuming the grains.
Reason (R): Sprouting kills many vital vitamins.
Coding and Decoding
Definition
Coding is a process used to encrypt a word, a number in a particular code or pattern

based on some set of rules.
Decoding is a process to decrypt the pattern into its original form from the given
codes.
Letter Coding
In this type of questions, alphabets of a word are replaced by some other alphabets
according to specific rule to form code.
Number Coding
In this type of questions, a word is replaced by certain numbers according to some

specific rule.
20
Solved Problems
Study the following information arrangement carefully and answer the questions
given below:
With a certain code language,
The meeting adjourned abruptly is written as !e48 @h08 #b63 $d80
Since India gained Internet is written as #n63 -a35 %i24 %n24
Scientists have discovered bacteria is written as *a15 #a63 &c99 &i99
Current economic scenario fine is written as #c63 *i15 #c63 !u48
1. What is the code for abruptly?
A. %i24
B. #b63
C. -a35
D. %n24
Answer : B. #b63
Explanation :
✓ The pattern for this coding is

✓ Each symbol is denoted by number of words like For third letter word is @
✓ For fourth letter word is *
✓ For fifth letter word is %
✓ For sixth letter word is -
✓ For seventh letter word is !
✓ For eight letter words is #
✓ For nineth letter word is $
✓ For tenth letter word is &
✓ So, abruptly is eight letter word. For eigth letter word is #
✓ The correct option is B.
21
2. What is the code for Since meeting discovered?
A. *a15 !e48 *i99

B. %i24 @h48 *i99
C. %i24 !e48 *#c63
D. %i24 !e48 &i99
Answer : D. %i24 !e48 &i99
Explanation :
✓ For fifth letter word is %

✓ For seventh letter word is !
✓ For tenth letter word is &
✓ Each alphabet is a second letter of the each word like For since - i
✓ For meeting - e
✓ For discovered - i
✓ The correct option is D.
3. What does &c99 @i99 #n63 @h08 stand for?
A. sine India have fine

B. The scientists discovered internet
C. meeting gained the economic
D. current meeting have internet
Answer : B. The scientists discovered internet
Explanation :
✓ Each number is stands for total number of words square - 1

✓ For third letter word = 32 - 1 = 9 - 1 = 8
✓ For fourth letter word = 42 - 1 = 16 - 1 = 15
✓ For fifth letter word = 52 - 1 = 25 - 1 = 24
✓ For sixth letter word = 62 - 1 = 36 - 1 = 35
22
✓ For seventh letter word = 72 - 1 = 49 - 1 = 48

✓ For eight letter word = 82 - 1 = 64 - 1 = 63
✓ For nineth letter word = 92 - 1 = 81 - 1 = 80
✓ For tenth letter word = 102 - 1 = 100 - 1 = 99.
✓ So, 8= The; 99 - Scientists; 63 – internet.
4. What could be the code for economic internet?
A. #n63 #c63
B. %i24 *a15
C. !e48 #n63
D. #c63 -a35
Answer : A. #n63 #c63
Explanation :
✓ Economic is eight letter word.

✓ So For eight letter word = 82 - 1 = 64 - 1 = 63
✓ Economic = 63
✓ Internet is eight letter word. So the same reason.
✓ Internet = 63
5. In a certain code, BOXER is written as AQWGQ. How VISIT is written in that code?
A. UKRKU
B. UKRKS
C. WKRKU
D. WKRKS
Answer : B. UKRKS
23
Explanation :
Letters at the odd places have been written one letter back, and letters at the
even places have been written two letters ahead in the coded word as their positions
in the alphabet.
6. If PAPER is written as OZODQ, how PENCIL can be written in that code?
A. QFODJM
B. OFOBHM
C. ODMDJM
D. ODMBHK
Answer : D.ODMBHK
Explanation :
Each letter has been coded one letter back in the alphabetical series.
7. If in a code language REMOTE is coded as ROTEME, which word would be coded

as PNIICC?
A. PNIICC
B. PICCIN
C. PINCIC
D. PICNIC
Answer : D. PICNIC
Explanation :
The word has been coded by simply interchanging the position of the letters.
24
8. In a certain code, bright fresh sunny day means cin bin zin hin; scent of fresh
flower means din zin lin bin; bright light of trucks; means lin min hin rin; trucks
loaded with flowers means fin nin din min. What is the code for bright in that
language?
A. bin
B. lin
C. hin
D. zin
Answer : C. Hin
Explanation :
In the first and third sentences, common word is bright and the common code
is hin.
9. Study the following information to answer the questions that follow. In a certain
code il be pee means roses are blue, sik hee means red flowers and pee nut hee
means flowers are vegetables. How is red written in that code?
A. hee
B. sik
C. be
D. Cannot be determined
Answer : B. Sik
Explanation :
From the second and third sentences, it is clear that hee stands for flowers.
Hence, from second sentence red stands for sik.
25
10. If in a certain language, MADRAS is coded as NBESBT, how is BOMBAY coded in

that code?
A.CPNCBX
B.CPNCBZ
C.CPOCBZ
D.CQOCBZ
E. None of these
Answer : B. CPNCBZ
Explanation :
Each letter in the word is moved one step forward to obtain the corresponding
letter of the code.
1. In a certain code 'LIMCA' is written as 'HJLDZ'. Which of the following words is

written as 'IFWJBP'?
a) M E X I C O b) MERCURY c) JAPAN d) MIDNIGHT e) H O N D U S
2. If in the English alphabet, every alternate letter from B onwards is written in

small letters while others are written in capitals, then how will the 3rd day from
Tuesday will be coded?
a) W e D N e S d A Y b) W E d n E S d A Y c) T H U R S d A Y d) T h U r S d
AY e) f r I d A Y
26
3. In a certain code 'SEQUENCE' is coded as 'FDOFVRFT. How is 'CHILDREN' coded in

that code?
a) OFESJMID b) OFSEMJID c) OFSEJIMD d) OFSEJMID e) None of

these
4. If the letters of the word 'CYCLINDER' are arranged alphabetically, then which
letter would be farthest from the first letter of word?
a) N b) E c) Y d) R e) None of these
5. In certain code 'FROZEN' is written as 'OFAPSG'. Then how would 'MOLTEN' be

written in that code?
a) OFPOMN b) OFSMPN c) OFUMPN d) OFUNPM e) OFUMON
Course of Action
Solved Problems
1. Statement:
Use Kajaria Ceramics tiles to decorate your house- An advertisement.
Courses of Action:
I. People want to decorate their house.
II.Only ceramic tiles can make a house decorative.
A. If only assumption I is implicit.

B. Only II follows If only assumption II is implicit.
C. If either I or II is implicit.
D. If both I and II are implicit.
E. If neither I or II is implicit.
Answer : A. If only assumption I is implicit.
27
Explanation:
Obviously, assumption I is implicit in the statement. The fact which is

highlighted or mentioned in the advertisement is liked or looked for by the people.
The use of word "only" makes the second assumption invalid.
2. Statement:
The Officer Incharge of a company had a hunch that some money was missing from
the safe.
Courses of Action:
I. He should get it recounted with the help of the staff and check it with the balance
sheet.
II. He should inform the police.
A. If Only I follows
B. If Only II follows
C. If Either I or II follows
D. If Neither I nor II follows
E. If Both I and II follow
Answer : A. If Only I follows
Explanation :
Clearly, a suspicion first needs to be confirmed and only when it is confirmed,

should an action to be taken. So, only course I follows
28
3. Statement:
It is futile to discuss corruption at any forum. Corruption is rampant everywhere in
the country.
Courses of Action:
I. Corruption is inevitable in any system.
II. Corruption is a serious concern.
A. If only assumption I is implicit.

B. Only II follows If only assumption II is implicit.
C. If either I or II is implicit.
D. If both I and II are implicit.
E. If neither I or II is implicit.
Answer : E. If neither I or II is implicit.
Explanation :
Both the assumptions are more or less personal views. Therefore, neither of
these assumptions is implicit in the statement.
4. Statement: Since its launching in 1881, Vayudoot has so far accumulated losses
amounting to Rs. 153 crore.
Courses of Action:
I. Vayudoot should be directed to reduce wasteful expenditure and to increase
passenger fare.
II. An amount of about Rs 300 crore should be provided to Vayudoot to make the
airliner economically viable.
Answer: Only I follows
Explanation:
Clearly, for better economic gain, losses should be reduced and income
increased.
So, only course I follows.
29
5. Statement: A large number of people in ward X of the city are diagnosed to be

suffering from a fatal malaria type.
Courses of Action:
I. The city municipal authority should take immediate steps to carry out extensive
fumigation in ward X.
II. The people in the area should be advised to take steps to avoid mosquito bites.
Answer: Both I and II follow
Explanation:
Clearly, prevention from mosquitoes and elimination of mosquitoes are two

ways to prevent malaria.
So, both the courses follow.
6.Statement: Exporters in the capital are alleging that commercial banks are
violating a Reserve Bank of India directive to operate a post shipment export credit
denominated in foreign currency at international rates from January this year.
Courses of Action:
I. The officers concerned in the commercial banks are to be suspended.
II. The RBI should be asked to stop giving such directives to commercial banks.
Answer: Neither I nor II follows
Explanation:
The statement mentions that the commercial banks violate a directive issued
by the RBI.
The remedy is only to make the banks implement the Act. So, none of the
courses follows.
30
7. Statement: There is a considerable increase in the number of persons affected by

water-borne diseases during monsoon period.
Courses of Action:
I. The question should be raised in the Legislative Assembly.
II. The Government should disseminate adequate information regarding the pure
drinking water to people.
III. All the hospitals in the city should be equipped properly for the treatment of
patients during monsoon period.
Answer: Only II and III follow
Explanation:
Any aspect of health has two factors to tackle with - prevention and
treatment. Prevention includes creating awareness among people, and treatment
includes providing adequate medical facilities. So, both II and III follow.
8. Statement: Some serious blunders were detected in the Accounts section of a

factory.
Courses of Action:
I. An efficient team of auditors should be appointed to check the Accounts.
II. A show cause notice should be issued to all the employees involved in the
irregularity.
Explanation:
Clearly, the situation demands that the faults in Accounts be properly worked
out and the persons involved be interrogated about the matter.
So, both the courses follow.
31
9. Statement:
Duty free technology parks where foreign firms can manufacture electronic
hardware components are proposed to be established at various places in the
country.
Courses of Action:
I. Government should immediately implement the proposal to augment the foreign
currency reserve by exporting the products.
II. Government should not implement the proposal as it will hinder indigenous
production of hardware components.
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
C. Either I or II follows
D. Neither I nor II follows
E. Both I and II follow
Answer : A. Only I follows
Explanation :
The step discussed in the statement would surely give a boost to hardware
industry and help our country to stand apart in this field.
Thus, only I follows.
10. Statement:
The Finance Minister submits his resignation a month before the new budget is to
be presented in the Parliament.
Courses of Action:
I. The resignation should be accepted and another person should be appointed as
the Finance Minister.
II. The resignation should not be accepted.
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
32
Answer : B. Only II follows
Explanation :
Clearly, an already working Finance Minister shall know better all the plans
and resources of the Government and he alone can present a suitable budget.
So, course II follows.
1. Statement: A large number of people in ward X of the city are diagnosed to be

suffering from a fatal malaria type.
Courses of Action:
The city municipal authority should take immediate steps to carry out extensive
fumigation in ward X.
The people in the area should be advised to take steps to avoid mosquito bites.
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
33
2. Statement: Severe drought is reported to have set in several parts of the country.
Courses of Action:
Government should immediately make arrangement for providing financial
assistance to those affected.
Food, water and fodder should immediately be sent to all these areas to save the
people and cattle.
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
3. Statement: Since its launching in 1981, Vayudoot has so far accumulated losses
amounting to Rs 153 crore.
Courses of Action:
Vayudoot should be directed to reduce wasteful expenditure and to increase
passenger fare.
An amount of about Rs 300 crore should be provided to Vayudoot to make the
airliner economically viable.
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
34
4. Statement: Exporters in the capital are alleging that commercial banks are
violating a Reserve Bank of India directive to operate a post shipment export credit
denominated in foreign currency at international rates from January this year.
Courses of Action:
The officers concerned in the commercial banks are to be suspended.
The RBI should be asked to stop giving such directives to commercial banks.
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
5. Statement: A large number of people die every year due to drinking polluted
water during the summer.
Courses of Action:
The government should make adequate arrangements to provide safe drinking
water to all its citizens.
The people should be educated about the dangers of drinking polluted water.
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
35
Cube and Dice
Definition
"Cube" means to cut food into pieces that are even, like a square. The size is usually
about the same as the chopped pieces sizes; about 1/3 to 1/2".
"Dice" means to cut food into even, small squares about 1/4" in diameter. And
"mince" means to cut foods into even, very small pieces about 1/8" in diameter.
Solved Problems
1. If total number of cuts is 10 then find the minimum number of pieces that can be
obtained.
Answer : 11
Explanation :
If total number of cuts is 10 then minimum number of pieces is 11.
When cut is made in one plane only.
2. If total number of cuts is 10 then find the maximum number of pieces that can be
obtained.
Answer : 80
Explanation :
If total number of cut is 10 then for maximum number of pieces these cuts have to be
well distributed in three planes.
For 10 cuts, 3,3 and 4 is the distribution of cuts.
Hence total number of pieces is
(3 + 3)(3 + 1)(4 + 1) = 4 * 4 * 5
= 80
36
3. How many of the cubes have at most faces painted?
Answer : 208
Explanation :
Since total number of cubes is hence in the formula, we will substitute n = 6

At most 2 faces painted = number of cubes with 0 face painted + number of cubes
with 1 face painted + number of cubes with 2 face painted
= 64 + 48 + 96
= 208
4. If total number of pieces (Smaller cubes/cuboids) is 45 then find the possible

number of cuts.
Answer : 8 or 12
Explanation :
If 45 = 1 * 1 * 45 then we require only 44 cuts in one plane.
If 1 * 3 * 15 then we require 2 cuts in one plane and 14 cuts in other plane so total
number of cuts is 2 + 14 = 16.
If 1 * 5 * 9 the we require 4 cuts in one plane and 8 cuts in other plane so total
number of cuts is 4 + 8 = 12
If 3 * 3 * 5 then we require 2 cuts in one plane, 2 cuts in 2nd plane and 4 cuts in 3rd
plane so total number of cuts is 2 + 2 + 4 = 8.
37
5. If total number of cuts is 20 then find the ratio of maximum and minimum of
pieces that can be obtained.
Answer : 448:21
Explanation :
For maximum number of pieces cuts has to be 6, 7 and 7.
Maximum number of pieces is (6 + 1)(7 + 1)(7 + 1) = 7 * 8 * 8 = 448.
Minimum number of pieces is 20 + 1 = 21.
Hence required ratio is 448:21
6. How many of the cubes have at least 2 faces painted?
Answer : 104
Explanation :
Since total number of cubes is hence in the formula we will substitute n = 6

At least 2 faces painted = number of cubes with 2 face painted + number of cubes
with 3 face painted
= 96 + 8 = 104.
7. 216 cubes of similar size are arranged in the form of the bigger cube (6 cubes on
each side, i.e..., 6 * 6 * 6) all the exposed surfaces are painted. How many of the
cubes have 0 faces painted?
Answer : 64
Explanation :
Since total number of cubes is hence in the formula we will substitute n = 6
Number of the cubes with 0 faces painted = (6 - 2)3
= 43
= 64
38
8. A dice is numbered from 1 to 6 in different ways. If 1 is adjacent to 2, 4 and 6,

then which of the following statements is necessarily true?
A) 2 is opposite to 6
B) 1 is adjacent to 3
C) 3 is adjacent to 5
D) 3 is opposite to 5
Answer : C) 3 is adjacent to 5
Explanation :
If 1 is adjacent to 2, 4 and 6 then either 3 or 5 lies opposite to 1. So, the

numbers 3 and 5 cannot lie opposite to each other. Hence, 3 is adjacent to 5
(necessarily).
9. Four usual dice are thrown on the ground. The total of numbers on the top faces
of these four dice is 13 as the top faces showed 4, 3, 1 and 5 respectively. What is
the total of the faces touching the ground?
A) 12
B) 13
C) 15
D) Cannot be determined
Answer : C) 15
Explanation :
In a usual dice, the sum of the numbers on any two opposite faces is always 7. Thus, 1
is opposite 6, 2 is opposite 5 and 3 is opposite 4.
Consequently, when 4, 3, 1 and 5 are the numbers on the top faces, then 3, 4, 6 and 2
respectively are the numbers on the face touching the ground. The total of these
numbers = 3 + 4 + 6 + 2 = 15.
39

A) 4 is adjacent to 6
B) 2 is adjacent to 5
C) 1 is adjacent to 6
D) 1 is adjacent to 4
Answer : A) 4 is adjacent to 6
Explanation :
If 1 is adjacent to 2, 3 and 5, then either 4 or 6 lies opposite to 1. So, the numbers 4
and 6 cannot lie opposite to each other. Hence, 4 necessarily lies adjacent to 6.
Questions for practice
1. Find the number of cubes with two surfaces painted with red and black color.
A. 10 B. 8 0 C. 9 D. 16
2. Four usual dice are thrown on the ground. The total of numbers on the top faces
of these four dice is 13 as the top faces showed 4, 3, 1 and 5 respectively. What is
the total of the faces touching the ground?
A. 12 B. 13 C. 15 D. Cannot be determined

A) 2 is opposite to 6 B) 1 is adjacent to 3 C) 3 is adjacent to 5 D) 3 is opposite to 5
40
4. A cube is painted blue on two adjacent surfaces and black on the surfaces
opposite to blue surfaces and green on the remaining faces .Now the cube is cut
into 216 smaller cubes of equal size.
A) 56 B) 48 C) 32 D) 64
5. A dice is numbered from 1 to 6 in different ways. If 1 is opposite to 5 and 2 is

opposite to 3, then
A) 4 is adjacent to 3 and 6 B) 2 is adjacent to 4 and 6

C) 4 is adjacent to 5 and 6 D) 6 is adjacent to 3 and 4
Essential Part
Solved Problems
1. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: Saddle
A. Horse
B. Seat
C. Stirrups
D. Horn
Answer : B. Seat
Explanation :
A saddle is something one uses to sit on an animal, so it must have a seat

(choice b). A saddle is often used on a horse (choice a), but it may be used on other
animals. Stirrups (choice c) are often found on a saddle but may not be used. A horn
(choice d) is found on Western saddles, but not English saddles, so it is not the
essential element here.
41
2. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: Cell
A. Running
B. Swimming
C. Winning
D. Speaking
Answer : C. Winning
Explanation :
Without a first-place win, there is no champion, so winning is essential. There

may be champions in running, swimming, or speaking, but there are also champions
in many other areas.
3. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: Glacier
A. Mountain
B. Winter
C. Prehistory
D. Ice
Answer : D. Ice
Explanation :
A glacier is a large mass of ice and cannot exist without it. A glacier can move
down a mountain, but it can also move across a valley or a plain, which rules out
choice a. Glaciers exist in all seasons, which rules out choice b. There are many
glaciers in the world today, which rules out choice c.
42
4. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: Antique
A. Rarity
B. Artifact
C. Aged
D. Prehistoric
Answer : C. Aged
Explanation :
An antique is something that belongs to, or was made in, an earlier period. It
may or may not be a rarity (choice a), and it does not have to be an artifact, an object
produced or shaped by human craft (choice b). An antique is old but does not have to
be prehistoric (choice d).
5. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: Orchestra
A. Violin
B. Stage
C. Musician
D. Soloist
Answer : C. Musician
Explanation :
An orchestra is a large group of musicians, so musicians are essential.

Although many orchestras have violin sections, violins aren't essential to an orchestra
(choice a). Neither a stage (choice b) nor a soloist (choice d) is necessary.
43
6. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: Infirmary
A. Patient
B. Disease
C. Surgery
D. Receptionist
Answer : A. Patient
Explanation :
An infirmary is a place that takes care of the infirm, sick, or injured. Without
patients, there is no infirmary. Surgery (choice C) may not be required for patients. A
disease (choice B) is not necessary because the infirmary may only see patients with
injuries. A receptionist (choice D) would be helpful but not essential.
7. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: Guitar
A. Band
B. Strings
C. Songs
D. Teacher
Answer : B. Strings
Explanation :
A guitar does not exist without strings, so strings are an essential part of a
guitar. A band is not necessary to a guitar (choice A). Guitar playing can be learned
without a teacher (choice D). Songs are by products of a guitar (choice C).
44
8. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: Domicile
A. Tenant
B. House
C. Kitchen
D. Dwelling
Answer : D. Dwelling
Explanation :
A domicile is a legal residence, so dwelling is the essential component for this

item. You do not need a tenant (choice A) in the domicile, nor do you need a kitchen
(choice C). A house (choice B) is just one form of a domicile (which could also be a
tent, Hogan, van, camper, motor home, apartment, dormitory, etc.).
9. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: Vertebrate
A. Mammal
B. Reptile
C. Backbone
D. Animal
Answer : C. Backbone
Explanation :
All vertebrates have a backbone. Reptiles (choice B) are vertebrates, but so are
many other animals. Mammals (choice A) are vertebrates, but so are birds and
reptiles. All vertebrates (choice D) are animals, but not all animals are vertebrates.
45
10. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: Hurricane
A. Beach
B. Wind
C. Damage
D. Cyclone
Answer : B. Wind
Explanation :
A hurricane cannot exist without wind. A beach is not essential to a hurricane

(choice A). A hurricane is a type of cyclone, which rules out (choice D). Not all
hurricanes cause damage (choice C).
1. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: harvest
A. autumn
B. stockpile
C. tractor
D. crop
2. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: desert
A. cactus
B. arid
C. oasis
D. flat
46
3. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: book
A. fiction
B. pages
C. pictures
D. learning
4. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: language
A. tongue
B. slang
C. writing
D. words
5. Choose the word that is necessary for the word given in the question: school
A. student
B. report card
C. test
D. learning
Inferences
Solved Problems
1. Should the teachers be stopped from beating the students?

Arguments:
I. Yes, child psychologies say that beating hinders the learning process in a child.
II. No, spare the cane and spoil the child.
A. If either I or II is strong.
B. If only argument II is strong.
C. If only argument I is strong.
D. If both I and II are strong.
47
Answer : C. If only argument I is strong.
Explanation :
Anything which hinders the learning process in a child must be controlled and,
if possible, be prohibited. The aim of teacher should be to make a child learn.
According to argument I, beating causes hindrance to learning process of a

child thus defeating the ultimate goal. If also supports its argument by referring to the
findings of psychologists. Hence, I is a strong argument.
Argument II states that a child will be spoiled if it is not caned. Caning is an

extreme measure, there are also other softer methods to rectify a child. Moreover,
the argument is not substantiated by any facts. Hence, II is a weak argument.
2. Should the director with political influence be preferred to the director with vast
experience for the post of managing director?
Arguments:
I. Yes, now a days, business becomes successful by exercising influence rather than
using strategies.
II. No, strategies developed by an experienced businessman makes a business
definitely successful.
A. If only argument I is strong.

B. If neither I nor II is strong.
C. If only argument II is strong.
D. If either I or II is strong.
Answer : C. If only argument II is strong.
Explanation :
"Influence" may be interpreted in more than one way. Statement I says that
48
"influences" is better than "strategies" but it is not referring directly to

"political influence" which is what is given in the passage. Hence, this is a weak
argument.
"Experience" is to be constructed in only one way, that is experience in

developing strategies which is a part of the job of a director. Hence this is a strong
argument.
3. Should rail-roads be privatised?

Arguments:
I. Yes, it is not possible to supervise an organization as big as a rail-road by any
private company or person.
II. No, privatisation makes train-journey expensive.
A. if both I and II are strong.

B. if only argument II is strong.
C. if either I or II is strong.
D. if neither I nor II is strong.
Answer : A. if both I and II are strong.
Explanation :
We cannot check the validity of the two given statements but if both are true,
each will present a strong argument.
49
4. Should the institute conduct classes in remote villages?

Arguments:
I. Yes, this will help those students who belong to villages and cannot visit urban
ares for studies.
II. No, this is not an economically viable proposal, as the number of students who
attend such classes cannot contribute to break-even.
A. if only argument I is strong.

D. If both I and II are strong.
Answer : D. If both I and II are strong.
Explanation :
✓ Statement I: The basic purpose of conducting classes is to help students.

Hence, statement I is a strong argument as it conveys this idea.
✓ Statement II: If the institute conducts classes with the intention of making
profits, then this is a valid point to be considered. Hence, statement II is also
strong.
5. Are there any good politicians left in this world?

Arguments:
I. Yes, so many poor people are sustaining themselves and improving economically.
II. No, there is nothing in this world which is completely good or completely bad.

C. if neither I nor II is strong.
D. if either I or II is strong.
Answer : C. if neither I nor II is strong.
50
Explanation :
Just because some poor people are improving economically, we cannot

conclude that there are good politicians. Any reason could be ascribed to such an
improvement.
Statement II is very vague and is not giving any reasons for the argument that
it proposes. Hence, both the statements are weak arguments.
6. Should there be an upper age limit for a person to assume the post of prime
minister?
Arguments:
I. Yes, a leader must not only be wise and experienced but also be energetic and
young enough to understand the trends of the world.
II. No, older the leader, better he is, as he can lead more effectively owing to his
experience.
A. if both I and II are strong.

Answer : A. if both I and II are strong.

Explanation :
Statement I says that the prime minister must be "young enough" for some
explained reasons. This implies that the prime minister must not be older than a
certain age limit. This statement is strong.
Statement II: This says that there should not be an upper limit because older
persons can perform better because of the experience gained. This is also strong.
51
7. Should there be a law to punish parents who get their minor children married?
Arguments:
I. Yes, a minor girl is physiologically not prepared to conceive a baby.
II. No, this has been a custom prevailing since many centuries.

E. If both I and II are strong.
Answer : A. if only argument I is strong.
Explanation :
Statement I explain a valid reason to go against such marriages because it is

wrong to encourage anything that jeopardises the health of a person. Hence, (I) is a
strong argument.
Statement II is not a valid argument because a custom being followed since a

long time does not necessarily make it good. Only I is strong.
8. Should the institute conduct classes in remote villages?

Arguments:
I. Yes, this will help those students who belong to villages and cannot visit urban
ares for studies.
II. No, this is not an economically viable proposal, as the number of students who
attend such classes cannot contribute to break-even.

E. If both I and II are strong.
52
Answer : E. If both I and II are strong.
Explanation :
Statement I: The basic purpose of conducting classes is to help students.

Hence, statement I is a strong argument as it conveys this idea.
Statement II: If the institute conducts classes with the intention of making
profits, then this is a valid point to be considered. Hence, statement II is also strong.
9. Are there any good politicians left in this world?

Arguments:
I. Yes, so many poor people are sustaining themselves and improving economically.
II. No, there is nothing in this world which is completely good or completely bad.

E. if both I and II are strong.
Answer : D. if neither I nor II is strong.
Explanation :
Just because some poor people are improving economically, we cannot

conclude that there are good politicians. Any reason could be ascribed to such an
improvement. Statement II is very vague and is not giving any reasons for the
argument that it proposes. Hence, both the statements are weak arguments.
53
10. Are these sanctuaries, which are meant to protect the endangered animals,
necessary?
Arguments:
I. Yes, these are necessary as it is our responsibility to conserve environment and to
provide posterity with a better world to live in.
II. No, these are a huge burden on our receding economy.

Answer : E. if both I and II are strong.
Explanation :
Sanctuary for endangered animals becomes necessary when it improves and

betters the living conditions of the world. But at the same time, if an economy is not
able to provide basic necessities to its people, then it cannot think of constructing
sanctuaries. Therefore, the decision is based on both the factors viz. requirement and
funds supply. Hence, both I and II are strong arguments.
1. Should the teachers be stopped from beating the students?

Arguments:
I. Yes, child psychologies say that beating hinders the learning process in a child.
II. No, spare the cane and spoil the child.

54
2. Should there be an upper age limit for a person to assume the post of prime
minister?
Arguments:
I. Yes, a leader must not only be wise and experienced but also be energetic and
young enough to understand the trends of the world.
II. No, older the leader, better he is, as he can lead more effectively owing to his
experience.

3. Should Simons, a hardware company, enter the software industry?

Arguments:
I. Yes, if there is an indigenous software development wing, the Research and
Development of hardware would be more effective.
II. No, software industry is in recession.

4. It is wise on the part of the government to disinvest from PSUs?

Arguments:
I. Yes, overheads of PSUs are increasing making the total cost of production higher
and higher.
II. No, the fundamental purpose of PSUs is to provide employment to the people.

55

5. Should the manufacturing of leather products be prohibited?

Arguments:
I. Yes, killing animals for any reason other than survivals is making the environment
dangerous.
II. NO, leather products are the biggest foreign exchange earners.

Input and Output
Solved Problems
Study the following information carefully and answer the given questions:
A word and number arrangement machine when given an input line of words and
numbers rearranges them following a particular rule in each step.
The following is an illustration of input and rearrangement.
Input : 51 pour 32 start now 23 46 house
Step I : 23 51 pour 32 start now 46 house
Step II : 23 start 51 pour 32 now 46 house
Step III : 23 start 32 51 pour now 46 house
Step IV : 23 start 32 pour 51 now 46 house
Step V : 23 start 32 pour 46 51 now house
Step VI : 23 start 32 pour 46 now 51 house
and step VI is the last step of the rearrangement
As per the rules followed in the above steps, find out in each of the following
questions the appropriate steps for the given input.
56
1. Step II of an input is: 18 tasks bear cold dish 81 63 31

How many more steps will be required to complete the rearrangement?
Answer: Five
Explanation:
In step I the least number comes to the left most position, pushing the rest of
the line rightward.
In step II the word that comes last in the alphabetical order shifts to second
from left, pushing again the rest of the line rightward.
Similarly, in step III the second least number shifts to third from left.
In step IV the second from last in the alphabetical order comes to the fourth
position.
And this goes on alternately till all the numbers are arranged in ascending
order and the words in reverse alphabetical order.
✓ Step II : 18 task bear cold dish 81 63 31

✓ Step III : 18 task 31 bear cold dish 81 63
✓ Step IV : 18 task 31 dish bear cold 81 63
✓ Step V : 18 task 31 dish 63 bear cold 81
✓ Step VI : 18 task 31 dish 63 cold bear 81
✓ Step VII : 18 task 31 dish 63 cold 81 bear
57
2. Input : 72 59 37 go for picnic 24 journey

How many steps will it take to complete the rearrangement?
Answer: Six
Explanation:
✓ Input : 72 59 37 go for picnic 24 journey

✓ Step I : 24 72 59 37 go for picnic journey
✓ Step II : 24 picnic 72 59 37 go for journey
✓ Step III : 24 picnic 37 72 59 go for journey
✓ Step IV : 24 picnic 37 journey 72 59 go for
✓ Step V : 24 picnic 37 journey 59 72 go for
✓ Step VI : 24 picnic 37 journey 59 go 72 for
3. Input : nice flower 24 12 costly height 41 56

Which of the following will be step III?
Answer: 12 nice 34 height flower costly 41 56
Explanation:
✓ Step I : 12 nice flower 34 costly height 41 56

✓ Step II : 12 nice 34 flower costly height 41 56
✓ Step III : 12 nice 34 height flower costly 41 56
58
4. Step II of an input is : 16 victory 19 36 53 store lake town.

Which of the following will be step V ?
Answer: There will be no such step
Explanation:
✓ Step II : 16 victory 19 36 53 store lake town

✓ Step III : 16 victory 19 town 36 53 store lake
✓ Step IV : 16 victory 19 town 36 store 53 lake
✓ Since the line is already arranged, there will be no fifth step.
5. Input: orange 36 59 yellow 41 exam test 12 lemon 85

Which of the following combinations represent the first two and last two elements
in the step V of the given input?
Answer: 12, lemon and 36, exam
Explanation:
✓ Step I: 85 orange 36 59 41 exam test 12 lemon yellow
✓ Step II: test 85 orange 36 41 exam 12 lemon yellow 59
✓ Step III: 41 test 85 36 exam 12 lemon yellow 59 orange
✓ Step IV: lemon 41 test 85 exam 12 yellow 59 orange 36
✓ Step V: 12 lemon 41 test 85 yellow 59 orange 36 exam
59

Which element comes exactly between 85 and lake in Step III of the given input?
Answer: exam

Which of the following element is fourth to the right of the one which is ninth from
the right end in step V of the given input?
Answer: yellow
8. Input: Ant 43 17 Eagle 24 Forest Gun 25 81 House

Which of the following combinations represent the first two and the last two
elements in Step IV of the given input?
Answer: House Gun and 42 52

If in the second step,”17″ interchanges its position with ’25’ and ‘Gun’ also
interchanges its position with “Forest” then which element will be the second from
the left end?
Answer: Forest

Which element is third to the left of the one which is eighth from the left in Step III
of the given Input?
Answer: 17
60

Which of the following combinations represent the first two and last two elements
in the step V of the given input?
(A) 12, lemon and 36, exam
(B) 41, test and orange, 36
(C) lemon, 41 and 59, orange
(D) 12, lemon and orange, 36
(E) lemon, 41 and 36, exam
2. Input: table 63 tour 19 typhoon 72 25 to tea 48 tablet 56

Which of the following combinations represent the sixth and eighth element in Step
II of the given input from left end?
(A) tea and 63
(B) 63 and tablet
(C) 48 and table
(D) 72 and tablet
(E) 72 and tea
61
3. Input : Rotator 9 Wow 14 18 Orange 11 Radar 3 Unit 9

Which element is fifth to the right of the one which is eighth from the right in Step
II of the given Input?
(A) 14
(B) Radar
(C) 11
(D) Union
(E) Rotator

Which of the following combinations represent the first two and the last two
elements in Step IV of the given input?
(A) House Gun and 34 42
(B) House Gun and 52 71
(C) House Gun and 42 71
(D) House Gun and 34 52
(E) House Gun and 42 52
62
5. INPUT: emit random 23 violence 19 speaker 39 expert 33 award 28

Which of the following would be at the ninth position from the left end in step 6?
(A) 33
(B) violence
(C) expert
(D) 39
(E) 28
Letter in word puzzle
Solved Problems
1. If the letters in each of the following five groups of letters are first rearranged in
the alphabetical order and then the groups of letters so formed are rearranged as in
a dictionary, which letter group would have its group of letters in the ''MIDDLE''
among the five letter groups?
MEET, DEAF, ROAD, CODE, LACK
Answer : ROAD
Explanation :
Given words are: MEET, DEAF, ROAD, CODE, LACK

The letters of each word in alphabetical order are:
MEET --- EEMT
DEAF --- ADEF
ROAD --- ADOR
CODE --- CDEO
LACK --- ACKL
Now, groups of letters so formed, are rearranged as in a dictionary:
63
ACKL ----> ADEF ---> ADOR ---> CDEO ---> EEMT

Here, the letter group would have its group of letters in the ''MIDDLE'' (i.e., ADOR) is
''ROAD''.
2. If the letters of the word 'PROTECTION' which are at odd numbered position in
the English alphabet are picked up and are arranged in alphabetical order from left
and if they are now substituted by Z, Y, X and so on, beginning from left which letter
will get substituted by X?
Answer : I
Explanation :
Given word: P R O T E C T I O N
Position of these letters in the English alphabet: P -- 16, R -- 18, O -- 15, T -- 20, E -- 5,
C -- 3, T -- 20, I -- 9, O -- 15, N -- 14
Letters at odd numbered position = O, E, C, I, O
Letters at odd numbered position in alphabetical order = C E I O O
If they are now substituted by Z, Y, X, W, V, the letter ''I'' will get substituted by X.
3. If each alternate letter in the word 'MENTION' starting with M is changed to the
next letter in the English alphabetical series and each of the remaining letters is
changed to the previous letter in the English alphabetical series, then how many
letters will appear more than once in the new arrangement?
Answer : Two
Explanation :
According to given instruction, new arrangement is:

M + 1 position = N
E - 1 position = D
N + 1 position = O
T - 1 position = S
I + 1 position = J
O - 1 position = N
64
N + 1 position = O
Thus the new arrangement is ''NDOSJNO''.
Here, two letters ''N'' and ''O'' appears twice.
4. If it is possible to make only one meaningful word with the second, fifth, eighth
and the eleventh letters (when counted from left hand side) of the word
'DEVELOPMENT', which would be the second letter of the word from the left? If
more than one such word can be formed, give X as the answer. If no such word can
be formed, give Z as your answer.
Answer : E
Explanation :
Given word: D E V E L O P M E N T
Positions : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
2nd, 5th, 8th, 11th letters are : E L M T
Only one meaningful word which can be formed with the letters ''ELMT'' is ''MELT''
In the word ''MELT'', second letter from the left = E.
5. How many such pairs of letters are there in the word 'RAZORS', each of which has
as many letters between them as in the English alphabet series?
Answer : Two
Explanation :
In the alphabet series, there are 2 letters between 'O' and 'R'. Here also there
are 2 letters 'AZ' between them.
Again, there is no letter between 'R' and 'S'.
65
1. The positions of first and fifth letters of the word “SEMANTIC” are interchanged.
Similarly, the position of second and sixth and so on till the fourth and eight letters
are interchanged. In the new arrangement thus formed, how many letters are there
in between the letter which is third form the right and third from the left in the
English alphabetical order?
a) Three b) Four c) Two d) Six e) Eight
2. In the word 'DOORSTEP' if all the vowels are replaced with the letter immediate
next to it in the English alphabet series and all the consonants are replaced with the
letter immediate before it in the English alphabet series, then how many vowels are
there in the new word so formed?
a) None b) One c) Two d) More than two e)None of these
3. If it is possible to make only one meaningful English word from the second, the
fifth, the seventh and the eighth letters of the word BRILLIANT, using each letter
only once, second letter of that word is your answer. If more than one such word
can be formed, your answer is X. If no such word can be formed, your answer is Y?
a) L b) X c) R d) Y e) A
4. In the word 'EVERYTHING' all consonants are written as their preceding letter and
all vowels are written as their succeeding letters. Now all letters are arranged in
alphabetical order from left to right and all the repeated letters are eliminated.
How many letters are between U and G?
a) One b)Two c)Four d)Five e)None
66
5. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the 2nd, the 6th, the 9th and the
12th letters of the word 'CONTRIBUTION', which of the following will be the last
letter of that word? If more than one such word can be formed, give 'M' as the
answer and if no such word is there, give 'X' as the answer.
a) T b)O c)M d)X e)N
Mathematical Operations
Solved Problems
1. If - means *, * means +, + means / and / means -, then 40 * 12 + 3 - 6 / 60 = ?
Answer : 4
Explanation :
Using the correct symbols, we have: Given expression:

40 + 12 / 3 * 6 - 60 = 40 + 4 * 6 - 60
= 40 + 24 - 60
= 4.
2. If + means /, * means -, / means * and - means +, than 16 + 8 * 4 / 3 - 4 = ?
Answer : -6
Explanation :
Using the correct Symbol, we have: Given expression:

16 / 8 - 4 * 3 + 4 = 2 - 4 * 3 + 4
= 2 - 12 + 4
= - 6.
67
3. Find out the two signs to be interchanged for making following equation correct:
5 + 3 * 8 - 12 / 4 = 3
Answer : - and /
Explanation :
we get the equation as

5 + 3 * 8 / 12 - 4 = 3
5 + 3 * 2/3 - 4 = 3
3 = 3, which is true..
4. Give interchanges :
Signs - and * and numbers 3 and 6.
1. 6 - 3 * 2 = 9
2. 3 - 6 * 8 = 10
3. 6 * 3 - 4 = 15
4. 3 * 6 - 4 = 33
Answer : 2. 3 - 6 * 8 = 10
Explanation :
On interchanging - and * and 3 and 6 in (2),

we get the equation as 6 * 3 - 8 = 10
18 - 8 = 10
10 = 10, which is true.
68
5. Select the correct set of symbols which will fit in the given equation?
5 0 3 5 = 20
1. *, *, *
2. -, +, *
3. *, +, *
4. +, -, *
Answer : 2. -, +, *
Explanation :
Clearly 5 - 0 + 3 * 5
= 5 + 15
= 20.
6. If + is * , - is + , * is / and / is - , then answer the following questions based on this

information.
9/5+4-32*2=?
Answer : 5
Explanation :
Using the correct symbols, we have given expression:
9 / 5 + 4 - 3 2 * 2 = 9 - 5 * 4 + 32 / 2
= 9 - 20 + 16
= 25 - 20
= 5.
69
7. Given intercharges :
Signs - and / and numbers 4 and 8.
1. 6 - 8 / 4 = - 1
2. 8 - 6 / 4 = 1
3. 4 / 8 - 2 = 6
4. 4 - 8 / 6 = 2
Answer : 4 / 8 - 2 = 6
Explanation :
On interchanging - and / and 4 and 8 in (3),
8-4/2=6
8-2=6
6 = 6,
which is true.
8. If * stands for 'addition', / stands for 'subtraction', + stands for 'multiplication'

and-stands for 'division', then 20 * 8 / 8 - 4 + 2 = ?
Answer : 24
Explanation :
By the Given data , We have the expression:
20 + 8 - 8 / 4 * 2 = 20 + 8 - 2 * 2 = 20 + 8 - 4 = 24.
70
9. Find out the two signs to be interchanged for making following equation correct
5 + 3 x 8 - 12 / 4 =3
Answer : - and /
Explanation :
On interchanging - and /, we get the equation as
5 + 3 x 8 / 12 - 4 = 3
or 5 + 3 x (2/3) - 4 = 3
or 3 = 3, which is true.
10. Given intercharges :
Signs + and * and numbers 4 and 5.
Answer : 5 * 4 + 20 = 104
Explanation :
On interchanging + and x and 4 and 5 in (c),

4 + 5 x 20 = 104 or 104 = 104, which is true.
71
1. If Q means 'add to', J means 'multiply by', T means 'subtract from' and K means
'divide by' then 30 K 2 Q 3 J 6 T 5 = ?
A) 18 B) 28 C) 31 D) 103
2. If × means ÷, - means ×, ÷ means + and + means- than (3 - 15 ÷ 19) × 8 + 6 = ?
A) 8 B) 4 C) 2 D) -1
3. In a certain code language, '÷' represents '+', '-' represents 'x', '+' represents '÷'
and 'x' represents '-'. Find out the answer to the following question. 8 ÷ 14 - 20 + 5 x
2=?
A) 46 B) 62 C) 32 D) 14
4. The following equation is incorrect. Which two signs should be interchanged to

correct the equation?
1 ÷ 14 x 30 + 20 - 10 = 12
A) - and + B) ÷ and x C) x and - D) + and ÷
5. In a certain code language, '-' represents 'x', '÷' represents '+', '+' represents '÷'
and 'x' represents '-'. Find out the answer to the following question.19 ÷ 2 - 35 + 10
x6=?
A) 20 B) 14 C) 32 D) 16
72
Sentence Completion
Solved Problems
1. The goal of any company is to have its product name become ______constantly
at the forefront of the consumer's mind.
A. garrulous
B. unctuous
C. tremulous
D. ubiquitous
Answer : D. ubiquitous
Explanation :
Ubiquitous (adj.) means being present everywhere.
2. Neem has ______ qualities and in many clinical trials, doctor have saved
countless lives by using raw Neem leaves on serious wounds.
A. remedial
B. inferior
C. doubtful
D. notorious
Answer : A. remedial
Explanation :
We need a positive word with a 'life' saving-like meaning. Choices B, C, and D

are negative and are ruled out. You may be unaware of remedial. Therefore, the
answer is remedial.
73
3. During the holiday season, the ______ theme is Peace on Earth, Good will Toward
All.
A. mitigated
B. arrogant
C. controversial
D. prevalent
Answer : D. prevalent
Explanation :
Prevalent (adj.) means widespread or widely accepted; predominant or

extensive.
4. Lynette had to learn the ______ of the insurance profession before she felt
comfortable describing products to her clients.
A. lexicon
B. classicism
C. juncture
D. cessation
Answer : A. lexicon
Explanation :
Lexicon is the vocabulary used in a language, profession, class, or subject.
74
5. Philosophical problems arise when people and questions that, though

very_______, have certain characteristics in common.
A. relevant
B. elementary
C. abstract
D. diverse
Answer : D. diverse
Explanation :
The key to the correct choice is in the word though, which indicates that the
missing word must convey a sense which is the opposite of the phrase 'having certain
characteristics in common', Among the choices, diverse (meaning various of differing
in qualities), is the most suitable answer. The sentence now means that though
people ask diverse questions, there are some common characteristics among them.
6. Far from being mere replicas of seventeenth-century African culture, Maroon

societies have continually developed as their members have________________the
artistic heritage bequeathed by their ancestors, adapting it creatively to their
changing lives.
A. confused
B. repressed
C. denied
D. modified
Answer : D. modified
Explanation :
We can surmise from the sentence that Maroon societies are African groups.
The sentence says that their culture has not remained static at the seventeenth-
century level, but has been adapted creatively to their changing lives. The missing
75
verb must therefore be a synonym of this italicized phrase. Among the choices, it is
modified which has a similar meaning and is the answer.
7. For silent movies to succeed, the quality of acting has to be___ as there are no
______ dialogues or music for support.
A. Mediocre...engaging
B. Sublime...intimate
C. Realistic...melodramatic
D. Substantial...vehement
E. Extraordinary...mesmerizing
Answer : E. Extraordinary...mesmerizing
Explanation :
Key words: for support. Both the blanks must take positive and strong words.
8. Every minister must be made_______ to the public for his/her acts of omission
and commission.
A. menacing
B. acceptable
C. approachabler
D. accountable
E. dispensable
Answer : D. Accountable
Explanation :
Every minister must be made¬ accountable to the public for his/her acts of
omission and commission. Accountable means to be responsible for one’s decisions
or actions.
76
Menacing means threatening. Acceptable and approachable do not fit the

context.
9. Suresh is a _________ who can dupe even the not so gullible.
A. smooth operator
B. perfect gentleman
C. knowledgeable person
D. jack of all trades
E. blabbermouth
Answer : A. smooth operator
Explanation :
Suresh is a smooth operator who can dupe even the not so gullible.
The key part of the sentence is the expression ‘even the not so gullible’, which
indicates that a negative word or expression will fit the blank.
10. At a time when most charities seem to think of _____ increasing their capital,
Warren Buffet’s stipulation that what he gifts must be spent within ten years comes
as a _______ announcement.
A. perennially ..... contradictory

B. merely.....surprise
C. eternally ..... Involuntary
D. sporadically.....refreshing
E. constantly ..... landmark
Answer : E. constantly ..... landmark
77
Explanation :
Though constantly, perennially and eternally are synonyms yet constantly fits
the blank best as it simply means continuously, whereas perennially and eternally
mean everlasting and are too strong for the given context.
A landmark announcement is an important announcement.
1. Challenges must be __________ to realize the _________ of a greater regional

economic integration.
a) Overcome....Potential
b) Suppressed....power
c) Ignored....benefits
d) Sustained....Advantages
e) Attempted....battles
2. He’s got a sharp ________. He might just get into trouble, if he isn’t careful.
a) Tongue
b) Mouth
c) Intellect
d) Vision
e) Brain
78
3. We had lunch _____ a Chinese restaurant yesterday
a) In
b) On
c) At
d) Inside
e) Around
4. Vinod is clearly _________ when it comes to speaking English.
a) To a disadvantage
b)At a disadvantage
c)From a disadvantage
d)In a disadvantage
e)On a disadvantage
5. It was clear that there was no rationale behind his act; he went solely by his
_____ and somehow succeeded.
a) Logic
b)Interpretation
c) Intuition
d)Analysis
79
e)Compass
Sequence of words
Solved Problems
1. Arrange the words given below in a meaningful sequence
1. Gold
2. Iron
3. Sand
4. Platinum
5. Diamond
A. 2, 4, 3, 6, 1
B. 3, 2, 1, 5, 4
C. 4, 5, 1, 3, 2
D. 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
Answer: B. 3, 2, 1, 5, 4
Explanation:
The correct order is :

Sand, Iron, Gold, Diamond, Platinum.
2. Arrange the words given below in a meaningful sequence.

1. Cut
2. Put on
3. Mark
4. Measure
5. Tailor
A. 4, 3, 1, 5, 2
B. 3, 1, 5, 4, 2
C. 2, 4, 3, 1, 5
80
D. 1, 3, 2, 4, 5
Answer: A. 4, 3, 1, 5, 2
Explanation:

Measure, Mark, Cut, Tailor, Put on.
3. Arrange the given words in a meaningful sequence.

1. Nation
2. Village
3. City
4. District
5. State
A. 2, 3, 4, 5, 1.
B. 2, 3, 4, 1, 5.
C. 1, 3, 5, 4, 2.
D. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Answer: A. 2, 3, 4, 5, 1.
Explanation:

Village, City, District, State, Nation.

1. Index
2. Contents
3. Title
4. Chapters
5. Introduction
81
A. 2, 3, 4, 5, 1
B. 3, 2, 5, 1, 4
C. 3, 2, 5, 4, 1
D. 5, 1, 4, 2, 3
Answer: C. 3, 2, 5, 4, 1
Explanation:

Title, Contents, Introduction, Chapters, Index.

1. Puberty
2. Adulthood
3. Childhood
4. Infancy
5. Senescence
6. Adolescence
A. 2, 4, 6, 3, 1, 5
B. 4, 3, 1, 6, 2, 5
C. 4, 3, 6, 2, 1, 5
D. 5, 6, 2, 3, 4, 1
Answer: 4, 3, 1, 6, 2, 5
Explanation:

Infancy, Childhood, Puberty, Adolescence, Adulthood, Senescence.
82

1. Windows
2. Walls
3. Floor
4. Foundation
5. Roof
6. Room
A. 4, 1, 5, 6, 2, 3
B. 4, 2, 1, 5, 3, 6
C. 4, 3, 5, 6, 2, 1
D. 4, 5, 3, 2, 1, 6
Answer: B. 4, 2, 1, 5, 3, 6
Explanation:

Foundation, Walls, Windows, Roof, Floor, Room.

1. Probation
2. Interview
3. Selection
4. Appointment
5. Advertisement
6. Application
A. 5, 6, 2, 3, 4, 1
B. 5, 6, 3, 2, 4, 1
C. 5, 6, 4, 2, 3, 1
D. 6, 5, 4, 2, 3, 1
Answer: A. 5, 6, 2, 3, 4, 1
83
Explanation:

Advertisement, Application, Interview, Selection, Appointment, Probation.

1. Word 2. Paragraph 3. Sentence 4. Letters 5. Phrase
A. 4, 1, 5, 2, 3
B. 4, 1, 5, 3, 2
C. 4, 2, 5, 1, 3
D. 4, 1, 3, 5, 2
Answer : B. 4, 1, 5, 3, 2
Explanation :
The correct order is :Letters - 4, Word - 1, Phrase - 5, Sentence - 3, Paragraph –

2
9. Arrange the following words in a logical sequence.

1. Grass 2. Curd 3. Milk 4. Cow 5. Butter
A. 4, 1, 3, 2, 5
B. 2, 3, 4, 5, 1
C. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
D. 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
Answer : A. 4, 1, 3, 2, 5
Explanation :
We know that cow eats grass and then gives milk. With the milk, curd is made
and then from curd, butter is made.
84
Hence logical sequence is Cow, Grass, Milk, Curd, Butter.
10. Arrange the following words in an appropriate order
1.Protect 2.Pressure 3.Relief 4.Rain 5.Flood
A).2,4,5,1,3
B).2,4,3,1,5
C).2,5,4,1,3
D).3,2,4,5,1
Answer:A).2,4,5,1,3
Explanation :
The Correct Sequence is: Pressure - 2, Rain - 4, Flood - 5, Protect - 1, Relief - 3.

1. Key 2. Door 3. Lock 4. Room 5. Switch on
A. 5, 1, 2, 4, 3
B. 4, 2, 1, 5, 3
C. 1, 3, 2, 4, 5
D. 1, 2, 3, 5, 4

1. Word 2. Paragraph 3. Sentence 4. Letters 5. Phrase
A. 4, 1, 5, 2, 3
B. 4, 1, 3, 5, 2
C. 4, 2, 5, 1, 3
D. 4, 1, 5, 3, 2
85

1. Police 2. Punishment 3. Crime 4. Judge 5. Judgement
A. 3, 1, 2, 4, 5
B. 1, 2, 4, 3, 5
C. 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
D. 3, 1, 4, 5, 2

1. Family 2. Community 3. Member 4. Locality 5. Country
A. 3, 1, 2, 4, 5
B. 3, 1, 2, 5, 4
C. 3, 1, 4, 2, 5
D. 3, 1, 4, 5, 2

1. Poverty 2. Population 3. Death 4. Unemployment 5. Disease
A. 2, 3, 4, 5, 1
B. 3, 4, 2, 5, 1
C. 2, 4, 1, 5, 3
D. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Situation Reaction Test
Solved Problems
Direction: To each of the following question four probable answers have been
given. select the most appropriate alternative as the answer.
86
1. You are walking down the street and suddenly you see two hundred rupee notes
on the pavement. What action will you take?
A. Deposite it in the nearest police station.

B. Leave it where it is.
C. Give the money to a beggar.
D. Pocket it yourself.
Answer : A. Deposite it in the nearest police station.
Explanation :
As the money lying on the street is not yours, so keeping it with yourself of
giving it to a beggar is not ethical. The correct action in this situation is to deposit that
money in the nearest police station so that the genuine owner of the money will
receive that money.
2. If in the examination hall, you find that the question paper is too tough to be
answered satisfactorily by you, the best thing to do for you is to :
A. Tell the examiner that the questions are out of course.

B. Try to solve the questions as much as you know with a cool head.
C. Try to know something from your neighbour.
D. Provoke the candidates to walk out of the examination hall.
Answer : B. Try to solve the questions as much as you know with a cool head.
Explanation :
The most appropriate reaction in this situation would be try to solve the
questions as much as you know with a cool head.
87
3. While firing crackers, a child gets severe burns on the hand. What would you do ?
A. Send someone to call the doctor.

B. Wash the hands with Dettol.
C. Dip the child's hands in cold water till there is no more burning sensation.
D. Apply some ointment on the affected area.
Answer : C. Dip the child's hands in cold water till there is no more burning sensation.
Explanation :
The most appropriate reaction in this situation would be Dip the child's hands
in cold water till there is no more burning sensation.
4. While travelling in your car, certain persons stop you on the way asking you to
take an injured child to the hospital. You would ---
A. Ask them to leave your way and then drive away

B. Immediately take the child to hospital
C. Ask them to first call the police
D. Get out of the car and some other person to help the child
Answer : B. Immediately take the child to hospital
Explanation :
The most appropriate reaction in this situation would be Immediately take the
child to hospital
5. While traveling in a train, you found that some college students pulling the alarm
chain simply to get down at their desired point, you would
A. Let them pull the chain but chek them from detrain
B. with the help of our passengers check them from do
C. Inform the
88
D. Keep quite and do nothing.
Answer : B. with the help of our passengers check them from do
Explanation :
The most appropriate reaction in this situation would be with the help of our
passengers check them from doing so.
6. On reaching the railway station, you find that the train you wanted to catch is
just to start and there is hardly any time for purchasing the ticket. The best thing for
you is to :
A. first purchase the ticket and then catch the train if it is there.
B. rush to the train and perform your journey quietly.
C. rush to the train rather than miss it and inform the T.T.I. at the next stoppage about
your inability to purchase the ticket.
D. miss the train rather than take the risk of boarding the moving train.
Answer : C. rush to the train rather than miss it and inform the T.T.I. at the next
stoppage about your inability to purchase the ticket.
Explanation :
The most appropriate reaction in this situation would be ush to the train
rather than miss it and inform the T.T.I. at the next stoppage about your inability to
purchase the ticket.
7. You are in a bus. The bus reaches your stop but still you have not purchased the
ticket because of heavy rush. What will you do?
A. Call the conductor, give him the money and get the ticket.
B. Jump out quickly to avoid embarrassment.
C. Hand the money to someone sitting nearby to give it to the conductor.
D. Give the money to the driver.
89
Answer : A. Call the conductor, give him the money and get the ticket.
Explanation :
The most appropriate reaction in this situation would be Call the conductor,
give him the money and get the ticket.
8. Your standing at the door of the train that has just left platform. Suddenly you
see a man from your behind coach falling off the train. What will you do ?
A. Wait till the train stops at the next station and

B. Shout at the falling man asking him to get up quic
C. Jump off the train to assist the falling man.
D. Pull the alarm chain so that the train may stop an
Answer : D. Pull the alarm chain so that the train may stop an
Explanation :
The most appropriate reaction in this situation would be Pull the alarm chain
so that the train may stop and the man may be helped.
9. Atmosphere always has
A. Oxygen
B. Air
C. Dust
D. Moisture
Answer : B. Air
Explanation :
Clearly, though all the alternatives may form a part of the atmosphere, the air
is the most vital part, without which there can be no atmosphere.
90
10. A factory always has
A. Electricity
B. Chimney
C. Workers
D. Files
Answer : C. Workers
Explanation :
Clearly, without workers there can be no factory.
1. You have made some silly mistakes which have been pointed out to you. You will:
A. laugh it away.
B. get angry.
C. feel miserable.
D. feel thankful.
2. You are moving across the road on a scooter when you observe that two boys on
a bike snatch a lady's gold chain and ride away. You would :
A. Console the woman.

B. chase the boys to catch hold of them.
C. inform the police about the matter.
D. stand and see what happens next.
91
3. You are walking down the street and suddenly you see two hundred-rupee notes
on the pavement. What action will you take ?
A. Pocket it yourself.
B. Leave it where it is.
C. Give the money to a beggar.
D. Deposit it in the nearest police station.
4. Your bathroom tap id leaking and is a constant source of irritating noise. You
would :
A. sleep with pillows upon your ears.

B. put a bucket underneath.
C. try to put up a cork upon the mouth of the tap.
D. call a plumber to repair the tap.
5. You find a lady's purse dropped on the road and on picking it up, find a thousand
rupees inside. You would :
A. take the purse away.

B. take out the money and leave the purse there.
C. deposit it at the nearest police station.
D. stand there and wait for the owner.
Statement and Assumption
Solved Problems
In each question below is given a statement followed by three assumptions

numbered I, II and III. You have to consider the statement and the following
assumptions, decide which of the assumptions is implicit in the statement and choose
your answer accordingly.
92
1. Statement: 'To make the company commercially viable, there is an urgent need
to prune the staff strength and borrow money from the financial institutions.' -
Opinion of a consultant.
Assumptions:
I. The financial institutions lend money for such proposals.
II. The product of the company has a potential market.
III. The employees of the company are inefficient.
A. None is implicit
B. Only I and II are implicit
C. All are implicit
D. Only II and III are implicit
E. Only I and III are implicit
Answer: B. Only I and II are implicit
Explanation:
Since the consultant talks of borrowing money from financial institutions, so I

is implicit.
That the owners wish to make the company 'commercially viable' makes II
implicit.
Also, it is mentioned that staff strength is to be reduced to make the company

'commercially viable' So, III is not implicit.
93
2. Statement: State Council For Teacher Education (SCTE) has laid down guidelines
in respect of minimum qualifications for a person to be employed as a teacher in
universities or in recognised institutions.
Assumptions:
I. The authorities will now appoint only qualified teachers.
II. Only qualified people will apply for the teaching post.
III. SCTE decides all the norms of educational qualifications for teaching faculty.
A. None is implicit
B. Only I is implicit
C. All are implicit
D. Only I and III are implicit
E. Only I and II are implicit
Answer: C. All are implicit
Explanation:
Since the SCTE has laid down the necessary qualifications for a person to be
employed as a teacher in all universities and institutions.
So all are implicit.
3. Statement: A State Government suspended two additional district judges.

Assumptions:
I. They were negligent in discharging duties.
II. There was a charge of misconduct against them.
III. The government officials were biased against them.
A. None is implicit
B. Any one of the three is implicit
C. Either I or II is implicit
D. Only I and III are implicit
E. Either I or III is implicit
94
Answer: C. Either I or II is implicit
Explanation:
A person holding an office is generally suspended on charges of misconduct or

negligence of duty.
So, either I or II is implicit.
III seems to be vague and so it is not implicit.
4. Statement:
"As there is a great demand, every person seeking tickets of the programme will be
given only five tickets."
Assumption:
I. The organizers are not keen on selling the tickets.
II. No one is interested in getting more than five tickets.
A. Only assumption I is implicit

B. Only assumption II is implicit
C. Neither I nor II is implicit
D. Either I or II is implicit
Answer : C. Neither I nor II is implicit
Explanation :
Clearly, the organisers are adopting this policy not to reduce the sale but to
cope up with great demand so that everyone can get the ticket. So, I is not implicit.
Also, due to great demand, the maximum number of tickets one person can get has
been reduced to five. So, II is also not implicit.
95
5. Statement :
People of all ages have found us good people to grow with.
Assumption:
I. People want to grow.
II. We are good people.
A. if only assumption II is implicit.

B. if only assumption I is implicit.
C. if either I or II is implicit.
D. if neither I nor II is implicit.
Answer : B. if only assumption I is implicit.
Explanation :
As in the statement the author says that there are people who are looking for
good people to grow with, that means people want to grow. Hence, I is implicit.
According to the statement, people found these people to be good, but not the
author by himself. Hence, II is not implicit.
6. Statement:
Maruti Suzuki is preparing to roll out its compact car, A-star, in mid November, this
year in India. A-star will be the eighth model to be launched by Suzuki in less than
40 months.
Assumption:
I. There is huge demand for new models of the cars in India.
II. Suzuki had launched its first car three years ago.
A. if only conclusion II follows.

B. if only conclusion I follows.
C. if either I or II follows.
D. if neither I nor II follows.
Answer : A. if only conclusion II follows.
96
Explanation :
There is no clear information given regarding the demand in India. I is not a

conclusion.
From the statement, A-star will be in less than 40 months it can be concluded
that 40 months ago its first car launched. 40 months means 3 years and 4 months.
Conclusion II follows. Only II follows.
7. Statement: "You are hereby appointed as a programmer with a probation period

of one year and your performance will be reviewed at the end of the period for
confirmation." - A line in an appointment letter.
Assumption:
I. The performance of an individual generally is not known at the time of
appointment offer.
II. Generally an individual tries to prove his worth in the probation period.

D. Neither I nor II is implicit
E. Both I and II are implicit
Answer: Option E
Explanation:
The performance of the individual has to be tested over a span of time as the
statement mentions. So, I is implicit. The statement mentions that the individual's
worth shall be reviewed (during probation period) before confirmation. So, II is also
implicit.
97
8. Statement: It is desirable to put the child in school at the age of 5 or so.

Assumptions:
I. At that age the child reaches appropriate level of development and is ready to
learn.
II. The schools do not admit children after six years of age.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Since the statement talks of putting the child in school at the age of 5, it
means that the child is mentally prepared for the same at this age. So, I is implicit. But
nothing about admission after 6 years of age is mentioned in the statement. So, II is
not implicit.
9. Statement: "In order to bring punctuality in our office, we must provide

conveyance allowance to our employees." - In charge of a company tells Personnel
Manager.
Assumptions:
I. Conveyance allowance will not help in bringing punctuality.
II. Discipline and reward should always go hand in hand.

Answer: Option B
98
Explanation:
Assumption I go against the statement. So, it is not implicit. The allowance will
serve as a reward to the employees and shall provoke them to come on time. So, II is
implicit.
10. Statement: Unemployment allowance should be given to all unemployed Indian

youth above 18 years of age.
Assumptions:
I. There are unemployed youth in India who needs monetary support.
II. The government has sufficient funds to provide allowance to all unemployed
youth.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
I directly follows from the statement and so is implicit. Also, the statement is a
suggestion and does not tell about a government policy or its position of funds. So, II
is not implicit.
99
1. Statement: "If you trouble me, I will slap you." - A mother warns her child.
Assumptions:
I. With the warning, the child may stop troubling her.
II. All children are basically naughty.

2. Statement: The State government has decided to appoint four thousand primary
school teachers during the next financial year.
Assumptions:
I. There are enough schools in the state to accommodate four thousand additional
primary school teachers.
II. The eligible candidates may not be interested to apply as the government may
not finally appoint such a large number of primary school teachers.

100
3. Statement: A warning in a train compartment - "To stop train, pull chain. Penalty
for improper use Rs. 500."
Assumptions:
I. Some people misuse the alarm chain.
II. On certain occasions, people may want to stop a running train.

4. Statement: If it is easy to become an engineer, I don't want to be an engineer.

Assumptions:
I. An individual aspires to be professional.
II. One desires to achieve a thing which is hard earned.

5. Statement: The concession in rail fares for the journey to hill stations has been
cancelled because it is not needed for people who can spend their holidays there.
Assumptions:
I. Railways should give concession only to needy persons.
II. Railways should not encourage people to spend their holidays at hill stations.

101
Syllogism
Solved Problems
In each of the questions below three statements are given followed by two
conclusions numbered I and II. You have to take the given statements to be true even
if they seem to be at variance with commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions
and then decide which of the given conclusions logically follows from the given
statements, disregarding commonly known facts.
1. Statements: Some buildings are white.

All whites are oranges.
Some oranges are boxes.
Conclusions: I. Some boxes are buildings.
II. Some oranges are buildings.
Answer: If only conclusion II follows.
Explanation:
Some buildings are white + All whites are oranges = I + A = I

Some buildings are oranges - conversion - some oranges are buildings (I).
Hence II follows.
Some buildings are oranges + Some oranges are boxes = I + I = No Conclusions.
Hence I does not follow..
2. Statements: All desks are mirrors.

All mirrors are chairs.
Some chairs are pens.
Conclusions: I. Some pens are desks.
II. Some chairs are desks.
Answer: If only conclusion II follows.
102
Explanation:
All desks are mirrors + All mirrors are chairs = A + A = A

= All desks are chairs - conversion - some chairs are desks (I).
Hence II follows.
All desks are chairs + some chairs are pens = A + I = No conclusions.
Hence I does not follows.
3. Statements: All dollars are rupees.

No rupee is yen.
No rupee is pound.
Conclusions:
I. Some pounds are not dollars
II. Some dollars are not yens
Explanation:
I. All dollars are rupees + No rupees is pound = All + No = No

= No dollars is pound
=> Some pounds are not dollar.
Hence I is true
II. All dollars are rupees.
No rupee is yen= All+ No = No
= No dollars is yen
=> Some dollars are not yen is true.
103
4. Statements: Some glasses are rivers.

Some rivers are bottles.
Some bottles are plates.
Conclusions: I. Some plates are rivers.
II. Some bottles are glasses.
Answer: If neither conclusion I nor conclusion II follows.
Explanation:
I + I = No conclusions.
5. Statements:
No books is a pen.
All pens are pencils.
All pencils are erasers.
Conclusions: I. All pens are erasers.
II. At least some erasers are pencils.
Answer: If both conclusions I and II follows.
Explanation:
All pens are pencils

All pencils are erasers.
A + A = A - type of Conclusion
''All pens are erasers.''
This is conclusion I.
Conclusion II is Converse of the second Premise.
104
6. Statements: All the actors are girls. All the girls are beautiful.
Conclusions:
All the actors are beautiful.
Some girls are actors.
Answer: Both (1) and (2) follow
7. Statements: All the windows are doors. No door is a wall.

Conclusions:
Some windows are walls.
No wall is a door.
Answer: Only (2) conclusion follows
8. Statements: All cups are books. All books are shirts.

Conclusions:
Some cups are not shirts.
Some shirts are cups.
Answer: Only (2) conclusion follows
9. Statements: Some cows are crows. Some crows are elephants.

Conclusions:
Some cows are elephants.
All crows are elephants.
Answer: Neither (1) nor (2) follows
10. Statements: All the pencils are pens. All the pens are inks.
Conclusions:
All the pencils are inks.
Some inks are pencils.
Answer: Both (1) and (2) follow
105
In each of the following questions two statements are given and these
statements are followed by two conclusions numbered (1) and (2). You have to take
the given two statements to be true even if they seem to be at variance from
commonly known facts. Read the conclusions and then decide which of the given
conclusions logically follows from the two given statements, disregarding commonly
known facts.
Give answer:
(A) If only (1) conclusion follows

(B) If only (2) conclusion follows
(C) If either (1) or (2) follows
(D) If neither (1) nor (2) follows and
(E) If both (1) and (2) follow.
1. Statements: Some actors are singers. All the singers are dancers.
Conclusions:
Some actors are dancers.
No singer is actor.
A. Only (1) conclusion follows

B. Only (2) conclusion follows
C. Either (1) or (2) follows
D. Neither (1) nor (2) follows
E. Both (1) and (2) follow
106
2. Statements: All the harmoniums are instruments. All the instruments are flutes.
Conclusions:
All the flutes are instruments.
All the harmoniums are flutes.

3. Statements: Some mangoes are yellow. Some tixo are mangoes.

Conclusions:
Some mangoes are green.
Tixo is a yellow.

4. Statements: Some ants are parrots. All the parrots are apples.
Conclusions:
All the apples are parrots.
Some ants are apples.

107
5. Statements: Some papers are pens. All the pencils are pens.
Conclusions:
Some pens are pencils.
Some pens are papers.

Alphabet test
Definitions
Alphabet Test is to find the place of an alphabet or a word based on the

different types of arrangement.
Solved Problems
1. How many pairs of letters are there in the word " CASTRAPHONE" which have as
many letters between them in the word as in the alphabet?
Answer: 6
Explanation:
Looking into the alphabets there are six such pairs namely ON, HONE, ST, TRAPHO,
TRAPHON, RAP.
1. ON - NO
2. HONE - EFGH
108
3. ST - ST
4. TRAPHO - OPQRST
5. TRAPHON - NOPQRST
6. RAP – PQR
2. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z .
Which letter in this alphabet is the eighth letter to the right of the letter and which
is tenth letter to the left of the last but one letter of the alphabet?
Answer: W
Explanation:
In the given alphabet, last but one letter of alphabet is Y.
10th letter to the left of Y is O
8th letter to the right of O is W
3. How many pairs of letters in the word 'CHAIRS' have as many letters between
them in the word as in the alphabet?
Answer: 2
Explanation:
Letters in the word Letters in the alphabet
CHA CBA
RS RS
109
4. Arrange these words in alphabetical order and tick the one that comes last
1. Abandon 2. Actuate 3. Accumulate 4. Acquit 5. Achieve
Explanation:
First letters are common. Second letters are: b, c, c, c, c. One of the four words having
c is the last word. Let us see the third letters now, there are: t, c, q, h. Clearly t is the
last. Hence Actuate is the last word.
5. What should come next in the following letter sequence?

AABABCABCDABCDEABCD
Answer: E
6. How many meaningful English words can be formed with the letters ESRO using
each letter only once in each word?
Answer: Three
Explanation:
Meaningful words are ROSE, SORE and EROS.
Note the meaning of the words SORE and EROS with the help of dictionary.
7. S L U A Y J V E I O N Q G Z B D R H
What will come in place of question (?) mark in the following series : LA UJ YI EG ?
Answer: QH
Explanation:
The first letter follows +1, +2, +3, +4, ....
The second letter follows +2, +3, +4, +5,....
110
8. LAP BUT CAR SON HID

If the positions of the first and the third alphabets of each of the words are
interchanged, which of the following would form a meaningful word in the new
arrangement?
Answer: Both LAP and BUT
Explanation:
When positions of first and the third alphabets of each of the words are
interchanged, we have PAL TUB RAC NOS DIH
Clearly, PAL and TUB are the only meaningful words. These words are
obtained from LAP and BUT respectively.
9. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z.
Which letter is in the middle of 13th letter from the left and 4th letter from the
right?
Answer: R
Explanation:
Find out the positions of both the letters from the left and divide the sum of
the positions of both the letters from the left by 2. Here 13+23=36. Now divide 36 by
2 , i.e 18. Hence R is the required letter.
111
10. Q 2 3 B 9 V 5 L S R F P
If one is subtracted from each of the numbers, which of the following will be the
fourth to the right of the tenth from the right ?
Answer: 4
Explanation:
Fourth to the right of the tenth from the right means (10 - 4 = )6th from the
right, ie 5. But according to the question, one is subtracted from each of the
numbers, ie 4.
1. C U B A E D E D A B E B A U C D B C A D B D U B C A C B E D A
If all the A's are dropped from the above arrangement, which of the following will
be eleventh from the left end of the above arrangement?
A) E B) C
C) D D) U
2. If the first and second letters in the word DEPRESSION' were interchanged, also
the third and the fourth letters, the fifth and the sixth letters and so on, which of
the following would be the seventh letter from the right ?
A) R B) O
C) S D) P
3. B M N G O P C Q R H S T F L U V W X Y A K Z D I E J
Counting from left if it is possible to make a meaningful word from the third and
fifth letters from left, using each at least twice and third letter from right in
sequence, only once , write the first letter of the word as your answer. If more than
112
one such word can be formed write "M" as your answer, and if no word can be
formed write 'X' as your answer.
A) M B) X
C) O D) I
4. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
If the first half of English alphabet is reversed and the second half of the English
alphabet is left undisturbed then which letter will be 10th to the left of 16th letter
from the left?
A) H B) F
C) Z D) U
5. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
If the second half of the English alphabet is reversed then which letter will be 4th to
the right of 20th letter from the right?
A) U B) K
C) E D) F
Arithmetic Signs
Solved Problems
5 + 3 * 8 - 12 / 4 =3
A. + and -
B. - and /
C. + and *
D. + and /
113
Answer: B. - and /
Explanation:
On interchanging - and /,
we get the equation as 5 + 3 * 8 / 12 - 4 = 3
5 + 3 * (2/3) - 4 = 3
3 = 3, which is true.
2. If 3, 2 = 13;
4, 8 = 80;
then 1, 5 =?
A. 14
B. 26
C. 25
D. 50
Answer: B. 26
Explanation:
The sum of the square of the number

32 + 22 = 9 + 4 = 13
42 + 82 = 16 + 64 = 80
12 + 52 = 1 + 25 = 26.
114
3. If 1 = 17
2 = 33
3 = 49
4 = 65
then 5 = ?
A. 80
B. 81
C. 89
D. 84
Answer: B. 81
Explanation:
Multiply by 16 and add 1

(1 * 16) + 1 = 17
(2 * 16) + 1 = 33
(3 * 16) + 1 = 49
(4 * 16) + 1 = 65
(5 * 16) + 1 = 81
4. If 2 + 3 = 13
3 + 4 = 25
4 + 5 = 41 then
5+6=?
A. 60
B. 61
C. 51
D. 63
Answer: B. 61
115
Explanation:
Step 1 : First multiply to the given number

Step 2 : Multiply by 2
Step 3 : add 1
(2 × 3) × 2 + 1 = 13
(3 × 4) × 2 + 1 = 25
(4 × 5) × 2 + 1 = 41
(5 × 6) × 2 + 1 = 61.
5. Select the correct set of symbols which will fit in the given equation?
5 0 3 5 = 20
A. × , ×, ×
B. -, +, ×
C. ×, + , ×
D. +, -, ×
Answer: B. -, +, ×
Explanation:
Clearly 5 - 0 + 3 × 5 = 5 + 15
= 20
6. If × stands for 'addition', ÷ stands for 'subtraction', + stands for 'multiplication'

and-stands for 'division', then 20 × 8 ÷ 8 - 4 + 2 = ?
A. 80
B. 25
C. 24
D. 5
Answer: C. 24
116
Explanation:
By the Given data, We have the expression:

20 + 8 - 8 ÷ 4 × 2 = 20 + 8 - 2 × 2
= 20 + 8 - 4
= 24.
7. If 2 + 3 = 10
8 + 4 = 96
7 + 2 = 63
6 + 5 = 66
then 9 + 5 = ?
A. 99
B. 89
C. 116
D. 126
Answer: D. 126
Explanation:
Add the given number and multiply the first number

2 + 3 = 5 × 2 = 10
8 + 4 = 12 × 8 = 96
7 + 2 = 9 × 7 = 63
6 + 5 = 11 × 6 = 66
9 + 5 = 14 × 9 = 126.
117
8. If 2 + 2 = 6
3 + 3 = 11
4 + 4 = 18
then 6 + 6 = ?
Answer : 38
Explanation :
Multiply by the given number and add 2

(2 * 2) + 2 = 6
(3 * 3) + 2 = 11
(4 * 4) + 2 = 18
(6 * 6) +2 = 38
9. If 2 + 3 = 10
8 + 4 = 96
7 + 2 = 63
6 +5 = 66
then 9 + 5 = ?
Answer : 126
Explanation :
Add the given number and multiply the first number

2 +3 = 5 * 2 = 10
8 + 4 = 12 * 8 = 96
7 + 2 = 9 * 7 = 63
6 + 5 = 11 * 6 = 66
9 + 5 = 14 * 9 = 126
118
10. If 1 = 17
2 = 33
3 = 49
4 = 65
then 5 = ?
Answer : 81
Explanation :
Multiply by 16 and add 1

(1 * 16) + 1 = 17
(2 * 16) + 1 = 33
(3 * 16) + 1 = 49
(4 * 16) + 1 = 65
(5 * 16) + 1 = 81.
1. If 2 + 3 = 13
3 + 4 = 25
4 +5 = 41 then
5+6=?
2 . If 3, 2 = 13;
4, 8 = 80;
then 1, 5 =?
3. If 1 + 5 = 12
2 + 10 = 24
3 + 15 = 36
then 3 + 25 = ?
119
5 + 3 * 8 - 12 / 4 =3
5 + 3 * 8 - 12 / 4 = 3
Blood Relation
Tricks
Father’s side – Paternal

Mother’s side – Maternal
Mother’s or Father’s Father – Grandfather (Maternal or Paternal)
Mother’s or Father’s Mother – Grandmother (Maternal or Paternal)
Mother’s or Father’s Brother – Uncle
Mother’s or Father’s Sister – Aunt
Mother’s or Father’s Son – Brother
Mother’s or Father’s Daughter – Sister
Son’s Wife – Daughter-in-law
Daughter’s Husband – Son-in-law
Husband’s or wife’s Father – Father-in-law
Husband’s or wife’s Mother – Mother-in-law
Husband’s or wife’s Brother – Brother-in-law
Husband’s or wife’s Sister – Sister-in-law
Sister’s Husband – Brother-in-law
Brother’s Wife – Sister-in-law
Brother’s or Sister’s Son – Nephew
Brother’s or Sister’s Daughter – Niece
Uncle’s or Aunt’s Son or Daughter – Cousin (He is considered as First
Cousin)
Son or Daughter of the First Cousin – Cousin (He is mainly addressed as
Second Cousin)
Grandson’s or Grand Daughter’s Son – Great Grand son
Grandson’s or Grand Daughter’s Daughter – Great Grand Daughter
Father’s or Mother’s Aunt – Grand Aunt or Grand Aunt
120
Father’s or Mother’s Uncle – Grand Uncle or Great Uncle

Real Brother or Sister (Common Parents) – Sibling
Solved Problems
Directions (1-3): Study the following information carefully to answer the

questions that follow:
1. A is father of B and C is mother of A. E is sister of F whose daughter is G. S, the

husband of C is the grandfather of G. P is father of E and brother of R. S has only
two children, both of opposite sex.
1. What is the relation between F and S?

A. F is daughter of S
B. F is sister of S
C. F is son of S
D. F is daughter in law of S
Answer: D. F is daughter in law of S
Explanation:
C and S have 2 children, one is A who is male [A is father of B].

since C is the grandfather of G so F should be wife of A to have the relation C is the
grandfather of G.
If F was daughter of C and s, so C would have been maternal grandfather of her
daughter G.
121
2. What is the relation between E and B?
A. E is sister of B
B. E is brother of B
C. E is aunt of B
D. E is maternal grandmother of B
Answer: Answer: C. E is aunt of B.
Explanation:
E is sister of F and B is child of F.
3. What is the relation between B and G?
A. B is sister of G
B. B is brother of G
C. B is aunt of G
D. None of these
Answer: D. None of these
Explanation:
Since gender of B is not known, either sister or brother of G
122
4. Introducing a man, a woman said, "He is the only son of the mother of my
mother." How is the woman related to the man?
A. Mother
B. Niece
C. Sister
D. Maternal aunt
Answer: B. Niece
Explanation :
The man is the only son of the mother of the woman. Hence, the man is the
maternal uncle of the woman. So, the woman is the niece of the man
5. Pointing out to a lady, Yuvarani said, she is the daughter of the woman who is the
mother of the husband of my mother. How is the lady related to Yuvarani?
A. Aunt
B. Grand daughter
C. Sister
D. Daughter
Answer: A. Aunt
Explanation :
Mother's husband = Father,

Father's mother = Grandmother,
Grandmother's daughter = Father's sister,
Father's sister = Aunt
So, the lady is Yuvarani's aunt.
123
6. A man said to a lady, Your mother's husband's sister is my aunt. How is the lady
related to the man?
A. Daughter
B. Mother
C. Sister
D. Aunt
Answer: C. Sister
Explanation :
Lady's mother's husband = lady's father

Lady's father's sister = lady's aunt
So, lady's aunt is man's aunt and
Therefore the lady is man's sister.
7. Pointing to a photograph, Sathis said, "She is the daughter of my grandfather's

only son". How is Sathis related to the girl in the photograph ?
A.) Father
B.) Brother
C.) Uncle
D.) Cousin
Answer: B.) Brother
Explanation :
✓ My grandfather's only son - My father.
✓ So, the girl is the daughter of Sathis's father.
✓ Sathis is the girl's brother.
124
8. Looking at a portrait of a man, Santhosh said, "His mother is the wife of my

father's son. Brothers and sisters I have none." At whose portrait was Santhosh
Looking.
A. His uncle
B. His nephew
C. His cousin
D. His son
Answer: D. His son
Explanation :
✓ Since, Santhosh has neither a sister nor a brother, therefore, Santhosh is the
only son of his father.
✓ Hence, the mother of the portrait is wife of Santhosh.
✓ Therefore, the portrait is the wife of the Santhosh.
✓ Therefore, portrait was of Santhosh's son.
9. Ramesh said to Sada, "Your mother is the daughter of my grandmother". How are
Ramesh and Sada related ?
A. Cousin
B. Father - Daughter
C. Uncle - Niece
D. None of these
Answer: A. Cousin
Explanation :
✓ Grandmother - mother
✓ Sada's mother - Daughter
✓ Ramesh - Sada Her Cousin
125
10. X and Y are young ones of Z. If Z is the father of X but Y is not the son of Z. How
are Y and Z related
A. Newphew and Uncle

B. Niece and Uncle
C. Daughter and Father
D. None of these
Answer: C. Daughter and Father
Explanation :
Z has two children X and Y, if X is his son, Y must be his daughter according to
the question.
1. Pointing towards a person in a photograph, Monisha said, "Surya is the only son
of the father of my sister's brother." How is that person is related to Monisha ?
A) Monisha Father
B) Monisha Mother
C) Monisha Brother
D) Maternal Uncle
2. Anupriya told Sumitha,'Yesterday I defeated the only brother of the daughter of

my grandmother'. Whom did Anupriya defeat?
A. Father-in-law
B. Father
C. Brother
D. Son
126
3.If Raja says, "Masi's mother is the only daughter of my mother", how is Raja
related to Masi ?
A) Brother
B) Father
C) Maternal Uncle
D) Cousin
4. A is B's sister. C is B's mother. D is C's father. E is D's mother. Then, how is A
related to D?
A) Grandfather
B) Grandmother
C) Daughter
D) Grand daughter
5. If P $ Q means P is the brother of Q P # Q means P is the mother of Q P * Q

means P is the daughter of Q in A # B $ C * D, who is the father?
A) A. D
B) B. B
C) C.C
D) Data is inadequate
Cause and Effect
Solved Problems
In each of the following questions, two statements numbered I and II are

given. There may be cause and effect relationship between the two statements.
These two statements may be the effect of the same cause or independent causes.
These statements may be independent causes without having any relationship. Read
both the statements in each question and mark your answer as
127
1. Statements:
I) The prices of petrol and diesel in the domestic market have remained unchanged
for the past few months.
II ) The crude oil prices in the international market have gone up substantially in the
last few months.
A. Statement I is the cause and statement I is its effect

B. Statement II is the cause and statement I is its effect
C. Both the statements I and II are independent causes
D. Both the statements I and II are effects of independent causes
E. Both the statements I and II are effects of some common cause
Answer : D. Both the statements I and II are effects of independent causes
Explanation :
The prices of petrol and diesel being stagnant in the domestic market and the
increase in the same in the international market must be backed by independent
causes.
2. Statements:
I) The government has recently fixed the fees for professional courses offered by
the unaided institutions which are much lower than the fees charged last year.
II) The parents of the aspiring students launched a severe agitation last year
protesting against the high fees charged by the unaided institutions.
A. Statement I is the cause and statement II is its effect

Answer : B. Statement II is the cause and statement I is its effect
128
Explanation :
The parents protest against high fees being charged by the institutions led the
government to interfere and fix the fees at a more affordable level.
3. Statements:
I. The government has recently fixed the fees for professional courses offered by
the unaided institutions which are much lower than the fees charged last year.
II.The parents of the aspiring students launched a severe agitation last year
protesting against the high fees charged by the unaided institutions.

Explanation :
The parents protest against high fees being charged by the institutions led the
government to interfere and fix the fees at a more affordable level.
4. Statements:
i. All the schools in the area had to be kept closed for most part of the week.
ii. Many parents have withdrawn their children from the local schools.

129
Answer : D. Both the statements I and II are effects of independent causes
Explanation :
Closing the schools for a week and the parents withdrawing their wards from
the local schools are independent issues, which must have been triggered by different
individual causes.
5. Statements:
I. India has surpassed the value of tea exports this year over all the earlier years
due to an increase in demand for quality tea in the European market.
II. There is an increase in demand of coffee in the domestic market during the last
two years.

Answer : C. Both the statements I and II are independent causes
Explanation :
The two statements discuss two separate statistical and generalised results.
130
6. Statements:
i. There is unprecedented increase in the number of young unemployed in
comparison to the previous year.
ii. A large number of candidates submitted applications against an advertisement
for the post of manager issued by a bank.

Answer : A. Statement I is the cause and statement II is its effect
Explanation :
An increase in the number of unemployed youths is bound to draw in huge

crowds for a single vacancy.
7. Statements:
(A) The shortage of employable talent has become severe.

(B) There are more job opportunities than there are qualified professionals.

Answer : A. if statement (A) is the cause and statement (B) is its effect.
Explanation :
As the number of talented people is less, those with talent are getting more
opportunities. Hence, (A) is the cause and (B) is its effect.
131
8. Statements:
I. Majority of the students in the college expressed their opinion against the college
authority's decision to break away from the university and become autonomous.
II. The university authorities have expressed their inability to provide grants to its
constituent colleges.

Explanation :
Clearly, the university's decision to refuse grant to the colleges must have
triggered the college authority to become autonomous.
9. Statements:
(A) The destiny of Asia will be shaped by the triangular relationship between the
Asian nations, India, China and Japan.
(B) India, China and Japan which have registered a phenomenal growth, over the
last decade in particular, has acted as southern engines of growth for the whole
world.
A. if statement (A) is the cause and statement (B) is its effect.

B. if statement (B) is the cause and statement (A) is its effect.
C. if both the statements (A) and (B) are independent causes.
D. if both the statements (A) and (B) are effects of independent causes.
Answer : B. if statement (B) is the cause and statement (A) is its effect.
132
Explanation :
Since the three countries are leading the economic growth of the whole
world, they will shape the destiny of Asia. Hence, (B) is the cause and (A) is its effect.
10. Statements:
I) Shinzo Abi has resigned as the Prime Minister of Japan.

II) This is an ignominious exit for Shinzo Abi who was once received as the standard
bearer of the new generation of Japanese politicians.
A. if both the statements are effect of some common causes.

Answer : A. if both the statements are effect of some common causes.
Explanation :
The reason for the exit being ignominious and his resignation are one and the
same. Hence, (A) and (B) are effects of a common cause.

both the statements in each question and choose your answer.
133
1. Statement:
(A) The single child family seems to be fast becoming the norm in the present-day
urban set up.
(B) People think that parenting is easier when they have only one child.

E. if both the statements are effect of some common causes.
2. Statement:
(A) English-medium schools and institutes teaching spoken English, are
mushrooming even in small towns.
(B) Today, more than ever before, there is a craving among people to learn and
speak English.

3. Statement:
(A) The shortage of employable talent has become severe.
(B) There are more job opportunities than there are qualified professionals.

134

both the statements in each question and choose your answer.
4. Statement:
(A) Importance of Yoga and exercise is being realized by all sections of the society.
(B) There is an increasing awareness about health in the society particularly among
middle ages group of people.
A. Statement I is the cause and statement II is its effect.

B. Both the statements I and II are effects of some common cause.
C. Statement II is the cause and statement I is its effect.
D. Both the statements I and II are effects of independent causes.
Answer : C. Statement II is the cause and statement I is its effect.
5) Statement:
(A) Indonesia suffered a major earth quake today.
(B) The term of the Indonesian prime Minister ends by December.
A. if statement (B) is the cause and statement (A) is its effect.

B. if both the statements (A) and (B) are independent causes.
C. if statement (A) is the cause and statement (B) is its effect.
Data Sufficiency
Data sufficiency covers many different topics of quantitative aptitude. In data

sufficiency, usually, a question is followed by two or three statements. You need to
determine whether any of the statements individually or together are required to
find the answer. You are not required to do the calculation; you just have to check
whether with the help of given data you can find the answer or not. Data sufficiency
135
has many types of questions. And today we will be discussing on CI and SI-based data
sufficiency.
The formula to calculate simple interest

I = P x R x N/100, where p is the principal amount, r is the rate of interest, and n is the
number of years
Here, A is the total amount i.e. principal + interest, P is the principal amount, R is the
rate of interest, and N is the number of years. There are other two formulas as well to
calculate compound interest quarterly and half-yearly.
Compound interest for quarterly,A = P (1 + R/100 x 2)²n

Compound interest for half-yearly,A = P (1 + R/100 x 4)4n
Solved Problems
1. What is Reena's rank in the class ?

I. There are 26 students in the class.
II. There are 9 students who have scored less then Reena.
A. I alone is sufficient while II alone is not sufficient

B. II alone is sufficient while I alone is not sufficient
C. Either I or II is sufficient
D. Neither I nor II is sufficient
E. Both I and II are sufficient.
Answer: Option E
Explanation:
From I and II, we conclude that there are 16 students above Reena in rank.
Thus, Reena's rank is 17th in the class. So, both the statements are necessary.
136
2. Who is the father of M?

I. A and B are brothers.
II. B's wife is sister of M's wife.
A. if the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the question;

B. if the data in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question;
C. if the data either in I or II alone are sufficient to answer the question;
D. if the data even in both the statement together are not sufficient to answer the
question;
E. if the data in both the statements together are needed.
Answer: Option D : Neither I nor II is sufficient.
Explanation:
From II, we conclude that B is the brother-in-law of M. So, even from both the
statements, we can't find out who is the father of M.
3. In which year was Rohit born ?

I. Rohit at present is 25 years younger to his mother.
II. Rohit's brother, who was born in 1964, is 35 years younger to his mother.
A. If the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the question

B. If the data in both the statements together are needed.
C. If the data either in I or II alone are sufficient to answer the question
D. If the data in statement II alone are sufficient answer the question
Answer : B. If the data in both the statements together are needed.
Explanation :
From both the given statements, we find that Rohit is (35 - 25) = 10 years
older than his brother
who was born in 1964, So. Rohit was horn in 1954.
137
Thus, both the given statements are needed to answer the query.
4. How is P related to Q ?
I.P has only one son and two daughters
II.Q's brother is son of P's wife .
A. If the data in statement I alone are sufficient

B. If the data given in both I and II together are not sufficient
C. If the data either in statement I alone or statement II alone are sufficient to answer
D. If the data in statement II alone are sufficient
Answer : D. If the data in statement II alone are sufficient
Explanation :
From II, we know that P is father of Q
5. What is the shortest distance between Devipur and Durgapur ?

I. Durgapur is 20 kms away from Rampur.
II. Devipur is 15 kms away from Rampur.

C. Neither I nor II is sufficient
D. Either I or II is sufficient
Answer : C. Neither I nor II is sufficient
Explanation :
Clearly, the distance of each village from Rampur is given in I and II. But
nothing about their relative positions is mentioned. So, the distance between the two
villages cannot be calculated.
138
6. On which day in April is Ganesh's birthday?

I. Ganesh was born exactly 28 years after his mother was born.
II. His mother will be 55 years 4 months and 5 days on August 18 this year.

C. Either I or II is sufficient
D. Both I and II are sufficient
Answer : D. Both I and II are sufficient
Explanation :
Clearly, the birthday of Ganesh's mother can be found out from II and then
Ganesh's birthday can be determined using the fact given in I.
7. How much amount Ravi required to pay for the new car in the buy-back scheme ?
I. The cost of the new car was three times the cost price of his old car.
II. His old car was valued at Its 25000 under buy-back scheme.
A. If the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the questio

B. If the data in statement II alone are sufficient answer the question
C. If the data in both the statements together are needed.
D. If the data either in I or II alone are sufficient to answer the question
Answer : C. If the data in both the statements together are needed.
Explanation :
From both the statements together, we conclude that the price of the new car is Rs
(25000 X 3) i.e. Rs 75000
So, Ravi had to pay Rs (75000 - 25000) i.e. Its 50000.
Thus, both I and II are required
139
8. In a certain language, 'pit nac mit' means 'red pant shirt'. Which word means
'pant' in that language?
I. 'mit tim nac sir' means 'he wore red pant'.
II. 'nee jic pit' means 'shirt is dirty'.
A. if the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the question

B. if the data in statement II alone are sufficient answer the question
C. if the data either in I or II alone are sufficient to answer the question
D. if the data even in both the statements together are not sufficient to answer the
question
Answer : D. if the data even in both the statements together are not sufficient to
answer the question
Explanation :
Clearly, from each of the statements, we find that the code for 'pant' is either
'mit' or 'nac'. So, none of them is sufficient to answer the question.
9.Is Arun taller than Sachin ?

I. Dinesh is of the same height as Arun and Sachin.
II. Sachin is not shorter than Dinesh.

B. if the data in statement II alone are sufficient answer the question;
question;
E. if the data in both the statements together are needed.
Answer: Option A : if the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the
question
140
Explanation:
From statement I, we can conclude that Dinesh, Arun and Sachin are of the
same height. So, Arun is not taller than Sachin. Thus, only statement I is sufficient to
answer the question.
10. What is the monthly salary of Praveen?

I. Praveen gets 15% more than Sumit while Sumit gets 10% less than Lokesh.
II. Lokesh's monthly salary is Rs.2500.
A. if the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the question

B. if the data in statement II alone are sufficient answer the question
C. if the data either in I or II alone are sufficient to answer the question
question
E. If the data in both the statements together are needed.
Answer : E. If the data in both the statements together are needed.
Explanation :
From both the given statements, we find that:

Praveen's salary = 115% of (90% of Rs.2500) = Rs.2587.50.
So, both I and II are required.
1. How is D related to A?

question;
141
2. Gourav ranks eighteenth in a class. What is his rank from the last?
I. There are 47 students in the class.
II. Jatin who ranks 10th in the same class, ranks 38th from the last.

question;
3. How many brothers does Tarun have?

question;
4.Rohit, Kajol, Tanmay and Suman are four friends. Who is the oldest among them?
I. The total age of Kajol and Tanmay together is more than that of Suman.
II. The total age of Rohit and Kajol together is less than that of Suman.

question;
142
5. How many new year's greeting cards were sold this year in your shop?
I. Last year 2935 cards were sold.
II. The number of cards sold this year was 1.2 times that of last year.

question;
Direction Sense Test
Solved Problems
1. One morning after sunrise Naveena and Nirajana were talking to each other face
to face at Dalphin crossing. If Nirajana's shadow was exactly to the right of
Naveena, Which direction Nirajana was facing?
A. East
B. South
C. North
D. Data is inadequate
Answer : C. North
Explanation :
In the morning sun rises in the East. Hence then any shadow falls in the West.
Since Nirajana's shadow was exactly to the right of Naveena. Hence Nirajana is facing
towards North.
143
2. One evening before sunset two friends Sachin and Dhoni were talking to each
other face to face. If Dhoni's shadow was exactly to his right side, which direction
was Sachin facing?
A. North
B. South
C. West
D. Data inadequate
Answer : B. South
Explanation :
In the evening, sun is in the west and so the shadows fall towards east. Now,
since Dhoni's shadow fell towards right, therefore, Dhoni is facing North. So, Sachin
standing face to face with Dhoni, was facing South.
3. Kholi starts from his house towards West. After walking a distance of 30 meters,
he turned towards right and walked 20 meters. He turned left and moving a
distance of 10 meters, turned to his left again and walked 40 meters. He now turns
to the left and walks 5 meters. Finally he turns to his left. In which direction is he
walking now?
A. East
B. South
C. North
D. South-west
Answer : C. North
144
4. One morning after sunrise, Kumar was standing facing a pole. The shadow of the
pole fell exactly to his right. Which direction was he facing?
A. Data inadequate
B. East
C. West
D. South
Answer : D. South
Explanation :
Sun rises in the east in the morning. So, in morning, the shadow falls towards
west. Now Kumar's shadow falls to the right. So, he is standing, facing South.
5. Fifteen boys are standing in a row facing opposite direction alternately from left
to right. If the fourth boy from left is facing towards the east then the fifth boy from
the right is facing which direction?
A. South
B. North-west
C. None of these
D. East
Answer : C. None of these
Explanation :
Fifth boy from right means

(15-5)+1= 11th boy from left.
145
6. Deepak starts walking straight towards east. After walking 75 meters, he turns to
the left and walks 25 meters straight. Again he turns to the left, walks a distance of
40 meters straight, again he turns to the left and walks a distance of 25 meters.
How far is he from the starting point?
A. 25 meters
B. 50 meters
C. 115 meters
D. 140 meters
E. None of these
Answer : E. None of these
Explanation :
The movements of Deepak are shown in the figure. Clearly, EB = DC = 40 m.

Deepak's distance from the starting point A = (AB - EB) = (75 - 40)m = 35 m.
146
7. One morning after sunrise Rathipriya and Latha were talking to each other face
to face at Dalphin crossing. If Latha's shadow was exactly to the right of Rathipriya,
Which direction Latha was facing?
A. South
B. North
C. East
Answer : B. North
Explanation :
In the morning sun rises in the East. Hence then any shadow falls in the West.
Since Latha's shadow was exactly to the right of Rathipriya. Hence Latha is facing
towards North.
8. A man leaves for his office from his house. He walks towards East. After moving a
distance of 20 m, he turns towards South and walks 10 m. Then he walks 35 m
towards the West and further 5 m towards the North. He then turns towards East
and walks 15 m. What is the straight distance in meters between his initial and final
positions?
A. 0
B. 5
C. 10
D. Cannot be determined
Answer : B. 5
147
Explanation :
The movements of the man from A to F are as shown in figure. Clearly, DC = AB + EF.
F is in line with A.
Also, AF = (BC - DE) = 5 m.
So, the man is 5 meters away from his initial position.
9. One morning after sunrise, Suresh was standing facing a pole. The shadow of the
pole fell exactly to his right. To which direction was he facing?
A. East
B. West
C. South
Answer : C. South
Explanation :
Sun rises in the east in the morning. Since the shadow of Suresh falls to his
right. So he is facing South.
148
10. Arun and Amit started walking from two different points 'A' and 'B' respectively.
Arun walks 2 kms North and turns to the East and walks 3 kms and again turns to
North walks 4 kms and finally turns to East and Walks 5kms to reach point 'C'.
Similarly, Amit walks 2 kms North and turns to west and walks 3 kms and finally
turns to North, walks 4 kms and meets Arun at point 'C'. What is the distance
between Arun and Amit's starting points?
Answer : 11 km
Explanation :
Where A= Arun's starting point;

B = Amit's starting point;
C = The point where Arun and Amit meet PQ + RC + ST = 3 + 5 + 3 = 11 kms.
1. After walking 6 kms, I turned right and travelled a distance of 2 kms, then turned
left and covered a distance of 10 km. In the end I was moving towards the north.
From which direction did I start my journey?
A. North
B. South-West
C. South
D. North-East
149
2. One evening, two friends Prasanth and Parthipan were talking to each other,
with their backs towards each other, sitting in a park. If Prasanth's shadow was
exactly to the left of Parthipan, then which direction was Parthipan facing?
A. North
B. North-East
C. East
D. South
3. Fifteen boys are standing in a row facing opposite direction alternately from left
to right. If the fourth boy from left is facing towards the east then the fifth boy from
the right is facing which direction?
A. South
B. North-west
C. None of these
D. East
4. Raja left home and cycled 10 km towards South, then turned right and cycled 5
km and then again turned right and cycled 10 km. After this he turned left and
cycled 10 km. How many kilometers will he have to cycle to reach his home
straight?
A. 10 km
B. 25 km
C. 20 km
D. 15 km
150
5. One morning after sunrise Rathipriya and Latha were talking to each other face
to face at Dalphin crossing. If Latha's shadow was exactly to the right of Rathipriya,
Which direction Latha was facing?
A. South
B. North
C. East
Linear inequality
Definition
In mathematics a linear inequality is an inequality which involves a linear

function. A linear
Solved Problems
Directions (1-3): In the following questions, the symbols @, $, *, # and ! are used with
the following meaning as illustrated below:
P $ Q means P is not smaller than Q.
P @ Q means P is neither smaller than nor equal to Q.
P # Q means P is neither greater than nor equal to Q.
P ! Q means P is neither greater than nor smaller than Q.
P * Q means P is not greater than Q.
1. Statements: M $ K;
K @ N;
N * R;
R # W.
Conclusions:
I. W @ K
II. M $ R
III. K @ W
151
IV. M @ N
A. Only I and II follows

B. Only I, II and III follows
C. Only IV follows
D. Only II, III and IV follow
Answer: C. Only IV follows.
Explanation:
M ≥ K, K >N, N ≤ R, R <W
W >K not follows
M ≥ R not follows
K >W not follows
M >N follows
2. Statements: H @ T;
T # F;
F ! E;
E * V.
Conclusions:
I. V $ F
II. E @ T
III. H @ V
IV. T # V
A. Only I, II and III follows

B. Only I, II and IV follows
C. Only II, III and IV follows
D. All I, II, III and IV follows
Answer: B. Only I, II and IV follows.
152
Explanation:
H >T, T <F, F = E, E ≤ V
V ≥ F follows
E >T follows
H >V not follows
T <V follows
3. Statements: N ! B;
B $ W;
W # H;
H * M.
Conclusions:
I. M @ W
II. H @ N
III. W ! N
IV. W # N
A. Only I follow
B. Only III follows
C. Only either III or IV and I follow
D. Only either III or IV follows
Answer: C. Only either III or IV and I follow
Explanation:
N = B, B ≥ W, W <H, H ≤ Q
M >W
H >N
W=N
W <N
Either III or IV and I follow?
153
Directions : In the following questions, the symbols $,@,%, © and # are used with
the following meanings as illustrated below:
A©B means A is greater than B.
A%B means A is smaller than B.
A@B means A is either greater than or equal B.
A$B means A is either smaller than or equal to B.
A#B means A is equal to B.
4. Statements: V $ Z;
Z © M;
M % H.
Conclusions:
I. M @ V
II. H # V
III. V © M
A. Only I and II follows

B. Only II and III follow
C. Only I and III follow
D. Either l or lll follows
Answer: D. Either l or lll follows
Explanation:
V ≤ Z, Z >M, M <H
M≥V
H=V
V >M
154
Study the following information carefully and answer the questions given below:
(i) A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are eight students, each having a different height.
(ii) D is shorter than A but taller than G
(iii) E is taller than H but shorter than C
(iv) B is shorter than D but taller than F
(v) C is shorter than G
(vi) G is not as tall as F
5. Which of the following is definitely false?
A.G is shorter than F

B. C is shorter than F
C. F is taller than c
D. B is taller than E
E. All are true
Answer: E. All are true
Explanation:
A>D>G
C>E>H
D>B>F
G>C
F>G
Combining these , we get A > D > B > F > G > C > E > H is the correct answer.
6. If another student J, who is taller than E but shorter than G, is added to the
group, which of the following will be definitely true?
A. C and J are of the same height

B. J is shorter than D
C. J is shorter than H
D. J is taller than A
E.None of these
155
Answer: B. J is shorter than D
Explanation:
A>D>G
C>E>H
D>B>F
G>C
F>G
Combining these , we get A > D > B > F > G > C > E > H
is the correct answer; A > D > B > F > G > C, J > E > H
7. Which of the following will definitely be the third from top when the eight
student are arranged in descending order of height?
A. B
B. F
C. G
D. B or G
E. Cannot be detemined
Answer: A. B
Explanation:
A>D>G
C>E>H
D>B>F
G>C
F>G
Combining these, we get A > D > B > F > G > C > E > H is the correct answer.
156
8. How many of them are definitely shorter than F?
A. Three
B. Four
C. Five
D. Data inadequate
E. None of these
Answer: B. Four
Explanation:
A>D>G
C>E>H
D>B>F
G>C
F>G
is the correct answer; G, C, E and H.
9. Which of the following is redundant to answer all the above questions?
A. (ii) only
B. (ii) and (iii) only
C. (iii) and (iv) only
D. (ii) and (v) only
E. All are necessary to answer the above questions
Answer: E. All are necessary to answer the above questions
Explanations :
A>D>G
C>E>H
D>B>F
G>C
157
F>G
is the correct answer.
10. Considering all the statement in each question true, find that which of the
following two conclusion – I & II is definitely true.
Give the answer (A) if only conclusion I is true.

Give the answer (B) if only conclusion II is true.
Give the answer (C) if either conclusion I or conclusion II is true.
Give the answer (D) if neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true.
Give the answer (E) if conclusion I & conclusion II – both are true.
1. Statement: L * P, P % V, V # D
Conclusion:
I. L * V
II. L $ D
Answer : D. if neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true.
Direction: (1-5) : In these question symbols $, #, %, © & @ are used for different
meaning as follows:
‘A $ B’ means A is less than B.
‘A # B’ means A is not less than B.
‘A % B’ means A is neither less than nor greater than B.
‘A © B’ means A is greater than B.
‘A @ B’ means A is not greater than B.
Considering all the statement in each question true, find that which of the following
two conclusions – I & II is definitely true.
Give the Answer –
(A) If only conclusion I is true.
(B) If only conclusion II is true.
(C) If neither conclusion I or conclusion II is true.
158
(D) If neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true.

(E) If conclusion I & conclusion II – both are true.
1. Statement: D $ L, L @ V, V # W
Conclusion: I. D $ V
II. D @ W
2. Statement: M # T, T © H, H @ F
Conclusion: I. M © H
II. T © F
3. Statement: H © L, L % E, E $ T
Conclusion: I. H @ T
II. H © T
4. Statement: L @ R, R % J, J © N
Conclusion: I. L @ N
II. N $ R
5. Statement: V # F, F © J, J % D
Conclusion: I. V # D
II. F © D
Logical Deductions
Definition
The phenomenon of deriving a conclusion from a single proposition or a set of

given propositions, is known as logical deduction. The given propositions are also
referred to as the premises.
Two Inferential Processes of Deduction

I. Immediate Deductive Inference :
II. Mediate Deductive Inference
159
I. Immediate Deductive Inference :

Here, conclusion is deduced from one of the given propositions, by any of the three
ways -conversion, obversion and contraposition.
1. Conversion: The Conversion proceeds with interchanging the subject term and the
predicate term i.e. the subject term of the premise becomes the predicate term of
the conclusion and the predicate term of the premise becomes the subject of the
conclusion. The given proposition is called convertend, whereas the conclusion drawn
from it is called its converse.
Table of Valid Conversions
Converted Converse
A: All S is P I: Some P is S
Ex. All pins are tops. Some tops are pins.
E: No S is P. E: No P is S.
Ex. No fish is whale. No whale is fish.
I: Some P is S.
I: Some S is P.
Some poets are
Ex. Some boys are poets.
boys.
O: Some S is not P. No valid conversion
Note that in a conversion, the quality remains the same and the quantity may change.
2. Obversion: In obversion, we change the quality of the proposition and replace the
predicate term by its complement.
160
Table of Valid Obversions

Obverted Obverse
A: All birds are mammals. E: No birds are non-mammals.
E: No poets are singers. A: All poets are non-singers.
I: Some nurses are doctors. O: Some nurses are not non-doctors.
O: some politicians are not I: Some politicians are non-

statesmen. statesmen.
3. Contra position: To obtain the contra positive of a statement, we first replace the
subject and predicate terms in the proposition and then exchange both these terms
with their complements.
Table of Valid Contra positions
Proposition Contra positive
A: All birds are mammals. A: All non-mammals are non-birds.
I: Some non-mammals are non-

I: Some birds are mammals.
birds.
Note: The valid converse, obverse or contrapositive of a given proposition always

logically follows from the proposition.
II. Mediate Deductive Inference (SYLLOGISM): First introduced by Aristotle, a

Syllogism is a deductive argument in which conclusion has to be drawn from two
propositions referred to as the premises.
161
Example:
1. All lotus are flowers.
2. All flowers are beautiful.
3. All lotus are beautiful.
Clearly, the propositions 1 and 2 are the premises and the proposition 3,
which follows from the first two propositions, is called the conclusion.
Term : In Logic, a term is a word or a combination of words, which by itself can

be used as a subject or predicate of a proposition.
Syllogism is concerned with three terms :

1. Major Term : It is the predicate of the conclusion and is denoted by P (first letter of
'Predicate').
2. Minor Term: It is the subject of the conclusion and is denoted by S (first letter of
'Subject').
3. Middle Term: It is the term common to both the premises and is denoted by M
(first letter of 'Middle').
Example:
Premises:
1. All dogs are animals.
2. All tigers are dogs.
Conclusion :
✓ All tigers are animals.

✓ Here 'animals' is the predicate of the conclusion and so,.it is the major term. P.
✓ 'Tigers' is the subject of the conclusion and so, it is the minor term, S.
✓ 'Dogs' is the term common to both the premises and so, it is the middle term,
M.
✓ Major And Minor Premises : Of the two premises, the major premise is that in
which the middle term is the subject and the minor premise is that in which
the middle term is the predicate.
162
Solved Problems
1. Statement:
All men are dogs. All dogs are cats.
Conclusions:
I. All men are cats.
II. All cats are men.
A) If only conclusion I follows

B) If only conclusion II follows
C) If either I or II follows
D) If neither I nor II follows
E) If both I and II follow.
Answer : B. If only conclusion II follows
Explanation :
Since both the premises are universal and one premise is negative, the
conclusion must be universal negative and should not contain the middle term. So,
only II follows.
2. Statement:
Should a total ban be put on traping wild animals?
Conclusions:
I. Yes. Trappers are making a lot of money
II. No. Bans on hunting and trapping are not effective
A) Only 1 is true
B) Only 2 is true
C) Either 1 or 2 is true
D) Neither 1 or 2 is true
Answer : D) Neither 1 or 2 is true
163
Explanation :
Ban is necessary to protect our natural environment. So none of the argument

is strong enough.
3. Statement:
All trucks fly. Some scooters fly.
Conclusions:
I. All trucks are scooters.
II. Some scooters do not fly.
A) Only conclusion I follows

B) Only conclusion II follows
C) Either I or II follows
D) Both I and II follow
Answer : D) Both I and II follow
Explanation :
Since the middle term 'fly' is not distributed even once in the premises, no
definite conclusion follows.
4. Statement:
Most teachers are boys. Some boys are students.
Conclusions:
I. Some students are boys.
II. Some teachers are students.

Answer : A) Only conclusion I follows
164
Explanation :
Since both the premises are particular, no definite conclusion follows.

However, I is the converse of the second premise and thus it holds.
5. Statement:
All men are dogs. All dogs are cats.
Conclusions:
I. All men are cats.
II. All cats are men.
A) If only conclusion I follows

B) If only conclusion II follows
C) If either I or II follows
D) If neither I nor II follows
E) If both I and II follow.
Answer : B. If only conclusion II follows
Explanation :
conclusion must be universal negative and should not contain the middle term. So,
only II follows.
6. Statement:
Should a total ban be put on traping wild animals?
Conclusions:
I. Yes. Trappers are making a lot of money
II. No. Bans on hunting and trapping are not effective
A) Only 1 is true
B) Only 2 is true
C) Either 1 or 2 is true
D) Neither 1 or 2 is true
165
Answer : D) Neither 1 or 2 is true
Explanation :
Ban is necessary to protect our natural environment. So none of the argument

is strong enough
7. Statement:
All trucks fly. Some scooters fly.
Conclusions:
I. All trucks are scooters.
II. Some scooters do not fly.

Answer : D) Both I and II follow
Explanation :
Since the middle term 'fly' is not distributed even once in the premises, no
definite conclusion follows.
8. Statement:
Most teachers are boys. Some boys are students.
Conclusions:
I. Some students are boys.
II. Some teachers are students.

166
Answer : A) Only conclusion I follows
Explanation :
Since both the premises are particular, no definite conclusion follows.

However, I is the converse of the second premise and thus it holds.
9. Statement:
Raman is always successful. No fool is always successful.
Conclusions:
I. Raman is a fool
II. Raman is not a fool
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
D. Both I and II follow
Answer : B. Only II follows
Explanation :
conclusion must be universal negative and should not contain the middle term. So, II
follows.
167
10. Statement:
All trucks fly. Some Scooters fly.
Conclusions:
I.All trucks are scooters
II. Some scooters do not fly
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
C. Neither I nor II follows
Answer : C. Neither I nor II follows
Explanation :
Since the middle term "fly" is not distributed even once in the premises, so no
definition conclusion follows.
1.Statement:
All grasses are trees. No tree is shrub.
Conclusions:
I. No grasses are shrubs.
II. Some shrubs are grasses.
A. Only conclusion I follows

B. Only conclusion II follows
2. Statement:
All windows are doors. No door is wall
Conclusions:
I. No window is wall
II. No Wall is door
168
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
3. Statement:
All snakes are trees. Some trees are roads. All roads are mountains.
Conclusions:
I. Some mountains are snakes
II. Some roads are snakes
III. Some mountains are trees
A. Only I follows
B. Only II follows
C. Only III follows
4. Statement:
Every minister is a student. Every student is inexperienced.
Conclusions:
I. Every minister is inexperienced.
II. Some inexperienced are students.

169
Making Judgments
Solved Problems
1.The school principal has received complaints from parents about bullying in the
school yard during recess. He wants to investigate and end this situation as soon as
possible, so he has asked the recess aides to watch closely. Which situation should
the recess aides report to the principal?
A. A girl is sitting glumly on a bench reading a book and not interacting with her
peers.
B. Four girls are surrounding another girl and seem to have possession of her
backpack.
C. Two boys are playing a one-on-one game of basketball and are arguing over the
last basket scored.
D. Three boys are huddled over a handheld video game, which isn’t supposed to be
on school grounds.
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Seeing four girls surrounding another girl, while in possession of her backpack,
is the most suspicious of the incidents described.
170
2. Dr. Miller has a busy pediatric dentistry practice and she needs a skilled, reliable
hygienist to keep things running smoothly. The last two people she hired were
recommended by top dentists in the area, but they each lasted less than one
month. She is now in desperate need of a hygienist who can competently handle
the specific challenges of her practice. Which one of the following candidates
should Dr. Miller consider most seriously?
A. Marilyn has been a hygienist for fifteen years, and her current employer, who is
about to retire, says she is the best in the business. The clientele she has worked with
consists of some of the wealthiest and most powerful citizens in the county.
B. Lindy recently graduated at the top of her class from one of the best dental
hygiene programs in the state. Prior to becoming a dental hygienist, Lindy spent two
years working in a day care center.
C. James has worked as a dental hygienist for three years in a public health clinic. He
is very interested in securing a position in a private dental office.
D. Kathy is an experienced and highly recommended dental hygienist who is also
finishing up a degree in early childhood education, which she hopes will get her a job
as a preschool teacher. She is eager to find a job in a pediatric practice, since she has
always wanted to work with children.
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
The situation described indicates that Dr. Miller’s practice presents some
specific challenges, namely that it is a busy environment with a child clientele. There
is also some indication that even highly recommended, experienced hygienists might
not be cut out for Dr.Miller’s office. There is nothing to suggest that Marilyn (choice
a) or James (choice c) would be a good fit for Dr.Miller’s practice. Kathy (choice d) has
experience and she is also interested in working with children. However, the fact that
she hopes to become a preschool teacher in the not-too-distant future indicates that
she might not be the kind of committed, long-term employee that Dr. Miller needs.
Lindy (choice b), with her hands-on experience working with children as well as a
degree from a prestigious dental hygiene program, is the most attractive candidate
for the position based on the situation described.
171
3. Mrs. Jansen recently moved to Arizona. She wants to fill her new backyard with
flowering plants. Although she is an experienced gardener, she isn’t very well-
versed in what plants will do well in the Arizona climate. Also, there is a big tree in
her backyard making for shady conditions and she isn’t sure what plants will thrive
without much direct sunlight. Her favorite gardening catalog offers several backyard
seed packages. Which one should Mrs. Jansen choose?
A. The Rainbow Collection is ideal for Northeast gardens. It includes a variety of

colorful perennials that thrive in cool, moist conditions.
B. The Greenhouse Collection will blossom year after year if planted in brightly lit
locations and watered regularly.
C. The Tree house Collection will provide lush green plants with delicate colorful
flowers that thrive in shady and partially shady locations.
D. The Oasis Collection includes a variety of perennials that thrive in dry climates and
bright sunlight.
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
The Tree house Collection is the only package that can thrive in shady
locations. Choice a requires a North-eastern climate. Choices b and d require bright
sunlight.
4. Eileen is planning a special birthday dinner for her husband’s 35th birthday. She
wants the evening to be memorable, but her husband is a simple man who would
rather be in jeans at a baseball game than in a suit at a fancy restaurant. Which
restaurant below should Eileen choose?
A. Alfredo’s offers fine Italian cuisine and an elegant Tuscan decor. Patrons will feel as
though they’ve spent the evening in a luxurious Italian villa.
B. Pancho’s Mexican Buffet is an all-you-can eat family style smorgasbord with the
best acos in town.
C. The Parisian Bistro is a four-star French restaurant where guests are treated like
royalty. Chef Dilbert Olay is famous for his beef bourguignon.
172
D. Marty’s serves delicious, hearty meals in a charming setting reminiscent of a

baseball clubhouse in honor of the owner,Marty Lester, a former major league
baseball all star.
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Since Eileen’s husband does not enjoy fancy restaurants, choices a and c can
be ruled out. Choice b, although casual, doesn’t sound as though it would be the kind
of special and memorable evening that Eileen is looking for. Choice d, which is owned
by a former baseball star and is described as “charming” and “reminiscent of a
baseball clubhouse,” sounds perfect for Eileen’s husband, who is described as a
baseball fan and a man with simple tastes.
5. Mark is working with a realtor to find a location for the toy store he plans to
open in his town. He is looking for a place that is either in, or not too far from, the
center of town and one that would attract the right kind of foot traffic. Which of
the following locations should Mark’s realtor call to his attention?
A. a storefront in a new high-rise building near the train station in the center of town
whose occupants are mainly young, childless professionals who use the train to
commute to their offices each day
B. a little shop three blocks away from the town’s main street, located across the
street from an elementary school and next door to an ice cream store
C. a stand-alone storefront on a quiet residential street ten blocks away from the
town’s center
D. a storefront in a small strip mall located on the outskirts of town that is also
occupied by a pharmacy and a dry cleaner
Answer: Option B
173
Explanation:
This option is both near the centre of town and in a location (near a school
and an ice cream store) where children and their parents are sure to be around. This
is the only option that meets both of Mark’s requirements.
6. Rita, an accomplished pastry chef who is well known for her artistic and exquisite
wedding cakes, opened a bakery one year ago and is surprised that business has
been so slow. A consultant she hired to conduct market research has reported that
the local population doesn’t think of her shop as one they would visit on a daily
basis but rather a place they’d visit if they were celebrating a special occasion.
Which of the following strategies should Rita employ to increase her daily business?
A. making coupons available that entitle the coupon holder to receive a 25% discount
on wedding, anniversary, or birthday cakes
B. exhibiting at the next Bridal Expo and having pieces of one of her wedding cakes
available for tasting
C. placing a series of ads in the local newspaper that advertise the wide array of
breads, muffins, and cookies offered at her shop
D. moving the bakery to the other side of town
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
This is the only option that would encourage people to think of the bakery as a
shop they would visit regularly and not just on special occasions.
174
7. Mrs. Carson took a taxi to meet her three friends for lunch. They were waiting for
her outside the restaurant when she pulled up in the car. She was so excited to see
her friends that she left her tote bag in the taxi. As the taxi pulled away, she and her
friends took notice of the license plate number so they would be able to identify
the car when they called the taxi company. The four license plate numbers below
represent what each of the four women thinks she saw.Which one is most likely the
license plate number of the taxi?
A. JXK 12L
B. JYK 12L
C. JXK 12I
D. JXX 12L
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
The four women seem to agree that the plate starts out with the letter J.
Three of them agree that the plate ends with 12L. Three of them think that the
second letter is X, and a different three think that the third letter is K. The plate
description that has all of these common elements is a.
8. Zachary has invited his three buddies over to watch the basketball game on his
wide-screen television. They are all hungry, but no one wants to leave to get food.
Just as they are arguing about who should make the food run, a commercial comes
on for a local pizzeria that delivers. The phone number flashes on the screen briefly
and they all try to remember it. By the time Zachary grabs a pen and paper, each of
them recollects a different number. Which of the numbers is most likely the
telephone number of the pizzeria?
A.995-9266
B.995-9336
C.995-9268
D.995-8266
175
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
All of the men agree that the first three numbers are 995. Three of them agree
that the fourth number is 9. Three agree that the fifth number is 2. Three agree that
the sixth number is 6; three others agree that the seventh number is also 6. Choice a
is the best choice because it is made up of the numbers that most of the men agree
they saw.
9. The film director wants an actress for the lead role of Lucy who perfectly fits the
description that appears in the original screenplay. He is not willing to consider
actresses who do not resemble the character as she is described in the screenplay,
no matter how talented they are. The screenplay describes Lucy as an average-
sized, forty something redhead, with deep brown eyes, very fair skin, and a brilliant
smile. The casting agent has four actresses in mind.
Actress #1is a stunning red-haired beauty who is 5'9" and in her mid-twenties. Her
eyes are brown and she has an olive complexion.
Actress #2has red hair, big brown eyes, and a fair complexion. She is in her mid-
forties and is 5'5".
Actress #3is 5'4" and of medium build. She has red hair, brown eyes, and is in her
early forties.
Actress #4is a blue-eyed redhead in her early thirties. She’s of very slight build and
stands at 5'.
Which two actresses should the casting agent send to meet the director?
A. 1, 2
B. 2, 3
C. 1, 4
D. 2, 4
Answer: Option B
176
Explanation:
Actresses #2 and #3 possess most of the required traits. They both have red
hair and brown eyes, are average-sized, and are in their forties. Actress #1 is very tall
and is only in her mid-twenties. She also has an olive complexion. Actress #4 is of very
slight build and is in her early thirties. She also has blue eyes.
10. The neighbourhood block association has received many complaints about
people knocking on doors and soliciting money for an unknown charity organization
even though door-to-door solicitation is prohibited by local laws. Three residents
have provided descriptions of individuals who have come to their door asking for
money.
Solicitor #1 is a white male, 20–25 years old, 5'9", 145 pounds, with very short
brown hair. He was wearing a dark blue suit and carrying a brown leather briefcase.
Solicitor #2 is a white male, 25–30 years old, 6'2", 200 pounds, with a shaved-head.
He was wearing a red T-shirt and jeans.
Solicitor #3 is a white male, approximately 23 years old, 5'10", slight build, with
short brown hair. He was wearing a blue suit.
Three days after the block association meeting, a resident noticed a man knocking
on doors in the neighborhood and phoned the police to report the illegal activity.
This solicitor was described as follows:
Solicitor #4 is a white male, 22 years old, 140 pounds, about 5'10", with short
brown hair. He was carrying a briefcase and wearing a dark suit.
Based on this description, which of the three solicitations was also likely carried out
by Solicitor #4?
A. #1, #2, and #3

B. #1, but not #2 and #3
C. 1 and #3, but not #2
D. #1 and #2, but not #3
Answer: Option C
177
Explanation:
The solicitor described as #2 has a shaved head and is much taller and heavier
than the solicitors described as #1 and #3. Therefore, choices a and d, which include
#2, can be ruled out. Solicitors #1, #3, and #4 have such similar descriptions that the
correct answer is clearly choice c.
1. Zachary has invited his three buddies over to watch the basketball game on his
wide-screen television. They are all hungry, but no one wants to leave to get food.
Just as they are arguing about who should make the food run, a commercial comes
on for a local pizze-ria that delivers. The phone number flashes on the screen briefly
and they all try to remember it. By the time Zachary grabs a pen and paper, each of
them recollects a different number.
#1: All of the men agree that the first three numbers are 995.
#2: Three of them agree that the fourth number is 9.
#3: Three agree that the fifth number is 2.
#4: Three agree that the sixth number is 6; three others agree that the seventh
number is also 6.
Which of the numbers is most likely the telephone number of the pizzeria?
A. 995-9266
B. 995-9336
C. 995-9268
D. 995-8266
178
2. It is well known that the world urgently needs adequate distribution of food, so
that everyone gets enough. Adequate distribution of medicine is just as urgent.
Medical expertise and medical supplies need to be redistributed throughout the
world so that people in emerging nations will have proper medical care. This
paragraph best supports the statement that
A. The majority of the people in the world have never been seen by a doctor
B. Food production in emerging nations has slowed during the past several years.
C. The medical-supply industry should step up production of its products.
D. Many people who live in emerging nations are not receiving proper medical care.
3. The criminal justice system needs to change. The system could be more just if it
allowed victims the opportunity to confront the person who has harmed them.
Also, mediation between victims and their offenders would give the offenders a
chance to apologize for the harm they have done. This paragraph best supports the
statement that victims of a crime should
A. Learn to forgive their offenders.

B. Have the right to confront their offenders.
C. Learn the art of mediation.
D. Insist that their offenders be punished
Number Series
Solved Problems
1. What will come in place of the question mark: 124, 228, 436, ?, 1684, 3348
Answer: 852
Explanation:
The pattern is (x * 2)- 20
(124 * 2) - 20 = 248- 20 = 228
(228 * 2) - 20 = 456- 20 = 436
(436 * 2) - 20 = 872- 20 = 852
179
(852 * 2) - 20 = 1704- 20 = 1684

(1684 * 2) - 20 = 3368- 20 =3348
2. Find out the wrong term in the series

2, 3, 4, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 16
A. 16
B. 12
C. 9
D. 8
Answer : C. 9
Explanation :
The given sequence is a combination of three series:

i)1st, 4th, 7th terms i.e, 2, 4, 9
ii)2nd, 5th, 8th terms i.e, 3, 6, 12
iii)3rd, 6th, 9th terms i.e, 4, 8, 16
In each one of i, ii, iii, each term is twice the preceding term. So, 9 is wrong and must
be replaced by (4x2) = 8
3. In the following question, various terms of an alphanumerical series are given

with one or more terms missing as shown by (?).Choose the missing terms out of
the given alternatives. 2Z5, 7Y7, 14X9, 23W11, 34V13, ?
A. 45U15
B. 47V14
C. 47U15
D. 27U24
Answer : C. 47U15
180
Explanation :
The first numbers increase by 5, 7, 9, 11....

The letters move one step backward.
The last numbers are consecutive odd numbers.
4. Look at this series: 201, 202, 204, 207, ... What number should come next?
A. 205
B. 211
C. 210
D. 208
Answer : B. 211
Explanation :
In this addition series, 1 is added to the first number; 2 is added to the second
number; 3 is added to the third number; 4 is added to the fourth number; and go on.
5. In this type of questions, one term in the number series is wrong. Find out the
wrong term.
1, 3, 10, 21, 64, 129, 356, 777
A. 21
B. 356
C. 10
D. 129
Answer : B. 356
Explanation :
The correct pattern is x 2 + 1, x 3 + 1, x 2 + 1, x 3 + 1,.....

So, 356 is wrong and must be replaced by (129 x 3 + 1) i.e. 388.
181
6. Complete the series 95, 115.5, 138, ..., 189
A. 160.5
B. 164.5
C. 162.5
D. 166.5
Answer : C. 162.5
Explanation :
Pattern in the series is, +20.5 , +22.5,

Next will be +24.5
138 + 24.5 = 162.5
7. Look at this series: 8, 43, 11, 41, __, 39, 17, ... What number should fill in the
blank?
A. 8
B. 44
C. 43
D. 14
Answer : D. 14
Explanation :
This is a simple alternating addition and subtraction series. The first series
begins with 8 and adds 3; the second begins with 43 and subtracts 2.
182
8. In following question, a number series is given with one term missing. Choose
the correct alternative and fill in the blank spaces.
29, 29, 27, 23, 25, 19, 23, 17, ?, ?
A. 19, 13
B. 19, 15
C. 21, 13
D. 19, 13
Answer : C. 21, 13
Explanation :
29, 29, 27, 23, 25, 19, 23, 17, ?, ? The given series is an alternate series. The
numbers in the alternate positions starting with 29 in the first position form a series
of consecutive odd numbers in decreasing order.
i.e. 29, 27, 25, 23, 21.
The remaining numbers form a series of prime numbers in decreasing order

starting with 29 i.e 29, 23, 19, 17, 13.
Hence, the next two numbers in the series are 21 and 13 respectively.
9. Look at this series: What number should fill the blank?

F2, ___, D8, C16, B32,
A. A16
B. G4
C. E4
D. E3
Answer : C. E4
183
Explanation :
The letters decrease by 1; the numbers are multiplied by 2.
10. In following question, a number series is given with one term missing. Choose
the correct alternative and fill in the blank spaces.
0.5, 1.5, 4.5, 13.5, ?
A. 45.5
B. 40.5
C. 30.5
D. 39.5
Answer : B. 40.5
Explanation :
Each term of the series is obtained by multiplying the preceding term by 3.

Missing number = 13.5 * 3 = 40.5
1. Look at this series: 1.5, 2.3, 3.1, 3.9, ... What number should come next?
A. 4.2
B. 4.4
C. 4.7
D. 5.1
2. Look at this series: 14, 28, 20, 40, 32, 64, ... What number should come next?
A. 52
B. 56
C. 96
D. 128
184
3. Look at this series: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, ... What number should come next?
A. 11
B. 12
C. 13
D. 14
A. 205
B. 208
C. 210
D. 211
A. 404
B. 414
C. 420
D. 445
Odd Numeral
1. Choose the number which is different from others in group.
A. 29
B. 53
C. 85
D. 125
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
125 is the number in the group which is a perfect cube.
185
2. Choose the number which is different from others in the group.
A. 17
B. 27
C. 29
D. 37
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Each of the numbers except 27, is a prime number.
A. 15
B. 63
C. 257
D. 195
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Each of the numbers except 257, is one less than the square of a certain
number.
A. 120
B. 168
C. 290
D. 380
Answer: Option D
186
Explanation:
Each of the numbers except 380, is either one less or one more than the
square of a certain number.
5. Choose the number which is different from others in the group?
A. 10 + 9
B. 19 - 0
C. 95 / 5
D. 19 * 0.
Answer : 19 * 0
Explanation :
10 + 9 = 19
19 - 0 = 19
95 / 5 = 19
but 19 * 0 = 0
6. Choose the odd numeral in the group?
1 (80) 9
6 (12) 2
7 (33) 4
11(112) 3
Answer : 6 (12) 2
Explanation :
(i) 1 + 9 = 10
1 - 9 = -8
10 * (-8) = -80
187
(ii) 6 + 2 = 8
6-2=4
8 * 4 = 32 is not equal to 12.
7. Choose the number which is different from others in the group?
3749
4635
5869
7946
Answer : 3749
Explanation :
In all other numbers, the sum of the first and the last digits is equal to the sum
of other two digits.
8. Choose the number pair/group which is different from others?
A. 18 - 45
B. 16 - 40
C. 14 - 28
D. 8 - 20
Answer: C . 14 - 28
Explanation:
In all other pairs, 2nd number = 1st number * 2.5.

45 = 18 * 2. 5 = 45
40 = 16 * 2.5 = 40
28 = 14 * 2.5 = 35 (is not equal to 28)
20 = 8 * 2.5 = 20
188
A. 13
B. 17
C. 23
D. 27
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Each of the given numbers is a prime number. But the number obtained on
reversing the digits of each of the numbers except 23, is also a prime number.
A. 145
B. 399
C. 257
D. 325
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Each of the numbers except 399, is one more than the square of a certain
number.
A. 6
B. 12
C. 18
189
D. 9
E. 7
2. Choose the number which is different from the others in the group.
A. 126
B. 217
C. 345
D. 513
E. 730
A. 1532
B. 8749
C. 4268
D. 5846
E. 6137
A. 121
B. 137
C. 153
D. 177
E. 183
A. 35
B. 49
C. 50
D. 63
E. 140
190
Puzzle
Solved Problems
1. The Hardest Logic Puzzle Ever?

If a giraffe has two eyes, a monkey has two eyes, and an elephant has two eyes,
how many eyes do we have?
A) 3 B) 4
C) 1 D) 2
Answer: B) 4
Explanation:
4 eyes.
Here in the question, it is asked how many Eyes We have so that means here
the person who has asked the question is also including the person who is suppose to
give the answer. In a clear understanding, the Conversation is happening between 2
people 1st who asked the question and 2nd to whom it has been asked, which means
there are 4 eyes.
2. One rabbit saw 6 elephants while going towards River. Every elephant saw 2
monkeys are going towards river. Every monkey holds one tortoise in their hands.
How many animals are going towards the river?
A) 14 B) 11
C) 8 D) 5
Answer: D) 5
191
Explanation:
1 rabbit is going towards river not the six elephants. And these 6 elephants
saw 2 monkeys are going towards river. Each monkey is holding 1 tortoise.
3. 'Rhythm of eyes' city name in India?
A) Chennai B) Nainital
C) Srinagar D) Karnataka
Answer: B) Nainital
Explanation:
'Rhythm of eyes' logically means Nainital in India.
The other cities are:
No Zip - Chennai
Mr. City - Srinagar
Do Acting – Karnataka.
4. 5 C in an OF?
A) 5 Cards in an Old Fan B) 5 Circles in an Olympic Flag

C) 5 Colors in an Old Football D) 5 Colors in an Old Flag
Answer: B) 5 Circles in an Olympic Flag
192
Explanation:
5 C in an OF denotes 5 Circles in an Olympic Flag.
These are riddles of type
12 S of the Z
52 W in a Y.
5. What is black when you buy it, red when you use it, and gray when you throw it
away?
A) Shoe B) Charcoal
C) Belt D) All the above
Answer: B) Charcoal
Explanation:
It is Charcoal which is black when we buy it or when not being used. It gets
red in appearance when put in use means to say when burning. And eventually when
it's been consumed by fire or after getting burned out or used up, changes into ashes
which look grey in colour.
6. A man was murdered in his office.

The suspects are Ericson, Maggi, Joel, Benny, Sona, Patick.
A calendar found near the man has blood written 6, 4, 9, 10, 11.
Who is the killer?
A) Maggi B) Ericson
C) Sona D) Joel
Answer: D) Joel
193
Explanation:
If we consider the given numbers 6, 4, 9, 10, 11 to be the month number then we can
easily find the killer.
6 – June – J
4 – April – A
9 – September – S
10 – October – O
11 – November – N
Hence the answer is JOEL.
7. What is 12 S of the Z?
12 S of Z represents 12 Signs of the Zodiac.
It is similar to
1. 52 W in a Y - 52 weeks in a year
2. 3 H in a C - 3 Hands in a Clock
3. 3600 S in an H - 3600 Seconds in an Hour
4. 5 O in the W - 5 Oceans in the World
194
8. They come out at night without being called and are lost in the day without being
stolen. What are they?
A) Light B) Bats
C) Stars D) Flights
Answer: C) Stars
Explanation:
Stars are what that come out at night without being called and are lost in the day
without being stolen.
9. 52 C in a P?
Answer : 52 Cards in a Pack
Explanation:
52 C in a P represents 52 Cards in a Pack.

Similar to
12 S of the Z
5 C in an OF
10. Poor people have it.

Rich people need it.
If you eat it you die.
What is it?
A) Money B) Brain
C) Luxury items D) Nothing
Answer: D) Nothing
195
Explanation:
Poor people have Nothing

Rich people need Nothing
If you eat Nothing you die.
Hence, it is Nothing.
1. What has teeth but cannot bite?
A) Comb B) Saw
C) Zipper D) Gear
2. Key, Door, Lock, Room, Switch on

Arrange the words given above in a meaningful sequence.
A) 4, 2, 1, 5, 3 B) 1, 3, 2, 4, 5
C) 5, 1, 2, 4, 3 D) 1, 2, 3, 5, 4
3. What has a spine but no bones?
A) Mirror B) Book
C) Table D) None of the above
4. If Theresa's daughter is my daughter's mother, what am I to Theresa?
A) Son-in-law B) Daughter-in-law
C) Grandmother D) Grand Daughter
5. ‘Brothers and sisters, I have none. But that man's father is my father's son'.
How I and that man are related respectively?
A) Father & Son B) Brothers

C) Son & Father D) Nephews
196
Ranking Test
Solved Problems
1.Saran is eighteenth from the right end in a row of 50 boys.What is his position
from the left end?
1. 32
2. 35
3. 33
4. 34
5. None of these
Answer:3).33
Explanation :
50 – 18 = 32
Saran is 33 from the left.
2.In a class of 90 ,where girls are twice that of boys ,Shridar ranked fourteenth from
the top ,if there are 10 girls ahead of Shridar ,how many boys are after him in rank?
1.23
2.26
3.25
4.22
5.None of these
Answer:2.26
Explanation :
No of boys = x; No of girls = 2x;

x+2x = 90 => 3x = 90
x (Boys)= 30 ; 2x(Girls) = 60
197
Number of student behind Shridar = 90 – 14 = 76

No of girls behind Shridar = 60 – 10 = 50
No of boys behind Shridar = 76 – 50 = 26
3. Sita ranks ninetieth in a class of 68 students . What is her rank from last ?
1. 50
2. 51
3. 49
4. 48
5. None of these
Answer:1.50
Explanation:
68 - 19 = 49, Hence 50th rank from last.
4. Raji is 5 ranks ahead of Raj in a class of 46 students. If Raj’s rank is twelth from
the last, what is Raji’s rank from the start?
1. 29
2. 31
3. 28
4. 30
5. None of these
Answer:4.30
Explanation:
No of students ahead of Raji in a rank = 46 – 17 = 29

Raji is 30th rank from the first.
198
5. Karthick is 6 ranks ahead of Subash who ranks sixteenth in a class of 42. What is
Karthick’s rank from the last?
1. 33
2. 32
3. 31
4. 30
5. None of these
Answer:1.33
Explanation:
Number of Students behind Karthick = 42 – 10 = 32

Karthick ranks 33rd from the last.
6. A ranks fourth in a class. B ranks ninth from the last, If C is ninth after A and just
in the middle of A and B, How many students are there in the class?
1. 33
2. 32
3. 31
4. 30
5. None of these
Answer:3.31
Explanation:
−−−A−−−−−−−−C−−−−−−−−B−−−−−−−−
3+1+8+1+8+1+9 = 31
199
7.Akil ranked seventeenth from the top and thirty seventh from the bottom in a
class. How many students are there in the class?
1.53
2.45
3.54
4.52
5.None of these
Answer : 1. 53
Explanation:
16+1+36 = 53 students.
8. Shakthi ranks eleventh in a class of 54 students. What is his rank from last ?
1. 43
2. 44
3. 42
4. 40
5. None of these
Answer:2.44
Explanation:
54 - 11 = 43, Hence 44th rank from last.
9. Naresh is twenty-two from the left end in a row of 47 boys. What is his position
from the right end?
1. 24
2. 25
3. 23
4. 26
5. None of these
200
Answer:2.25
Explanation:
47 - 22 = 25, Hence 26th from the right end.
10. Reshma and Praveena are ranked ninth and thirteenth from the top in a class of
57 students. What will be theie respective ranks from the bottom of the class?
1.48,44
2.49,45
3.45,49
4.47,43
5. None of these
Answer:2.49,45
Explanation:
Reshma rank = 57 - 9 = 48, Reshma is 49th from the bottom.

Praveena rank = 57 - 13 = 44 , Praveena is 45th from the bottom
1. Veer Das ranks 7th from the top and 28th from the bottom in a class. How many
students are there in the class?
A.32
B.33
C.34
D.35
E. None of these
201
2. During assembly the students are standing in a line. Salman Khan is 21stin order
from both the ends. How many boys are there in the class?
A.31
B.41
C.40
D.30
3. Priyanka Chopara ranks 17thin a class of 49 students. What is her ranks from the
last?
A.31
B.32
C.33
D.37
4. In a class of 35 students, Ziya is placed 7thfrom the bottom where as Sofia is

placed 9thfrom the top. Shahruk is placed in between the two. What is Ziya’s
position from Shahruk?
A.10
B.15
C.19
D.21
5. Hritik is 7thranks ahead of Aamir Khan in a class of 39. If Aamir Khan’s rank is
17thfrom the last, what is Hritik’s rank from the start?
A.10
B.12
C.15
D.16
202
Seating Arrangements
I. Directions for Questions 1 to 5: Read the following information carefully and

answer the questions given below :
i. P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are sitting around a circular table facing the centre
ii. R is next to the left of U and V is second to the left of R.
iii. P is sitting third to the left of T.
iv. Q is between S and T.
1. Which of the following is false?
1. P is fourth to the right of T.

2. U is to the immediate right of R.
3. U is third to the right of S.
4. Q is to the immediate left of S.
Answer: Option 3
2. Which of the following is true?
1. R is fourth to the right of T.

2. P is to the immediate right of V.
3. S is second to the left of T.
4. Q is second to the right of V.
Answer : Option 2
3. Which of the following pairs has the first person sitting to the immediate left of
the second person?
1. QT
2. RP
3. VS
4. SV
203
Answer : Option 4
4. In which of the following options, the middle person is sitting between the other
two?
1. URT
2. TUQ
3. STQ
4. None of these
Answer : Option 4
5. What is the position of U?
1. Fourth to the right of S

2. To the immediate left of R
3. Between P and T
4. To the immediate right of P
Answer : Option 1
II. Directions for Questions 6 to 10: Read the following information carefully and
answer these questions:
i. K, L, M, N, O, P and Q are sitting in a circle facing at the centre and playing cards.
ii. O is neighbour of K and N.
iii. Q is not between P and M.
iv. P is to the immediate right of K.
v. L is second to the left of Q.
6. Which of the following does not have the pair of persons sitting adjacent to each
other?
1. LK
2. ML
3. NO
204
4. QN
Answer : Option 1
7. Which of the following pairs has the second person sitting immediately to the
right of the first?
1. KL
2. ML
3. OK
4. None of these
Answer : Option 3
8. What is the position of P?
1. Second to the left of M

2. Second to the right of M
3. To the immediate left of K
4. To the immediate right of L
Answer : Option 1
9. Who are the neighbours of L?
1. K and P
2. M and N
3. P and M
4. None of these
Answer : Option 3
205
10 Which of the following persons are sitting adjacent to each other in clockwise
order as shown?
1. LQM
2. PLM
3. MNQ
4. ONQ
Answer : Option 4
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H from different countries are sitting around a

circular table facing the center. Some of these are females and others are males.
Ⅰ. H, who is from USA, sits third to the right of the one from China. Three people sit
between the ones from Japan and Peru.
Ⅱ. B is not an immediate neighbor of the one from Japan. D sits sixth to the left of E.
Only one person sits between H & B.
Ⅲ. The one from Kenya is the immediate neighbor of the ones from India and China.
F is sitting fifth to the left of the one from Peru, but is not an immediate neighbor of
the ones from India or Kenya.
Ⅳ. Two males of the group are from India and UK, and they are sitting opposite to
each other.
Ⅴ. E sits fifth to the left of the one from Brazil, who is one of the six females of the
group. The one from Kenya is sitting opposite to the one from USA.
Ⅵ. G is not an immediate neighbor of USA or China, and is sitting fourth to the left of
C, the one from UK.
206
1. Who is sitting seventh to the right of A?
A. G
B. The one from Kenya
C. H
D. The one from Peru
2. Which country does E belong to?
A. Peru
B. Kenya
C. USA
D. India
3. If these people made to sit in the alphabetical order, vowels first and then
consonants , starting from A, who will be sitting third to the left of D?
A. A
B. B
C. C
D. H
4. If A is related to UK in the same way E is related to Peru , what is related to

Japan?
A. A
B. B
C. D
D. E
207
5. Who is sitting third to the right of the person who is fifth to the right of the one
from India?
A. The one from Peru

B. The one from India
C. D
D. H
Statement and Conclusion
Statement and conclusion is basically a logical reasoning section. In this

section, a statement will be given followed by a set of conclusions. You need to
choose the conclusion that logically follows the statement the most. Sometimes the
conclusions can be directly understood by reading the statement and sometimes the
reader needs to analyse it to get the indirect conclusion
Solved Problems
In each question below is given a statement followed by two conclusions

numbered I and II. You have to assume everything in the statement to be true, then
consider the two conclusions together and decide which of them logically follows
beyond a reasonable doubt from the information given in the statement.
Give answer:
(A) If only conclusion I follows
(B) If only conclusion II follows
(C) If either I or II follows
(D) If neither I nor II follows and
(E) If both I and II follow.
208
1. Statements : In a one day cricket match, the total runs made by a team were 200.
Out of these 160 runs were made by spinners.
Conclusions:
I. 80% of the team consists of spinners.
II. The opening batsmen were spinners.

Answer : Option D
Explanation:
According to the statement, 80% of the total runs were made by spinners. So, I
does not follow. Nothing about the opening batsmen is mentioned in the statement.
So, II also does not follow.
2. Statements : The old order changed yielding place to new.

Conclusions:
I. Change is the law of nature.
II. Discard old ideas because they are old.

Answer : OptionA
209
Explanation:
Clearly, I directly follows from the given statement. Also, it is mentioned that
old ideas are replaced by new ones, as thinking changes with the progressing time.
So, II does not follow.
3. Statements : Government has spoiled many top ranking financial institutions by

appointing bureaucrats as Directors of these institutions.
Conclusions:
I. Government should appoint Directors of the financial institutes taking into
consideration the expertise of the person in the area of finance.
II. The Director of the financial institute should have expertise commensurate with
the financial work carried out by the institute.

Answer : OptionE
Explanation:
According to the statement, Government has spoiled financial institutions by

appointing bureaucrats as Directors. This means that only those persons should be
appointed as Directors who are experts in finance and are acquainted with the
financial work of the institute. So, both I and II follow.
210
4. Statements:Population increase coupled with depleting resources is going to be

the scenario of many developing countries in days to come.
Conclusions:
I. The population of developing countries will not continue to increase in future.
II. It will be very difficult for the governments of developing countries to provide its
people decent quality of life.

Answer : Option B
Explanation:
The fact given in I is quite contrary to the given statement. So, I does not
follow. II mentions the direct implications of the state discussed in the statement.
Thus, II follows.
5. Statements : Prime age school-going children in urban India have now become
avid as well as more regular viewers of television, even in households without a TV.
As a result there has been an alarming decline in the extent of readership of
newspapers.
Conclusions:
I. Method of increasing the readership of newspapers should be devised.
II. A team of experts should be sent to other countries to study the impact of TV. on
the readership of newspapers.

211
Answer : Option D
Explanation:
The statement concentrates on the increasing viewership of TV. and does not
stress either on increasing the readership of newspapers or making studies regarding
the same. So, neither I nor II follows.
6.Statements : In Japan, the incidence of stomach cancer is very high, while that of
bowel cancer is very low. But Japanese immigrate to Hawaii, this is reversed - the
rate of bowel cancer increases but the rate of stomach cancer is reduced in the next
generation. All this is related to nutrition - the diets of Japanese in Hawaii are
different than those in Japan.
Conclusions:
I. The same diet as in Hawaii should be propagated in Japan also.
II. Bowel cancer is less severe than stomach cancer.

Answer : Option D
Explanation:
The statement neither propagates the diet of any of the countries nor
compares the two types of cancer. So, neither I nor II follows.
212
7. Statements : The Government run company had asked its employees to declare
their income and assets but it has been strongly resisted by employees union and
no employee is going to declare his income.
Conclusions:
I. The employees of this company do not seem to have any additional undisclosed
income besides their salary.
II.The employees union wants all senior officers to declare their income first.

Answer : Option D
Explanation:
Nothing about the details of the employees' income or the cause of their
refusal to declare their income and assets, can be deduced from the given statement.
So, neither I nor II follows.
8. Statements : Monitoring has become an integral part in the planning of social

development programmes. It is recommended that Management Information
System be developed for all programmes. This is likely to give a feedback on the
performance of the functionaries and the efficacy with which services are being
delivered.
Conclusions:
I. All the social development programmes should be evaluated.
II. There is a need to monitor the performance of workers.

213
Answer : Option E
Explanation:
According to the statement, monitoring and evaluation of social development

programmes - their function, performance and efficiency - is absolutely essential. So,
both I and II follow.
9. Statements : The T.V. programmes, telecast specially for women are packed with
a variety of recipes and household hints. A major portion of magazines for women
also contains the items mentioned above.
Conclusions:
I. Women are not interested in other things.
II. An average woman's primary interest lies in home and specially in the kitchen.

Answer : Option B
Explanation:
Clearly, nothing about 'other things' is mentioned in the statement. So, I does
not follow, Also, since it is mentioned that programmes and magazines for women are
stuffed with kitchen recipes and other household hints, it means that women have
special interest in these areas. So, II follows.
214
10. Statements : The distance of 900 km by road between Bombay and Jafra will be
reduced to 280 km by sea. This will lead to a saving of Rs. 7.92 crores per annum on
fuel.
Conclusions:
I. Transportation by sea is cheaper than that by road.
II.Fuel must be saved to the greatest extent

Answer : Option B
Explanation:
According to the statement, sea transport is cheaper than road transport in

the case of route from Bombay to Jafra, not in all the cases. So, conclusion I does not
follow. The statement stresses on the saving of fuel. So, conclusion II follows.
1. Statements : The manager humiliated Sachin in the presence of his colleagues.

Conclusions:
I. The manager did not like Sachin.
II. Sachin was not popular with his colleagues.

215
2. Statements : Women's organisations in India have welcomed the amendment of

the Industrial Employment Rules 1946 to curb sexual harassment at the work place.
Conclusions:
I.Sexual harassment of women at work place is more prevalent in India as
compared to other developed countries.
II.Many organisations in India will stop recruiting women to avoid such problems.

3. Statements : Nation X faced growing international opposition for its decision to

explode eight nuclear weapons at its test site.
Conclusions:
I. The citizens of the nation favoured the decision.
II.S ome powerful countries do not want other nations to become as powerful as
they are.

4. Statements : In a highly centralised power structure, in which even senior cabinet

ministers are prepared to reduce themselves to pathetic countries or yesmen airing
views that are primarily intended to anticipate or reflect the Prime Minister's own
performances, there can be no place for any consensus that is quite different from
real or contrived unanimity of opinion, expressed through a well orchestrated
endorsement of the leader's actions.
Conclusions:
I. The Ministers play safe by not giving anti-government views.
II. The Prime Minister does not encourage his colleagues to render their own views.
216

5. Statements : National Aluminium Company has moved India from a position of

shortage to self-sufficiency in the metal.
Conclusions:
I. Previously, India had to import aluminium.
II. With this speed, it can soon become a foreign exchange earner.

Verbal Classification
Definition
All words, except one, are related to one another in some manner, i.e., three
words out of the four words will be in the same classification
Solved Problems
1.Which word does NOT belong with the others?
A. parsley
B. basil
C. dill
D. mayonnaise
217
Answer : Option D
Explanation:
Parsley, basil, and dill are types of herbs. Mayonnaise is not an herb.
A. inch
B. ounce
C. centimeter
D. yard
Answer : Option B
Explanation:
An ounce measures weight; the other choices measure length.
3. Which word does NOT belong with the others?
A. tyre
B. steering wheel
C. engine
D. car
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Tyre, steering wheel, and engine are all parts of a car.
A. tulip
B. rose
C. bud
218
D. daisy
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Tulip, rose, and daisy are all types of flowers. A bud is not.
A. rye
B. sourdough
C. pumpernickel
D. loaf
Answer : Option A
Explanation:
Loaf, sourdough, and pumpernickel are types of bread. A rye is not a bread type.
Loaf - Bread that is shaped and baked in one piece and usually sliced before being
eaten.
Pumpernickel - Dark, dense German bread made from coarsely ground whole-grain
rye.
Sourdough - Leaven for making bread, consisting of fermenting dough, typically that
left over from a previous batch.
Rye - A wheat like cereal plant that tolerates poor soils and low temperatures.
A. guitar
B. flute
C. violin
D. cello
Answer : Option B
219
Explanation:
The guitar, violin, and cello are stringed instruments; the flute is a wind instrument.
A. dodge
B. flee
C. duck
D. avoid
Answer : Option B
Explanation:
Dodge, duck, and avoid are all synonyms meaning evade. Flee means to run away
from.
A. branch
B. dirt
C. leaf
D. root
Answer : Option B
Explanation:
A branch, leaf, and root are all parts of a tree. The dirt underneath is not a part of the
tree.
A. street
B. freeway
C. interstate
D. expressway
220
Answer : Option A
Explanation:
Freeway, interstate, and expressway are all high- speed highways; a street is for low-
speed traffic.
A. heading
B. body
C. letter
D. closing
Answer : Option C
Explanation:
Heading, body, and closing are all parts of a letter; the letter is the whole, not a part.
A. tape
B. twine
C. cord
D. yarn
A. leopard
B. cougar
C. elephant
D. lion
221
A. couch
B. rug
C. table
D. chair
A. couch
B. rug
C. table
D. chair
A. noun
B. preposition
C. punctuation
D. adverb
222
PDF - 3
Grammar Shortcuts, Tips and Tricks
Grammar tips and tricks Nithra
GRAMMAR TIPS BUNDLES
1
PARTS OF SPEECH
NOUN:
Nouns names a Person, Place, Things, Animals and Ideas. Sometimes

they act as the subject or object of the sentence.
★ If in the end of a Noun there is ‘s’, ‘sh’, ‘ss’, ‘z’ or ‘ch’ then to make it
plural we add ‘es’ in the end of the noun. For example: Ass-Asses ,
Box-Boxes.
★ If a singular noun contains ‘f’ or ‘fe’ in the last of the word, we add
‘ves’. For example:Knife - knives , Leaf - Leaves.
★ If a noun ends with ‘Y’ and before ‘Y’ that contain a consonant then
to make that plural we can remove ‘Y’ with the ‘ies’. For
example:Army - Armies , Lady - Ladies.
★ If a noun contains ‘o’ in the end of the word and before it there is a
consonant then to make that plural we should add ‘es’. For example:
Hero - Heroes , Mango - Mangoes.
★ The noun which is in compound word, they have not hyphenated
between the words then simply we add ‘s’ in the end of the noun. For
example: Cupful - Cupfuls , Handful - Handfuls.
2
★ Noun which is divided by hyphen, to make that plural we add ‘s’ in

the important parts of the word. For example: Tooth- brush - Tooth -
brushes, Pass- book - Pass - books.
★ If the noun which is formed by compound and that has one portion
is preposition then to make that plural we add ‘s’ which comes
before the preposition. For example: Father-in-law - Fathers - in - law,
Passer- by - Passers – by.
★ If the compound noun has man or woman then to make that plural
we need to add ‘s’ in the whole. For example: Man - servant → Men -
servants, Woman - engineer → Women - engineers.
★ If we use Police then it is a plural noun but if we use man in Police
then it will be known as a singular noun. For example: Police are
corrupt. (But the) Police man is honest.
PRONOUNS:
A Pronoun is a word that is used instead of a noun or noun phrase.
❖ Always use the object pronoun after prepositions.
For example:
1. They Send letters to him.
❖ Don’t use a reflexive pronoun unless the noun or pronoun referred to
appears in the same sentence.
CORRECT SENTENCE INCORRECT SENTENCE
Arun bought tickets for Alex and Arun bought tickets for Alex and
himself. myself.
❖ Don’t overuse compound personal pronouns for emphasis. For
example: I myself am personally responsible for the project. (Here
the pronoun “myself” is redundant.)
3
❖ Don’t get confused with the multiple Subject/object. The individual

sentence should make sense even if they are broken.
For example:
1. Mario and me went to the castle to save the princess.
(Incorrect)
2. Mario and I went to the castle to save the princess. (correct)
❖ The nominative case should always follow the verb to be, but this rule
is not usually followed.
For example:
1. It’s me at the door. (Incorrect)
2. It’s I at the door. (correct)
❖ Intensive pronouns are identical to reflexive pronouns. They are used
to emphasize the nouns or pronouns and in most cases are found
right next to them.
For example:
1. He himself will do that.
4
2. They themselves settle down.

❖ Reflexive pronouns are used when the subject and object are one and
the same.
For example:
1. I told myself not to bet all my money on one horse.
VERB:
Verbs are the action words in a sentence that describe what the subject is
doing.
★ Some indefinite pronouns are considered singular and require
singular verb forms.
5
For example:
Everyone wants to watch the movie.
★ After many/a great many/a good many, etc., the noun is always
plural, which is followed by a plural verb.
For example:
A great many girls are following fashion trends these days.
★ After 'the number', the noun is plural but the verb is singular.
For example:
The number of soldiers at the border is large.
★ Some words end in “S” and appear to be plural but are really
singular and require singular verbs.
For example:
The news from across the border is not encouraging.
★ The verb in the subjunctive mood always takes the plural verb,
even if the subject is singular in nature.
For example:
I wish I were a king.
★ Collective nouns may take either a singular or a plural verb,
depending on their use in the sentence.
For example:
An army of soldiers were killed yesterday.
ADJECTIVES:
❖ When adjectives are used together, you should separate them

with a comma or conjunction.
For example:
I’m looking for a small, good-tempered dog to keep as a pet.
❖ Absolute adjectives describe something in its own right.
For example:
6
A mischievous cat I had ever seen.

❖ Coordinate adjectives should be separated by a comma or the word
and.
For example:
Isobel’s dedicated and tireless efforts made all the difference.
❖ Two adjectives appear next to each other doesn’t automatically
mean they are coordinates. Sometimes, an adjective and a noun
form a single semantic unit, which is then modified by another
adjective. In this case, the adjectives are not co-ordinate and should
not be separated by a comma.
For example:
My cat, Goober, loves sleeping on this tattered woolen
sweater.
❖ Adjectives can also act as complements for linking verbs this leads to
incorrectly substituting an adverb in place of a predicate adjective.
For example:
1. I feel badly about what happened. (Incorrect)
❖ A word that is normally used as a noun can function as an adjective,
depending on its placement.
For example:
1. Mario is working on a fundraiser to help the homeless.
❖ Adjectives or predicate adjectives are required by linking verbs that
do not describe actions.
7
For example:
1. I feel sick and Julie was anxious.
ADVERBS:
★ An adverb is inherently a modifier, which means it cannot function

alone.
For example:
1. Something is tightly kept secret.(Here tightly is linked with
the verb kept.)
★ An adverbial phrase will usually include words that in themselves are
not adverbs.
For example:
1. I can say that Sharog and Asmiah are going to be married as
soon as they exchange vows.
★ Substitute “damn” every time you’re inclined to write “very”.
★ Adverbs are often not the best choice for telling stories. They don’t
show the action.
★ All action verbs can be paired with an adverb.
For example: Turtles walk slowly.
Walk - action verb
Slowly - adverb
★ An adverb can’t modify a noun.
★ An adverb can also express quantity or add detail.
For example:
1. Janu is extremely happy with her friends.
8
PREPOSITION:
❖ Use on with days of the week, at for a particular place or while

defining time, in for year and month, and more. Identifying the theme
of the sentence will help you think of possible or right prepositions.
❖ Prepositions usually go before a noun or a pronoun. Some of its types
are preposition of time, place, position, direction, etc.
❖ If a preposition is followed by a verb, then the verb will always be in
the gerund form (ing).
For example:
I always wonder about winning the game.
❖ You can even identify a preposition from an adverb. A preposition
always takes an object with it, whereas, an adverb never takes an
object.
❖ Preposition ‘At’ commonly used at a definite point of time and in with
festivals.
❖ Preposition ‘In’ commonly used in Parts of months and seasons.
❖ Preposition ‘Below’, ‘Over’ or ‘Under’ commonly used when talking
about heights or levels.
❖ Preposition ‘From and to’ and ‘During’ are used to indicate a period
of time.
❖ Other prepositions indicating time are ‘Before’, ‘Until’, ‘After’, ‘Since’
and ‘By’.
❖ Preposition ‘Between’ is used when referring to two people, places or
things.
❖ Preposition ‘Among’ is used for three or more people, places or
things.
❖ Preposition ‘Beneath’ means a lower position than something.
❖ Preposition ‘Underneath’ is used to indicate a position that is below
or beneath something.
❖ Preposition ‘Out of’ means from the interior of something.
9
❖ Preposition ‘Till’ and ‘Until’ are used to show something happening

or done up to a particular point in time and then stopping.
CONJUNCTION:
A conjunction is a part of speech that is used to connect words,

phrases, clauses, or sentences.
★ Coordinating conjunctions are easy to remember with an acronym.
FANBOYS are separated by commas while using them in a single sentence.

★ When Conjunctions are used as Correlatives, each of the correlated
words should be placed immediately before the words to be
connected.
For example:
1. He visited not only Mumbai, but also Pune. (Correct)
2. He not only visited Mumbai, but also Pune. (Wrong)
★ Coordinating Conjunction coordinates or joins two or more
sentences, main clauses, words or other parts of speech which are of
equal importance or rank (for, and, nor, but, yet).
10
For example:
1. Birds fly and fish swim.
★ Any of the Coordinating Conjunctions, with the exception of ‘or,
nor,’ may be omitted and its place taken by a comma, semicolon,
or colon.
For example:
1. Hanish went to play but Hari stayed home.
2. Hanish went to play; Hari stayed home.
★ Prepositions cannot be used to connect two clauses, it should be
followed by a noun or noun equivalent which acts as its object.
For example:
1. Stay till Sunday. (‘till’ is a preposition here)
★ ‘Since’ in the meaning of ‘from and after the time when’, it should be
preceded by a verb in the present perfect tense, and followed by a
verb in the simple past tense.
For Example:
1. Many things have changed since I left the city.
★ ‘Yet’ as conjunction is used when we want to emphasize that
contrast to achieve a stronger effect.
For example:
Isn’t the dinner ready yet?
★ ‘That’ to express a reason or cause, and is equivalent to ‘because’.
For example:
I am so tired that I cannot walk.
★ If a verb is included in a sentence, you are most probably dealing with
conjunctions.
★ A conjunction can never be used before a sentence which is in direct
narration and also with an interrogative adverb or interrogative
pronoun when the sentence is in indirect narration.
11
SUBJECT - VERB AGREEMENT
★ Both the first person and second person singular or plural takes a
singular verb.
★ The third person singular takes a singular verb and plural takes a
plural verb.
★ Singular nouns take a singular verb and plural nouns take a plural
verb.
★ When the sentence is in this format ‘One of + Plural Noun’ then the
verb is singular.
★ For distances, weight, height or amounts of money, we use a singular
verb even when the subject is plural.
★ The title of a book, the name of a house or a hotel in plural takes a
singular verb.
★ Collective nouns are generally followed by a singular verb.
★ A collective noun such as group, committee, family, etc. takes a
singular verb when it is considered one unit. But when they are
regarded as individuals, they take a plural verb.
★ Some nouns are preceded by ‘a lot of’, ‘a plenty of’, ‘a great deal of’,
etc. These nouns take a singular verb.
SENTENCE PATTERN
4 Basic Pattern:
1. Subject + Verb (S + V)
2. Subject + Verb + Direct Object (S + V + DO)
3. Subject + Verb + Indirect Object + Direct Object (S + V + IO + DO)
4. Subject + Verb + Subject Complement (S+V+C)
12
✓ Subject - ask question who? before the verb

✓ Verb - shows action.
✓ Object - ask the question what? or whom?
✓ Direct Object - answers the question what?
✓ Indirect Object - answers the question whom?
✓ Complement - complete the meaning of the sentence.
✓ Subject Complement - expresses the quality or identity or condition
of the subject.
✓ Object Complement - expresses the quality or identity or condition of
an object.
✓ Adjunct or Adverbial - ask the question why? when? where? or how?
TENSES
13
Simple Present Tense is used in:
➢ To express universal truths, facts, customs.

➢ To express habitual actions.
➢ To express a permanent state.
➢ In exclamatory sentences.
➢ In subordinate clauses beginning with ‘if and when’.
➢ In imperative sentences.
➢ To indicate a planned future action or series of actions when they
refer to a journey.
14
➢ In running commentaries on sports events.

➢ To introduce quotations.
Present Continuous Tense is used in:
✓ For an action that is in progress at the time of speaking.

✓ For an action that is in progress and will continue in future.
✓ For an action that is planned to take place in the near future.
✓ To express disapproval of a persistent habit or something done again
and again.
Present Perfect Tense is used in:
❖ To express an action that has been recently completed.

❖ For expressing past actions whose time is not given.
❖ With adverbs like ‘already’, ‘often’, ‘recently’, ‘yet’, etc.
❖ For an action which began in the past and is still continuing.
Present Perfect Continuous Tense is used in:
➢ To express an action which began at some time in the past and is still
continuing.
➢ To express an action which has already been finished.
Simple Past Tense is used in:
15
✓ To indicate an action that was completed in the past.

✓ For an activity done in the past.
✓ To express a habitual or regular action in the past.
✓ In conditional clauses and in the indirect form of speech.
Past Continuous Tense is used in:
❖ To express a state or an action that was continuing at a certain point

of time in the past.
❖ To express an action that was in progress in the past.
❖ To express an action in progress at some point of time in the past
when another event took place.
❖ To describe two or more actions continuing at the same time.
❖ To indicate a frequently repeated action or persistent habit in the
past.
Past Perfect Tense is used in:
➢ For an action that had been completed before another action began
in the past.
➢ To describe an action taking place before a particular time in the past.
➢ To describe an action in the past which became the cause of another
action.
➢ To describe an action in the past using the time adverbials such as
‘already, ‘since’, ‘before’, etc.
➢ To express an unfulfilled wish.
Past Perfect Continuous Tense is used in:
16
➢ To describe an action in the past that had begun and had been going
on for sometime before another action took place in the past.
➢ To express a repeated action in the past.
➢ To describe an action that began before the time of speaking in the
past. The action either stopped before that time or continued up to it.
Simple Future Tense is used in:
➢ ‘Shall’ is used with the second and the third persons to express
determination, promise, intention, etc
➢ ‘Shall’ is used with the first person to express an offer or suggestion
➢ ‘Will’ is used with the first person to express willingness,
determination, etc.
➢ The simple future is used to express the speaker’s opinion, for
something to be done in the future.
➢ For an action that is yet to take place.
Future Continuous Tense is used in:
● To express an action that will be in progress at a given time in future.

● To express an action which will take place in the normal course.
Future Perfect Tense is used in:
17
❖ To express an action that is expected to be completed by a certain

time in the future.
❖ To express the speaker’s belief that something has taken place.
Future Perfect Continuous Tense is used in:
● To express an action as being in progress over a period of time that

will end at some point in the future
ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE
Active Voice: The subject performs the action expressed by the verb.
Passive Voice: The subject receives the action expressed by the verb.
Rules to change Active to Passive:
★ The sentence must have objects or transitive verbs.

★ Objects in active sentences became the subject of passive sentences.
★ Subject in active sentences is converted into passive sentences that
preceded the object word ‘by’.
★ The verb used in passive voice is past participle.
★ In the active voice, the subject of the sentence DOES the action.
★ In the passive voice, the subject of the sentence RECEIVES the action.
18
Tips:
★ If the given sentence in the active voice is in the imperative form, to
get the passive voice use ‘Let’.
Formation of Passive Voice = Let + Object + be + Past Participle
Examples:
Active: Help me.
Passive: Let me be helped.
★ Active Voice begins with a Helping verb the Passive voice must also
begin with a suitable helping verb.
Example:
Active: Are you writing a letter?
Passive: Is a letter being written by you?
★ When used in passive form, gerund and Infinitive are formed
differently.
19
Infinitive: passive is formed as ‘to be + past participle’
Example:
Active: I want to shoot the tiger.
Passive: I want the tiger to be shot.
★ If a sentence contains two objects namely Indirect Object and Direct
Object in the Active Voice, two forms of Passive Voice can be formed.
Example:
Active: She brought me a cup of coffee.
Passive: (1) I was brought a cup of coffee by her.
Passive: (2) A cup of coffee was brought to me by her.
★ Use in place of ‘by’ to talk about an instrument used by the
agent/subject.
Example:
Active: Somebody hit the dog with a stick.
Passive: (1) The dog was hit with a stick.
Passive: (2) The dog was hit by a boy.
★ If the sentence begins with ‘Who’, ‘By Whom’ is taken as the question
word at the beginning of the sentence.
★ In modal verbs while changing active to passive voice, ‘Be’ is used
along with them. (modal + be + past participle)
20
DIRECT SPEECH AND INDIRECT SPEECH
Rules for changing Direct to Indirect speech:
❖ For changing statements into indirect speech the reporting verb ‘said
to’ is changed to - told, replied, remarked.
❖ For changing interrogative sentence into indirect speech the
reporting the verb ‘say’ is changed to - ask, inquire.
❖ For changing imperative sentences into indirect speech the reporting
verb is changed to - command, order, tell, allow, request,etc.
❖ For changing exclamatory sentence into indirect speech exclamatory
words changed to - exclaimed with joy, sorrow, surprise
❖ Change ‘had to’ into ‘had had to’.
Tips:
Conversion Rules as per the Reporting Verb
● When the reporting or principal verb is in the Past Tense, all Present
tenses of the direct are changed into the corresponding Past Tenses.
Example:
1. Direct: He said, “I am unwell.”
2. Indirect: He said (that) he was unwell.
● If the reporting verb is in the Present or Future Tense, the tenses of
the Direct Speech do not change.
Example:
1. Direct: He says/will say, “I am unwell.
2. Indirect: He says/will say he is unwell.
21
● The Tense in Indirect Speech is NOT CHANGED if the words within

the quotation marks talk of a universal truth or habitual action.
Example:
1. Direct: They said, “We cannot live without water.”
2. Indirect: They said that we cannot live without water.
Conversion Rules of Present Tense in Direct Speech:
● Simple Present Changes to Simple Past

Example:
1. Direct: "I am happy", she said.
2. Indirect: She said that she was happy.
● Present Continuous Changes to Past Continuous
Example:
1. Direct: "I am reading a book", he explained.
2. Indirect: He explained that he was reading a book.
● Present Perfect Changes to Past Perfect
Example:
1. Direct: She said, "He has finished his food“.
2. Indirect: She said that he had finished his food.
● Present Perfect Changes to Past Perfect
Example:
1. Direct: "I have been to Gujarat", he told me.
2. Indirect: He told me that he had been to Gujarat.
22
Conversion Rules of Past & Future Tense
● Simple Past Changes to Past Perfect

Example:
1. Direct: He said, “Ira arrived on Monday."
2. Indirect: He said that Ira had arrived on Monday.
● Past Continuous Changes to Past Perfect Continuous
Example:
1. Direct: "We were living in Goa", they told me.
2. Indirect: They told me that they had been living in Goa.
● Future Changes to Present Conditional
Example:
1. Direct: He said, "I will be in Kolkata tomorrow."
2. Indirect: He said that he would be in Kolkata the next day.
● Future Continuous Changes to Conditional Continuous
Example:
1. Direct: She said, "I'll be using the car next Friday.”
2. Indirect: She said that she would be using the car next Friday.
Changes in Modals:
● CAN changes into COULD

Example:
1. Direct: He said, "I can swim."
2. Indirect: He said that he could swim.
● MAY changes into MIGHT
Example:
1. Direct: He said, "I may buy a house.”
2. Indirect: He said that he might buy a house.
● MUST changes into HAD TO/WOULD HAVE TO
23
Example:
1. Direct: He said, "I must work hard.”
2. Indirect: He said that he had to work hard.
● Modals that DO NOT Change: Would, Could, Might, Should, Ought to.
Example:
1. Direct: He said, "I should face the challenge.”
2. Indirect: He said that he should face the challenge.
Conversion of Interrogative:
● Reporting Verb like ‘said/ said to’ changes to asked, enquired or

demanded.
Example:
1. Direct: He said to me, “What are you doing?”
2. Indirect: He asked me what I was doing.
● If a sentence begins with auxiliary verb, the joining clause should be
if or whether.
Example:
1. Direct: He said, “Will you come for the meeting?”
2. Indirect He asked them whether they would come for the meeting.
● If a sentence begins with ‘wh’ questions then no conjunction is used
as the "question-word" itself acts as a joining clause.
Example:
1. Direct: “Where do you live?” asked the girl.
2. Indirect:The girl enquired where I lived.
24
Command, Request, Exclamation, Wish
Commands and Requests
● Indirect Speech is introduced by some verbs like ordered, requested,

advised and suggested. The imperative mood is changed into the
Infinitive.
Example:
1. Direct: Rafique said to Ahmed, “Go away.”
2. Indirect: Rafique ordered Ahmed to go away.
3. Direct: He said to her, “Please wait.”
4. Indirect: He requested her to wait.
Exclamations and Wishes
● Indirect Speech is introduced by some words like grief, sorrow,

happiness, applaud. Exclamatory sentences change into assertive
sentences and Interjections are removed.
Example:
1. Direct: He said, “Alas! I am undone.”
2. Indirect:He exclaimed sadly that he was broke.
25
Change of Pronouns
● The first person of the reported speech changes according to the

subject of reporting speech.
Example:
1. Direct: She said, “I am in ninth class.”
2. Indirect: She says that she was in ninth class.
● The second person of reported speech changes according to the
object of reporting speech.
Example:
1. Direct: He says to them, "You have completed your job.”
2. Indirect: He tells them that they have completed their job.
● The third person of the reported speech doesn't change.
Example:
1. Direct: He says, "She is in tenth class.”
2. Indirect: He says that she is in tenth class.
Change of Place and Time
● Words expressing nearness in time or place in Direct Speech are

generally changed into words expressing distance in Indirect Speech.
Example:
1. Direct: She said, “My father came yesterday.”
2. Indirect: She said that her father had come the day before.
3. Direct: She says/will say, “My father came yesterday.”
4. Indirect: She says/will say that her father had come yesterday.
Punctuation
● The words that are actually spoken should be enclosed in quotes and
begin with a capital letter
26
Example: He said, “You are right.”

● Comma, full stop, question mark, or exclamation mark must be
present at the end of reported sentences and are placed inside the
closing inverted comma or commas.
Example: He asked, “Can I come with you?”
● If direct speech comes after the information about who is speaking,
comma is used to introduce the piece of speech, placed before the first
inverted comma.
Example: She shouted, “Stop talking!”
Conversion of Indirect to Direct Speech
★ Use the reporting verb, "say" or "said to" in its correct tense.
★ Remove the conjunctions "that, to, if or whether etc" wherever
necessary.
★ Insert quotation marks, question mark, exclamation and full stop, as
per the mood of the sentence.
★ Put a comma before the statement.
★ Write the first word of the statement with a capital letter.
★ Change the past tense into present tense wherever the reporting verb
is in the past tense.
★ Convert the past perfect either into past tense or present perfect as
found necessary.
27
DEGREES OF COMPARISON
❖ The positive degree is the simplest form of the adjective and has no
special ending.
❖ Add ‘-er’ or ‘more’ to form the comparative.
❖ Do not use double comparative adjectives or superlative adjectives.
❖ Superlative degree generally preceded by ‘the’ and followed by ‘of’.
❖ Never use ‘more or most’ with adjectives that give absolute sense.
❖ When a superlative degree is used after an adjective or a noun in a
possessive case we do not put ‘the’ before the superlative.
❖ ‘More’ is used when you compare qualities of a single thing/person.
Even if the first adjective is a single syllable word.
28
❖ When in the same sentence two adjectives in different degrees of

comparisons are used, both should be complete in themselves.
❖ If a single quality is compared between two persons more or most are
to be used.
Example:
1. She is more wiser than her brother.
❖ When two qualities of a single person or a single thing is compared
MORE is used with the first adjective even if it is a single syllable
word.
Example:
1. He is more wise than shrewd.
❖ Remember that now double comparatives or superlatives are no
longer used.
Example:
1. These shoes are more preferable than those.
2. These shoes are preferable to those.
❖ Similar things should be compared when comparing two things.
Example:
1. The speed of this car is greater than the old one.
2. The speed of this car is greater than that of the old one.
❖ When two adjectives in different degrees of comparison are used in
the same sentence both should be complete in itself.
Example:
1. He is as bad if not better than his brother.
2. He is as bad as if not better than his brother.
❖ Comparative degrees should be used while comparing two and
superlative degrees when we compare more than two.
Example:
1. Among the three who is more hard working.
2. Among the three who is the most hard working
29
❖ When THAN or AS are followed by the first and the second person
pronouns, verbs can be omitted but not in the case of the pronouns of
third person.
Example:
1. He is not a clever as his brother.
2. He is not as clever as his brother is.
Different forms of Adjectives in superlative degree:
1. The few (any adjective word) - Some but all

2. A few (any adjective word) - Some
3. Few (any adjective word) - Nothing (Negative)
CLAUSES
Noun clause - Answer the question what?

Mostly Noun Clause starts with:
● Pronouns: what, which, who, whom, whose
● Adverbs: when, where, why, how
● Conjunctions: if, that, whether
Adverbial Clauses of Condition - Starts with if, unless, whether

● In an if-clause referring to a likely or possible situation in the future,
the simple present tense is used. The future tense is used in the main
clause.
● In an if-clause referring to a condition that always has the same
simple present is used. The simple tense is used in the main clause
too.
● If a conditional clause refers to an unlikely or impossible situation in
the present or future, the simple past tense is used. In the main clause,
we use ‘should, ‘could , ‘might’, ‘would’, etc + first form of the verb.
30
● If a conditional clause refers to something that did not happen in the

past, the past perfect tense is used. In the main clause, we use would
have/should have/could have/might have + third form of the verb.
● If a conditional clause refers to an unlikely situation in the future,
‘were to’ or ‘should’ followed by an infinitive, is sometimes used
instead of the simple past tense.
● Unless is similar in meaning to if not and can be used instead of if not
in certain types of conditional sentences. Like if, unless is followed by
a present tense, a past tense, or a past perfect tense.
If Only:
● ‘If only’ is used to express a wish with reference to present or future

time
● ‘If only’ is used to express a wish that past events had been different
Conditional Forms:
● Zero Conditional Form - If + Present Simple, Present Simple

● First Conditional Form - If + Simple Present, Subject + will/won’t +
Verb
● Second Conditional Form - If + Past Simple, Present Conditional
(would/wouldn’t + Verb)
● Third Conditional Form - IF +Past Perfect, Subject +
would/could/might + have + Past Participle
Mixed Conditional Form:
● If + Past Perfect, Present Conditional (would/wouldn’t + Verb (bare

form))
● If + Past Simple, Perfect Conditional (would/wouldn’t + have + Past
Participle)
31
Conditional Wish used as:
● Wish + Simple Past - To express that we want a situation in the

present (or future) to be different
● Wish + Past Continuous - To express that we want to be doing a
different activity in the present (or the future)
● Wish + Past Perfect - To expresses regret
● Wish + Would - To express that we want something to happen
Relative Clause - We use a relative clause immediately after the noun

which refers to the person, thing, or group we are talking about
● A defining clause is not separated by commas.
● A non-defining clause is separated by commas.
● In a non-defining clause the relative pronoun must be used.
● In a defining clause, we can omit the relative pronoun except when it
is the subject of a verb.
● In a non-defining clause the preposition governing the relative is
rarely placed at the end of the clause.
● In a defining clause the preposition governing the relative is generally
placed at the end of the clause.
● The relative pronouns ‘which’, ‘who’, ‘whose’, ‘whom’ are found in
both defining and non-defining clauses. But the pronoun ‘that’ is only
found in defining clauses.
● Relative clauses are introduced by relative adverbs ‘where’, ‘when’,
‘why’.
Relative Adverbs
Relative adverbs ‘when’, ‘where’, ‘why’ are used to replace a

preposition and the relative pronoun ‘which’
● ‘When’ is used for time. It replaces ‘ in/on which ’

● ‘Where’ is used for place. It replaces ‘in/at which’
32
● ‘Why’ is used for reason. It replaces for ‘which’
GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES
● Gerunds and infinitives can replace a noun in a sentence.

● Gerund - the present participle (-ing) form of the verb
● Infinitive - to + the base form of the verb
Gerunds used in:
● With ‘from’ and ‘to’ with some verbs

● After prepositions of place and time
● To replace the subject or object of a sentence
● In some fixed expressions
● Some verbs can use either the ‘to do’ or the ‘ing’ form
Infinitives used in:
● After many adjectives

● To show purpose
● If you want to make the infinitive negative, put the ‘not’ before ‘to’.
33
SIMPLE, COMPOUND AND COMPLEX
➢ A simple sentence has a subject and only one verb.

➢ A sentence which has one main clause and one or more dependent
clauses is known as a complex sentence.
➢ A compound sentence is framed when you join two main clauses with
a connective.
Rules for changing the sentence:
SIMPLE COMPOUND COMPLEX
To So that And/Or
In Spite of/Despite Though/ Although But
Verb + ing Since/As And so
34
Enough/too...to So...that Very…and
Without If/Incase Or
At the time When And
Adjectives That/Which And
DETERMINERS
Pre - determiners - come before an article or other determiner and are used
to give even more information about the noun.
● Multipliers - twice, thrice, five times, etc
● Fractions - quarter, half, one - third, three - fourth, etc
● Intensifiers - such, what, rather, quite
● Others - both, all
Articles - A, An, The

● The indefinite articles ‘a’, ‘an’ are used when we talk about people in
general.
● If the sound preceding the article is a vowel sound, use article ‘an’
● If the sound preceding the article is a consonant sound, use article ‘a’
● We use the definite article ‘the’ is used to refer to particular people or
things or something that has already been mentioned.
● Names of rivers, oceans, and seas
● Geographical areas
● Deserts, forests, gulfs, and peninsulas
● Groups of lakes, mountain ranges, and chains of islands
35
No Article before some nouns:
● Singular names of countries or territories

● Names of streets, cities, towns or states
● Names of lakes and bays, mountains, continents, islands, languages,
sports, academic subjects
Demonstratives - this, that, those, these
● This and These refer to the things that are near and can be seen.
● That and Those are used to refer to the things that are at a distance
but can be seen.
Possessive - my, our, your, his, her, its, their
● The possessives are used to show possession.
Ordinals - first, second, next, etc
Cardinals or Numerals - one, two, three, etc
Quantifiers - much, many, a lot of, lots of, etc to talk about quantities,
amounts and degree
● ‘many’, ‘few’, ‘a few’, ‘fewer’, several can be used with only countable
nouns.
● ‘much’, ‘little’, ‘a bit of’ can be used with only uncountable nouns.
● ‘all’, ‘some’, ‘any’, ‘lots of’, ‘plenty of’, enough may be used with both
countable and uncountable nouns.
Distributives - each, every, either, neither
● Refer to each single member of a group.
Interrogatives - which, what, whose
36
ARTICLES
❖ The word begins with a constant sound then usually “a” article is
used.
❖ If a sentence includes a common noun, “a” is a suitable article.
❖ The starting sound is of constant that is “yu” where “an” is not an
appropriate choice.
Example: University(an University), European(an European).
❖ Words beginning with a vowel sound such as a, e, i, o, u will mostly
take “an” with them.
❖ Words beginning with “h” and the pronunciation is silent, then it will
take “an” with them.
example : (an honest man, an hour, an heir)
❖ If “one” would make sense in front of the noun, use “a.”
Example: I saw one man and one woman walk by.
❖ If “that” would make sense in front of the noun, use “the.”
Example: I put that book in your room.
37
SPOT THE ERRORS
★ The distinction between “much” and “many” – the word “much” is

used before uncountable nouns, while the word “many” is used before
countable nouns.
★ ‘Than’ should be used after ‘no other’.
★ The word “whose” is used to address living entities and the word
“which” is used for lifeless objects.
★ The pronoun “one” as a subject should use “one’s” because it does
not indicate a specific gender.
★ The combination of words “One of” always takes a plural noun after
it.
Example: One of my friends went abroad yesterday.
★ ‘Scarcely’ and ‘hardly’ are followed by ‘when’.
★ ‘Though’ is followed by ‘yet’.
★ ‘Unless’ is always used in the negative sense. It expresses a
condition. ‘Not’ is never used with ‘unless’.
★ When we use ‘everybody’ ‘everyone’, ‘anybody’, and ‘each’ the
pronoun of the masculine or the feminine gender is used with
respect to the content.
Example:
1. Each of the boys in the class has finished their tasks.
(Incorrect)
2. Each of the boys in the class has finished his task. (Correct)
★ ‘Older’ refers to persons as well as things and is usually followed by
‘than’.
Example:
1. Raju is older than all other boys of this class.
★ ‘Many a’ is always followed by the singular verb.
Example:
Many a man was influenced by the speech.
38
★ Ago is always used in past indefinite tense.

Example:
He met him two years ago.
★ Much is used with past participles and adjectives and adverbs of
comparative degree.
39
PDF - 4
Idioms and Phrases
Phrases and Idioms Nithra
Phrases
1. About to (do something)
Meaning: to be on the point of doing something
Example: I was about to leave when the phone rang.
2. According to (someone or something)

Meaning: as stated, attested by, depending on, in conformation with
Example: The rents are high here but they vary according to whether you want
a garden.
3. Account for (something)

Meaning: to explain the reason for something
Example: The bad weather accounts for the fact that few people came to the
meeting.
4. Ask for
Meaning: Request
Example: I'm here to ask for my money back.
5. as far as someone is concerned

Meaning: according to what someone thinks or feels
Example: As far as I'm concerned, I have no reason to wait for him.
6. As for
Meaning: with regard to, concerning
Example: As for the project, we have to attend a meeting tomorrow.
7. Act up
Meaning: behave badly, cause trouble
Example: Ravi got bored in class and started acting up.
1
8. As long as
Meaning: on a condition, if
Example: You can take this dog as long as you promise to take care of it.
9. As soon as
Meaning: at the same time or a very short time after
Example: I phoned my friend as soon as I finished my dinner.
10. As to
Meaning: about, relating to
Example: He was uncertain as to which road to take.
11. As well
Meaning: also, too
Example: I plan to take a computer course this summer as well.
12. As well as
Meaning: in addition to, also
Example: She owns a car as well as a motorbike.
13. Back and forth

Meaning: to and fro
Example: The argument went back and forth before the judge made a decision.
14. Better off

Meaning: to be in a better condition than before
Example: He'd be better off working for a bigger company.
15. Break down

Meaning: to cease to function, to become very upset, separate into smaller
parts
2
Example: Our car suddenly broke down on the highway.
16. Break up
Meaning: disintegrate or disperse, to put an end to something
Example: The school classes for this year break up in June.
17. Came at
Meaning: attack
Example: As I backed away, he came at me with a knife.
18. Carry out

Meaning: to do something, to accomplish something
Example: He has the ability to carry out big plans.
19. Come on
Meaning: hurry or go faster
Example: Come on! if you don't hurry, we’re going to be late.
20. Came up
Meaning: to happen unexpectedly
Example: She just came up to me and slapped me.
21. Come up with

Meaning: to suggest an idea or plan
Example: She's come up with some amazing scheme to double her income.
22. Deal with

Meaning: Handle effectively, to take action about something, to concerned
something
Example: She's used to dealing with difficult customers.
23. End up
Meaning: to finally be in a particular place or situation
Example: We ended up going to a restaurant after the movie last night.
24. Figure out

Meaning: to try to understand someone or something
3
Example: I finally figured out how to solve this problem.
25. Find out

Meaning: to learn or discover something
Example: How did you find out about this place?
26. First of all

Meaning: before anything else
Example: First of all, we prepared the garden and then we planted the seeds.
27. fall behind

Meaning: to fail to do something fast or on time
Example: He was ill for six weeks and fell behind with his schoolwork.
28. For sure

Meaning: without doubt, certainly, surely
Example: I will come to the movie with you for sure next week.
29. Get back to

Meaning: to return to something
Example: I was happy to get back to the work after my holiday.
30. Get into (something)

Meaning: involved in something, to become interested
Example: She's been getting into dance and music recently.
31. get into (somewhere)

Meaning: to enter
Example: My friend wants to get into a good university.
32. Get out of (somewhere)

Meaning: to leave or exit a place, to escape from somewhere
Example: I want to hurry up and get out of my house.
33. Get rid of

Meaning: to remove something that you do not want any longer, Dispose of
Example: Are you trying to get rid of me?
4
34. Get through

Meaning: to finish something, to succeed in something
Example: We've got a lot of work to get through today.
35. Go ahead
Meaning: to begin to do something
Example: The music festival is going ahead as planned.
36. Go on
Meaning: to continue
Example: This war has been going on for years.
37. Go over
Meaning: to examine something in a careful or detailed way, to study or
explain something
Example: We must go over the account carefully before we hand over it to
them.
38. Go through
Meaning: to discuss something, to look at something
Example: The proposals for new taxes are unlikely to go through.
39. Go with
Meaning: to accept an idea or agree with a person
Example: I think we can go with the advertising agency's suggestions, what do
you say?
40. Hang on
Meaning: to wait for a short time
Example: Hang on a minute! I'll be with you in a moment.
5
41. Have to do with

Meaning: to be about something, to be related to something
Example: My question has to do with last week’s task.
42. Hold on
Meaning: to wait for a short time, to stop
Example: Please hold on for a minute while I lock the window.
43. In a way
Meaning: considered in a particular manner
Example: In a way, I think he doesn’t win.
44. In case
Meaning: if something should happen
Example: In case he comes here, let me know.
45. make off

Meaning: to escape, to leave quickly
Example: Thieves made off as the police arrived.
46. In detail
Meaning: thoroughly, minutely
Example: we need to examine this proposal in detail.
47. In effect
Meaning: in fact, or in practice
Example: Though the new guidelines have come out, the old rules are still in
effect.
48. In fact
Meaning: actually
6
Example: This theory seems to have no basis in fact.
49. In favor of
Meaning: to approve or support
Example: The referee was in favor of the local team.
50. In general
Meaning: usually, in most situations or circumstances
Example: In general, the changes they had made were to be welcomed.
51. In order to
Meaning: with the aim or purpose of doing something
Example: I went to his office in order to meet him.
52. In other words

Meaning: introduces an explanation that is simpler than the one given earlier
Example: I don’t think this is the right job for him. In other words, it's really
better for him to quit the job.
53. in any case

Meaning: whatever the situation, also
Example: In any case, he is a friend of mine.
54. In terms of
Meaning: with regard to something
Example: Success cannot be measured merely in terms of the size of your
salary.
55. In time
Meaning: early enough
7
Example: I did not come home in time to meet my brother.
56. a matter of time

Meaning: when something is inevitable
Example: It's only a matter of time until we find a cure for cancer.
57. set about

Meaning: to begin to do or deal with something
Example: After putting up the tent, she set about making a fire.
58. Look out for

Meaning: to try to notice someone or something
Example: Look out for Rani while you're there.
59. look up
Meaning: to become better
Examples: I hope all the things will get to look up in the new year.
60. Make a (big) difference

Meaning: to improve a situation (a lot)
Example: Exercise can make a big difference to your health.
61. Make sense

Meaning: to be clear and easy to understand
Example: His new proposal really does make sense.
62. Make sure

Meaning: to make certain, to establish something without a doubt
Example: Make sure your home by midnight.
8
63. More or less

Meaning: to some extent, approximately
Example: It's 500 kilos, more or less.
64. No matter
Meaning: regardless
Example: No matter how hard it is, just keep going because you only fail when
you give up.
65. Not at all

Meaning: certainly not
Example: I am not at all happy with my new computer.
66. Of course
Meaning: certainly, definitely, naturally
Example: Of course, there were lots of interesting things at the exhibition.
67. Open to
Meaning: to be agreeable to learn or hear about new ideas or suggestions
Example: Most students of the class were open to the teacher’s ideas.
68. Pick up
Meaning: improve
Example: I would like to pick-up my skills to speak well.
69. Point out

Meaning: to tell someone about some information
Example: When my teacher pointed out the mistakes that I had made, she
was very kind.
9
70. Put out

Meaning: to move a part of your body away from the rest of you
Example: She put out her hand to shake mine.
71. Regardless of
Meaning: without considering or thinking about something, without regard to
something
Example: I tell them the truth, regardless of what they want to hear.
72. Right away

Meaning: immediately
Example: Can you cook up a simple egg dish for us right away?
73. Rule out

Meaning: to prevent something from happening
Example: This recent terrorist attack has ruled out the chance of peace talks.
74. Run into

Meaning: to meet someone you know when you are not expecting to
Example: I ran into my boss at the dress shop.
75. Set foot in

Meaning: to go to a place
Example: He refuses to set foot in that art gallery.
76. Show up
Meaning: to appear, to arrive, to be present
Example: I invited him to a party for eight o'clock, but he didn't show up until
ten.
10
77. So to speak
Meaning: a way to say something, in a manner of speaking
Example: We had a good time at the restaurant, so to speak, although the
service was not very good.
78. Sort of
Meaning: to be almost something, to be similar to something
Example: What sort of qualifications do you need for the job?
79. Take care of

Meaning: to look after or give attention to someone or something
Example: You should take care of your health or else you will become sick.
80. Take out

Meaning: to remove something from somewhere, to extract something
Example: The teacher told us to take out waste papers.
81. Take over

Meaning: to take control of something, to take command of something
Example: The large company wants to take over some of the small companies
in our area.
82. Take place

Meaning: to happen, to occur
Example: A singing program will take place next week.
83. To the extent that

Meaning: to the degree that, in so far as
Example: Violence increased to the extent that residents were afraid to leave
their homes.
11
84. Turn in
Meaning: submit
Example: She turned in her exam paper.
85. Turn out

Meaning: to be found or known, to prove to be true
Example: It turned out that more people came to the party than we expected.
86. Up to
Meaning: until, as far as a certain point, approaching a certain point
Example: The hotel can accommodate up to 500 guests.
87. Work out (for the best)

Meaning: to end successfully
Example: Sometimes things just don't work out the way we thought they
would.
88. Ache for

Meaning: Want something or someone a lot
Example: I ache for ice cream sticks to do a handcraft.
89. Act on
Meaning: to do something because of another person’s advice or order
Example: Why didn't you act on her suggestion?
90. Act out

Meaning: Express an emotion in your behaviour
Example: She tried to act out her beliefs.
91. Act up
Meaning: Be a satisfactory explanation for something
12
Example: I hope that he will act up to his promise.
92. Act upon

Meaning: Affect, to act
Example: He did not act upon my order.
93. Ask over

Meaning: Invite
Example: I've asked my friend over for lunch.
94. Back away

Meaning: Retreat or go backwards
Example: The crowd backed away when the man pulled a knife.
95. Back Off

Meaning: drawback from action or confrontation
Example: He refused to back off from his earlier statement.
96. Bring on
Meaning: Make something appear
Example: Bring On the dancers!
97. Bring out

Meaning: Elicit a response, Reveal
Example: Try to bring out your talents to get success in your life.
98. Brush off

Meaning: Ignore, pay little attention
Example: Brush off your bad habits.
99. Brush up
Meaning: Improve a skill quickly
13
Example: She took a two-week course to brush up her language skills.
100. Bucket down

Meaning: Rain heavily
Example: Take an umbrella; it's bucketing down!
101. Belt up
Meaning: used to tell someone to stop talking or making a noise
Example: Just belt up! I'm trying to concentrate.
102. Bag out

Meaning: Criticise
Example: Don't bag out others.
103. Bail something/somebody out

Meaning: to help a person or organization that is in financial difficulty
Example: The boat will sink unless we bailout.
104. Balls up
Meaning: Spoil, ruin
Example: How you think to balls up others; in the same way, you will be
spoiled.
105. Bang Up
Meaning: Damage badly
Example: Tiktok app bang up the people's life.
106. Bawl out

Meaning: to tell someone angrily that something they have done is wrong
Example: He's always bawling staff out in meetings.
14
107. Bear on
Meaning: Influence, affect
Example: How does the yesterday news bear on this case?
108. Bitch Up
Meaning: Spoil or ruin something
Example: I bitched up the interview by saying wrong answers.
109. Blow away

Meaning: Beat rivals, Impress greatly
Example: Her first novel blew me away.
110. Bog off

Meaning: Get lost
Example: Bog off! Leave me alone first.
111. Book up
Meaning: Reserve
Example: Since the tickets is fully booked up today, I will book it on another
day.
112. Bottle away

Meaning: Store up
Example: We should bottle away the provisions during rainy season.
113. Bounce back

Meaning: Recover
Example: The economy is bouncing back from the recession.
114. Bounce off

Meaning: Test ideas
15
Example: Students should bounce off well while answering to the

brainstorming questions.
115. Bring back

Meaning: Cause someone to remember, Return
Example: Those old songs bring back memories.
116. Bring in
Meaning: Earn
Example: My new company brings in 50,000 $ per month.
117. Buff up
Meaning: to work with somebody/something to make attractive
Example: That organization spent $40 million buffing up the downtown area
before the festival.
118. Bump off

Meaning: Kill, Attack
Example: The police bumped off the terrorist.
119. Bundle out

Meaning: Expel
Example: Bundle out the withered petals from the rose garlands you made.
120. Butt in
Meaning: Interrupt
Example: Don't butt in while we are talking!
121. Buy into

Meaning: to completely believe in a set of ideas
16
Example: You could also buy into the good people.
122. Buzz off

Meaning: Leave somewhere, Go away
Example: Buzz off! Don’t disturb my work.
123. Call around

Meaning: Visit
Example: I called around yesterday to your home but you weren’t there.
124. Care for

Meaning: Like
Example: I don't care for fizzy drinks; I prefer only fruit juice.
125. Cast off

Meaning: Dispose, get rid of
Example: He decided to cast off his fear.
126. Cast out

Meaning: Expel, reject
Example: They cast him out because of his behaviour.
127. Catch out

Meaning: Discover, Put someone in difficult situation
Example: We were caught out in the storm.
128. Cave in
Meaning: Collapse, Stop resisting or refusing
Example: The roof caved in because of the weight of the snow.
17
129. Cheer on
Meaning: Encourage
Example: Team leaders should cheer on their teammate’s work.
130.Chill out
Meaning: Relax
Example: Sit down and chill out!
131. Choke off

Meaning: Stop or restrict
Example: He got choked off for being late.
132. Choke out

Meaning: Clog
Example: Growth of the reed can choke out native water plants.
133. Chuck up
Meaning: to force someone to leave a place
Example: She choked up with the deal after the argument.
134. Clear away

Meaning: Leave a place, Remove
Example: Clear away the past thoughts, and move on.
135. Cling on
Meaning: Hold tight
Example: My friend clings on when I came to fall.
136. Come about

Meaning: Happen, occur
18
Example: How did the accident come about?
137. Come of
Meaning: to happen as a result of something
Example: Did anything come of all those job applications?
138. Come off

Meaning: Be successful
Example: My science experiment was coming off.
139. Cop it
Meaning: Get into trouble
Example: We cop it when Mum finds out!
140. Crash out

Meaning: Fall asleep
Example: I crashed out in front of the TV last night.
141. Crop up
Meaning: Appear unexpectedly
Example: The problems began to crop up.
142. Cross off

Meaning: Delete, remove from a list
Example: Please cross off the wrong word in the sentence.
143. Cross up
Meaning: Confuse, deceive
Example: Google map sometimes crosses up with the route.
19
144. Cut back

Meaning: Reduce, Remove
Example: The gardener cut back all the bushes.
145. Cut off

Meaning: Disconnect
Example: The telephone wire is cut off in this house.
146. Cut out

Meaning: Exclude
Example: Try to cut out the foods that are making you fat.
147. Cut up
Meaning: Upset
Example: She was cut up after hearing the news about corona virus.
148. Die off

Meaning: Become extinct
Example: The animals in the forest are all died off in the bush fire.
149. Dish up
Meaning: Serve food
Example: Could you dish up for breakfast?
150. Do in
Meaning: Kill
Example: After he reported the gangster, he feared they would do him in.
151. Doze off

20
Example: The movie was a bit boring and I dozed off halfway through.
152. Drift off

Meaning: Start to fall asleep
Example: After doing meditation she gradually drifted off to sleep.
153. Drink up
Meaning: Finish a drink
Example: Drink Up, fast please; it's closing time.
154. Drop by
Meaning: To pay a brief casual visit
Example: Drop by my home this evening.
155. Ease off

Meaning: Reduce pressure
Example: She eased off the accelerator to let the car slow down.
156. Ease up
Meaning: Relax, calm down
Example: The doctor told him to ease up.
157. Ebb away

Meaning: Disappear gradually
Example: The colours of the clothes automatically ebb away after a few days.
158. Egg on
Meaning: Encourage
Example: People should egg on young politicians.
21
159. Face off

Meaning: Confront
Example: They faced off the invaders at the shore.
160. Fall about

Meaning: Laugh a lot
Example: He falls about often to reduce the stress.
161. Fall back

Meaning: to move back suddenly because of frightened
Example: The enemy fell back into a defensive position.
162. Fall in
Meaning: Collapse
Example: The soldier fell in by the side of the road.
163. Fall off

Meaning: Decrease
Example: My interest in school fell off when I became 15.
164. Fall out

Meaning: become detached and drop out
Example: He left home after falling out with his parents.
165. Fall under

Meaning: to come under
Example: We fell under the magic spell of that singer's performance.
166. Fasten up
Meaning: To secure or close something
22
Example: It's freezing today, so be sure to fasten up your vehicle.
167. feed sb/sth up

Meaning: to make a person or animal healthier or fatter by giving them a
lot of food
Example: You've lost a lot of weight - you need feeding up a bit.
168. Fence in
Meaning: to protect an area by putting a fence around it
Example: Much of the land has been fenced in and is patrolled by guards.
169. Fess up
Meaning: Give
Example: Fess up your mobile.
170. Fiddle away

Meaning: Waste time
Example: He fiddles away the summer holidays.
171. Fire away

Meaning: to speak without hesitation
Example: In a group discussion, interviewers should fire-away their views.
172. Fire up
Meaning: to make someone become excited or angry
Example: Her speech fired up the crowd.
173. Fix up
Meaning: Make an arrangement
Example: Fix up the things before organizing the group meet.
23
174. Flame out

Meaning: Fail
Example: We should not get upset for flame outs.
175. Flame up
Meaning: Burn brightly
Example: On karthigai deepam the Tiruvannamalai light flames up over night.
176. Fly at
Meaning: Attack
Example: India will never forget about the Pulwama fly at.
177. Fob off

Meaning: Lie or deceive someone
Example: She fobbed us off with false promises.
178. Focus on
Meaning: Concentrate
Example: Students should focus on their exams during exam days.
179. Frown on
Meaning: Disapprove
Example: My parents always frown on late nights out.
180. Get after

Meaning: Chase
Example: The dog get after him.
181. Get across

Meaning: Communicate successfully
Example: Did your speech get across to the crowd?
24
182. Get ahead

Meaning: Progress
Example: She wants to get ahead in her career.
183. Get it
Meaning: Be punished or scolded
Example: Parents should get it their children's mistakes.
184. Go about
Meaning: The way you go about a task, problem or anything
Example: The way we went about things was fine.
185. Go off
Meaning: it stops working
Example: The electronic items in our home goes-off after a heavy thundering.
186. Gun for

Meaning: to make a great effort to defeat or hurt someone
Example: The opponent team gun for our team in the final round.
187. Hack around

Meaning: Waste time
Example: I saw her hacking around the building.
188. Hack off

Meaning: Annoy, unhappy, tired
Example: The work hacked off me.
189. Hand back

Meaning: Return
25
Example: The police officer checked my driving license, then handed it back.
190. Hand out

Meaning: Distribute
Example: The teacher handed out the worksheet to the class.
191. Hand over

Meaning: to give something
Example: The work was handed over to me.
192. Hang around

Meaning: to move or do things slowly
Example: Due to the chill climate, the works are hanging around this week.
193. Hang it up
Meaning: Retire, quit
Example: I’m going to hang it up my job next month.
194. Hang on
Meaning: Wait
Example: Hang on! I'll be back in a few minutes.
195. Hang onto

Meaning: Keep
Example: I hung onto my old records safely even though I do not use it.
196. Hang over

Meaning: Worry or trouble
Example: Lot of financial problems hanging over my head.
26
197. Hang up
Meaning: End a phone call
Example: Please hang up the phone.
198. Have over

Meaning: coming to one's home as a guest
Example: Shall we have them over for dinner?
199. Head out

Meaning: Depart, begin a journey
Example: When do you head out again?
200. Heads up
Meaning: a warning that something is going to happen
Example: It's head-up me that the rainfall will damage the things in our
home.
201. Heat up
Meaning: Make food hot
Example: Shall I heat up some soup for lunch?
202. Help out

Meaning: Give assistance
Example: I was only trying to help out.
203. Hit back

Meaning: Attack or criticise
Example: The president hit back at her critics in a speech last night.
204. Hook up
Meaning: Meet someone
27
Example: We hooked up at the conference.
205. Horse around

Meaning: Not be serious
Example: Still, some of them are horse-around about coronavirus.
206. Jack in
Meaning: Quit, give up
Example: Never jack in your friends.
207. Jerk around

Meaning: Behave stupidly
Example: Don't jerk around in anger.
208. Jerk off

Meaning: Wasting time by doing unimportant things
Example: You should stop jerking off and get your work done.
209. Joke around

Meaning: Be funny, or try to
Example: Most of the ones like the people who are joking around.
210. Jot down

Meaning: Make a quick note
Example: I want to jot down in a class.
211. Jump at
Meaning: Accept eagerly
Example: I'd jump at the chance to go and live in US.
28
212. Jump in
Meaning: Enter a conversation
Example: Do not jump in while others speaking.
213. Jump off

Meaning: first thing that you notice
Example: In the invitation card all jump off the names.
214. Jump on
Meaning: Criticize, attack
Example: The teacher jumped on us for being late.
215. Keel over

Meaning: to fall over suddenly
Example: When he tried to get from the chair, he keeled over, unfortunately.
216. Keep at
Meaning: to continue to do
Example: Keep at the job till it gets finished.
217. Keep back

Meaning: Maintain a safe distance
Example: Keep back! The firecrackers are exploding.
218. Keep out

Meaning: prevent from entering, shut out
Example: Building work in progress. Keep out inside!
219. Keep to
Meaning: to do what you have promised or planned to do
29
Example: One should keep to one's promise.
220. Key down

Meaning: Relax, unwind
Example: I need to key down before I go to bed.
221 Key on
Meaning: Target, focus on
Example: I should key on in my works.
222. Key up
Meaning: Make someone excited or nervous
Example: I was keyed up about the exam.
223. Kick about

Meaning: Discuss
Example: John likes to kick about his ideas whenever he takes a new
decision.
224. Kick out

Meaning: Expel
Example: People should kick out of their problems to live happily.
225. Knock about

Meaning: Beat someone
Example: The ship was badly knocked about by the storm.
226. Land in
Meaning: Get someone into trouble
Example: Due to Corona virus plane is landing in, in China.
30
227. Lash into

Meaning: Criticise someone strongly
Example: Political parties criticize each other in public meetings.
228. Lay into

Meaning: Criticise angrily
Example: His partner laid into him when he arrived two hours late.
229. Lay on
Meaning: Organise, supply
Example: She lay on the homemade cookies to the store.
230. Lay off

Meaning: put an end to a state or an activity, dismiss
Example: You must lay off alcohol practice.
231. Lay out

Meaning: Spend money
Example: They laid out lakhs on their wedding reception.
232. Leave on
Meaning: Not turn off
Example: Please do not leave on the TV, as the movie is interesting.
233. Let off

Meaning: Not punish
Example: Parents should not let off their children often.
234. Let on
Meaning: Tell a secret
31
Example: Don't let on to anyone about our arrangements.
235 Light out

Meaning: Leave suddenly
Example: Yes, bank light out the service of Phone Pe app.
236. Load down

Meaning: Burden
Example: The company is loaded down with debt.
237. Look after

Meaning: Take care
Example: Your car will last longer if you look after it.
238. Look for

Meaning: Try to find
Example: I'm looking for a good job.
239. Look in
Meaning: Make a quick visit
Example: I'll look in to our home.
240. Look into

Meaning: Research, investigate
Example: The government will look into the problem of drug abuse.
241. Look over

Meaning: Inspect
Example: I will look over my schedule daily.
32
242. Look through

Meaning: Read quickly
Example: How did she look through his trick?
243. Look to
Meaning: Expect, hope
Example: We look to you for help.
244. Make after

Meaning: Chase
Example: The police made after the stolen car.
245. Mop up
Meaning: Resolve a problem
Example: We should train ourselves to mop up with the problems.
246. Nail down

Meaning: Understand fully
Example: We haven't been able to nail down the cause of the fire yet.
247. Nod off

Example: I often nod off for a little while after lunch.
248. Own up
Meaning: Confess
Example: The judge is waiting for criminal to own up.
249. Pay back

Meaning: Return
Example: I’ll be able to pay back your money next week.
33
250. Pay into

Meaning: Deposit money
Example: You can pay into any one of our hundred branches.
251. Plump for

Meaning: Choose
Example: You have to Plump for your birthday dress.
252. Polish off

Meaning: Finish, consume
Example: You have to polish off your project within this week.
253. Polish up
Meaning: Improve something quickly
Example: You have to polish up your communication skills.
254. Pour down

Meaning: Rain hard
Example: It pour down all day so we had to remain indoors.
255. Put off

Meaning: Postpone, Stop liking something or somebody
Example: My exam gets put off.
256. Rack up
Meaning: Damage
Example: I rack up my birthday cake.
34
Idioms
257. be on the mend

Meaning: recover from illness
Example: After having been in bed for a month, she is now on the mend
now.
258. in a stew
Meaning: feel worried
Example: As the shopkeeper incurred loss, he was in a stew.
259. be in the soup

Meaning: to be in trouble
Example: He feels he is in the soup as he has borrowed money beyond his
means.
260. underway
Meaning: in progress
Example: The bill prohibiting the sale of tobacco near school is underway.
261. be no use
Meaning: useless
Example: The old text books are of no use. So throw them away.
262. be caught napping

Meaning: Not ready to deal with something.
Example: Our team was caught napping when the opponent team scored the
goal.
35
263. Dirt Cheap

Meaning: at a very low price.
Example: English Newspapers are sold dirt cheap.
264. have a ear for something

Meaning: showing interest.
Example: He has the ear for religious discourse.
265. flotsam and jetsam

Meaning: people or things which are no longer required
Example: The kitchen is full of flotsam and jetsam items.
266. gain the upper hand

Meaning: to win
Example: My friend always gains the upper hand in any argument.
267. from hand to mouth

Meaning: in poverty
Example: The poor children live from hand to mouth existence.
268. cut no ice

Meaning: no use or effort
Example: His explanation to his boss is cut no ice.
269. the joker in the pack

Meaning: an unpredictable person
Example: He is considered as the joker in the pack because his activities are
sudden.
270. kick back

Meaning: be at leisure
36
Example: He has not been able to kick back and enjoy his success.
271. a new lease of life

Meaning: a new phase in one's life
Example: After the operation, he got a new lease of life.
272. all brawn and no brains

Meaning: physically strong but not very intelligent
Example: He is a good football player but he is all brawn and no brains.
273. dry run

Meaning: an attempt, a practice or rehearsal
Example: We had better dry run for the official ceremony tomorrow.
274. fire and foremost

Meaning: more than anything else
Example: In spite of her recent success as a novelist, she remains first and
foremost a poet.
275. free hand

Meaning: the right or authority to do anything you consider necessary
Example: The police were given free hand in qulling the riot.
276. lollipop man

Meaning: someone who controls the traffic
Example: Children like the lollipop man.
277. make a beeline for something

Meaning: move directly towards a particular person or thing
Example: As soon as he came home he made a beeline to the kitchen.
37
278. those were the days

Meaning: life was better in the past
Example: Those were the days we were happy though we had no money.
279. off the hook

Meaning: out of trouble
Example: When he saw his father, he felt he was off the hook.
280 give the lie to

Meaning: to prove to be false
Example: These figures give the lie to the notion that people are spending
less.
281. face the music

Meaning: to accept responsibility for something you have done
Example: If she lied to me, then she'll just have to face the music.
282. be quits
Meaning: nothing exists between two persons
Example: If I give a hundred rupees to you, we are quits.
283. a quick fix

Meaning: a quick solution
Example: There is a no quick fix for the eradication of beggars in the public
places.
284. right and left

Meaning: every where
Example: He owes money from right and left.
38
285. steal the show

Meaning: to get all the attention
Example: The sudden visit of actor stole the show in the program.
286. spick and span

Meaning: keep clean
Example: He appreciated the manager for keeping the premises spick and span.
287. drink like a fish

Meaning: drink a lot of alcohol
Example: He died at young because he drank like a fish.
288. be in fine fettle

Meaning: in good health
Example: My grandfather is in fine fettle.
289. losing game

Meaning: defeat is certain
Example: Life is not a losing game if you are ready to face it with courage.
290. a bundle of nerves

Meaning: someone who is extremely nervous and worried
Example: The game between India and Pakistan creates a bundle of nerves.
291. of unsound mind

Meaning: mad
Example: We should be kind towards those who are of unsound mind.
292. give chase

Meaning: run after
Example: The police gave chase but the killers escaped.
39
293. like hot cakes

Meaning: very rapidly
Example: The book was sold like hotcakes.
294. over the counter

Meaning: without a prescription
Example: A few medicines cannot be purchased over the counter.
295. a closed book

Meaning: not able to understand
Example: Mathematics is a closed book to me.
296. commit to memory

Meaning: to learn by heart
Example: He has committed to memory the Tirukkural.
297. all the rage

Meaning: very fashionable
Example: I tend to wear clothes that are practical rather than all the rage.
298. as easy as pie

Meaning: very easy
Example: I will score good marks this time since the exam was as easy as a
pie.
299. be sick and tired of

Meaning: bored or annoyed
Example: I’m sick and tired of doing work. Let’s go out for some time.
40
300. bend over backwards

Meaning: to work very hard to accomplish something
Example: As there is tough competition in the industry, companies are bending
over backwards to keep their customers happy.
301. bite off more than one can chew

Meaning: try to do more than one is able to do
Example: By accepting two part-time jobs, he is clearly biting off more than
he can chew.
302. broke
Meaning: to have no money
Example: I have to borrow some money from my Dad. Right now, I’m broke.
303. change one’s mind

Meaning: decide to do something different from what had been decided earlier
Example: I was planning to work late tonight, but I changed my mind. I’ll do
extra work on the weekend instead.
304. Cut it out

Meaning: stop doing
Example: That noise is really annoying. Cut it out!
305. drop someone a line

Meaning: send a letter or email to someone
Example: We really want to know how you are. So kindly drop us a line to
know about you.
306. all in one piece

Meaning: safely
Example: I was extremely relieved when my son came back from the warzone
all in one piece.
41
307. on deck
Meaning: next
Example: The doctor will call on deck to check on your progress.
308. poor as a church mouse

Meaning: very poor
Example: He is poor as a church mouse.
309. pushing up daisies

Meaning: dead
Example: The motorcyclist was pushing up daisies on arrival at the hospital.
310. wild goose chase

Meaning: an impossible task
Example: I think this is a wild goose chase. Because this library doesn’t have
the books we need.
311. A rip-off
Meaning: Too expensive
Example: Rolls-Royce Motor Cars are a rip-off.
312. Pig out

Meaning: To eat a lot
Example: We just pig out on potato chips while we watched the movie.
313. Slipped one’s mind

Meaning: forgot
Example: Your name has slipped my mind.
314. See eye to eye

Meaning: Agree
42
Example: I see eye to eye in opening this new company.
315. throw in the towel

Meaning: to admit defeat
Example: Jim beat me for the fourth time, so I threw in the towel.
316. a million and one

Meaning: many
Example: I can't drive you to the mall, I already have a million and one things
to get done today.
317. be a breeze
Meaning: very easy
Example: Don’t think that learning Dutch will be a breeze.
318. month of Sundays

Meaning: a long time
Example: Geetha, I haven't seen you in a month of Sundays!
319. a tall order

Meaning: a difficult task
Example: Baking hundreds of cupcakes in one night is a tall order, but I think
we can manage it.
320. in a fog
Meaning: confused
Example: My mind was in a fog.
321. quick-and-dirty
Meaning: approximate
43
Example: The quick-and-dirty cost will be about $600.
322. lend me a hand

Meaning: to help
Example: I was going to ask him to lend me a hand when he came just in
time.
323. Old Man Winter

Meaning: a part of a winter season
Example: Wintry weather continues to sweep across Britain.
324. right as rain

Meaning: absolutely
Example: I believed him right as rain.
325. too many competitors to shake a stick at

Meaning: a large number
Example: A too many competitors to shake a stick at companies have initiated
recycling programs.
326. by a whisker
Meaning: a very short distance
Example: My house is by a whisker away from the bus station.
327. Around the corner

Meaning: will happen soon
Example: There's a great restaurant just around the corner.
328. don't amount to a hill of beans

Meaning: unimportant
Example: It was an don't amount to a hill of beans job to work hard.
44
329. iron out

Meaning: resolve
Example: Our team was a stern iron out to win.
330. playing with fire

Meaning: very risky
Example: Investing in an unknown industry is a playing with fire business.
331. on the warpath

Meaning: very angry
Example: The boss is on the warpath. Be careful!
332. roll the dice on

Meaning: take a risk
Example: This task is very dangerous, but someone has to roll the dice on.
333. had a ball

Meaning: enjoyable time
Example: Raj had a ball afternoon at the park.
334. down in the dumps

Meaning: depressed
Example: Madhan was down in the dumps and in a confused mind.
335. autumn years

Meaning: the time period near the end of one's life
Example: He spent his autumn years with his grandchildren.
336. Upset the apple cart

Meaning: to ruin a scheme
Example: I knew he will tell secrets and upset the apple cart.
45
337. A chille's heel

Meaning: One's weak point
Example: In the interview, he explained about a chille's heel.
338. Acid Test

Meaning: Crucial test
Example: Interview is the acid test for many candidates.
339. a hidden agenda

Meaning: A plan not revealed
Example: The company says that there is no hidden agenda.
340. catnap
Meaning: short sleep during the day
Example: A catnap at lunchtime can make you feel refreshed.
341 out of work

Meaning: unemployed
Example: Raju has been out of work for over a year.
342. Flat Broke

Meaning: Having no money at all
Example: I finally paid all my bills, so now I am flat broke.
343. An arm and a leg

Meaning: A lot of money.
Example: She saw a beautiful coat that cost an arm and a leg.
344. Back to the drawing board

Meaning: Start something all over again.
46
Example: I failed this semester, but now I am back to the drawing board.
345. Best thing since sliced bread

Meaning: A good idea
Example: It's Best thing since sliced bread to plan ahead.
346. Feel a bit under the weather

Meaning: unhealthy
Example: I was still feeling a bit under the weather.
347. At the drop of a hat

Meaning: Immediately
Example: He can sing any song at the drop of a hat.
348. a bad egg

Meaning: not to be trusted
Example: James is a bad egg. So don’t trust him.
349. A penny for your thoughts

Meaning: Way of asking what someone is thinking.
Example: Raj, you look very pleased today - A penny for your thoughts.
350. Add insult to injury

Meaning: To make a bad situation worse
Example: Their basement was flooded, and then, to add insult to injury, a
pipe burst in the kitchen.
351. Barking up the wrong tree

Meaning: accusing the wrong person
Example: He did not commit the crime, you’re barking up the wrong tree.
47
352. Beat around the bush

Meaning: not speaking directly about the issue
Example: Tell me what the problem is, else stop beating around the bush.
353. Don’t judge a book by its cover

Meaning: Don’t judge something primarily by its appearance
Example: She: He doesn’t look intelligent.
He: You can’t judge a book by its cover.
354. Cut corners

Meaning: To take shortcuts
Example: They always put quality first; they won’t cut corners just to save
money.
355. Devil’s advocate

Meaning: To present a counter argument
Example: The teacher always played devil’s advocate to provoke discussion in
the classroom.
356. Every cloud has a silver lining

Meaning: Be optimistic
Example: I’m sorry your business is going badly, but remember every cloud
has a silver lining.
357. Give the benefit of doubt

Meaning: Believe someone’s statement without proof
Example: I knew him since the past 5 years, so I gave him the benefit of
doubt.
358. Hear through the grapevine

Meaning: To hear news from someone who heard that news from someone
else.
48
Example: I heard through the grapevine that she’s pregnant - Is that true?
359. Hit the nail on the head

Meaning: To do or say exactly the right thing
Example: You’ve spotted the flaw, Robert. You’ve hit the nail on the head.
360. Hit the sack/sheets/hay

Meaning: To go to bed
Example: I’m exhausted. I think I’ll just hit the sack.
361. In the heat of the moment

Meaning: Overwhelmed by what’s happening at the moment
Example: He doesn’t hate you. He just said that in the heat of the moment.
362. It takes two to tango

Meaning: Both people involved in a bad situation are responsible for it.
Example: He blamed her for his lack of attention; well it takes two to tango.
363. Keep something at bay

Meaning: to control something and prevent it from causing you problems
Example: A good way to keep your anxiety at bay is through meditation.
364. Kill two birds with one stone

Meaning: To solve two problems at a time with just one action
Example: Rani practised his words while peeling the potatoes. He was killing
two birds with one stone.
365. Last straw

Meaning: the latest problem in a series of problems
Example: The last straw was when the company fired most of the managers.
49
366. Let the cat out of the bag

Meaning: To reveal a secret
Example: It’s our secret. Don’t let the cat out of the bag.
367. Make a long story short

Meaning: Come to the point
Example: To make the long story short - I never got back the money I lent
him.
368. Miss the boat

Meaning: to lose an opportunity to do something by being slow to act
Example: If you fail to pay attention to class, you’ll miss the boat to become
a graduate.
369. Not playing with the full deck

Meaning: Not mentally sound
Example: This guy is either very clever or he's not playing with a full deck.
370. On the ball

Meaning: When someone understands a situation well
Example: If you were on the ball, this wouldn’t have happened.
371. Off the record

Meaning: unofficial
Example: He accepted his fault off the record and hence it could not be
used by the prosecutor in the court.
372. Oldest trick in the book

Meaning: A well-known and much-used trick/method
Example: Oldest trick in the book to treat cold and cough is drinking
turmeric milk.
50
373. Off the cuff

Meaning: spontaneous
Example: She has a reputation for handling off the cuff interviews very well.
374. Old habits die hard

Meaning: difficult to change accustomed behaviour
Example: She retired last month, but still gets up at the same time in the
morning. Old habits die hard.
375. Once in a blue moon

Meaning: Very rarely
Example: My sister lives in America, so I only see her once in a blue moon.
376. Out of the blue

Meaning: Happen unexpectedly
Example: My old roommate called me out of the blue.
378. Out on a limb

Meaning: Do something risky
Example: She was out on a limb with her project. So nobody supported her
idea.
379. Pen is mightier than the sword

Meaning: Words and communication have a greater effect than war
Example: Newspapers works on the belief that the pen is mightier than the
sword.
380. Raining cats and dogs

Meaning: Raining heavily
Example: We’ll have to cancel the trip, it’s raining cats and dogs here.
51
381. Reap the harvest

Meaning: result of past actions
Example: When he cleared the exam, he realized that reaped the harvest of
his hard work.
382. Roll up one’s sleeves

Meaning: Get ready for hard work
Example: My brother said he would roll up his sleeves and do whatever it
takes to support the family.
383. Shot in the dark

Meaning: A complete guess (may or may not be close to the truth)
Example: He didn’t know too much about programming, so answering the
interviewer's question was merely a shot in the dark.
384. Sink your teeth into

Meaning: Do something with a lot of energy and enthusiasm.
Example: Robin sank his teeth into his new job.
385. Skating on thin ice

Meaning: Do or say something risky
Example: Don’t say anything that hurts her self-esteem or you could be
skating on thin ice.
386. Strike while the iron is hot

Meaning: To act at the right time
Example: The price of gold is now low, strike while the iron is hot and buy
it right away.
387. Take a back seat

Meaning: Choose to be less important in a role
52
Example: He finally decided to take a back seat and let his son run the
family business.
388. Take a no sedive

Meaning: rapid drop or decrease in value
Example: The share prices took a no sedive when there were rumours of the
company’s CEO resigning.
389. Taste of one’s own medicine

Meaning: Treat people the same way they treated you
Example: People who often disregard others should be given a taste of their
own medicine.
390. Think the world of

Meaning: Admire someone very much
Example: Emily is a wonderful teacher, so children think the world of her.
391. Walk on eggshells

Meaning: Be extremely cautious about one's words or actions
Example: Celebrities are scrutinized by the media for all their actions so
they’re required to walk on eggshells.
392. Want someone’s head on a platter

Meaning: Want someone to be punished severely
Example: “I want that murderer’s head on a platter!”, said the Chief of
police.
393. Watch someone like a hawk

Meaning: Keep eyes on or watch carefully
Example: The examiner watched the test takers like a hawk.
53
394. Water under the bridge

Meaning: Something bad that happened in the past but is no longer
important
Example: The couple had a serious fight in the past but that water is under
the bridge now.
395. Wave a dead chicken

Meaning: Do some useless, unhelpful thing in the hope that it will solve a
problem
Example: Restarting the laptop once the motherboard has crashed is like
waving a dead chicken.
396. Weak in the knees

Meaning: Barely able to stand because of emotion, fear or illness
Example: The shock of being summoned by the Supreme Court made me go
weak in the knees.
397. Wear many hats

Meaning: Do many different types tasks
Example: We have such a small number of employees that one is often
supposed to wear many hats.
398. Weather the storm

Meaning: Succeed in surviving a difficult period of time
Example: Given the current global market conditions, the Indian economy is
weathering the storm pretty well.
399. Wet behind the ears

Meaning: Inexperienced and immature
Example: Instead of a full-time job, she should be offered an internship as
she is still wet behind the ears.
54
400. Whale of a time

Meaning: Enjoy a lot
Example: She had a whale of a time in Goa with her friends.
401. Whistle in the dark

Meaning: Pretend to be brave in a scary situation
Example: Upon being attacked, she blew a whistle in the dark which
surprised her attackers.
402. Wide off the mark

Meaning: Incorrect
Example: Her answer was wide off the mark; it was impossible for me to
give a better rating to it.
403. Wipe the slate clean

Meaning: Make a fresh start
Example: When Mike was leaving home, he decided to wipe the slate clean
with his dad.
404. A piece of cake

Meaning: very easy task
Example: Mathematics is a piece of cake for me.
405. Work your fingers to the bone

Meaning: Extreme hard work
Example: She totally deserves the success; she worked her fingers to the
bone when she started out as an actress.
406. Worth one’s salt

Meaning: Good or competent at the job or profession specified
55
Example: She deserves respect as she is totally worth her salt in her
business.
407. Wrap one’s brain around

Meaning: Concentrate on something in an effort to understand
Example: I really need to wrap my brain around this concept before the
exam.
408. Zero in on something

Meaning: Focus all attention onto one thing
Example: The teacher immediately zeroed in on the weaker students of the
class.
409. Back against the wall

Meaning: Be in a difficult situation from where escape is difficult
Example: The company has its back against the wall and if the employees do
not help out now, it will be bankrupt soon.
410. Spoil someone’s plans

Meaning: To ruin someone’s plans
Example: The heavy overnight rain spoilt our plan to play cricket the next
morning.
411. Up in arms
Meaning: Angry about something
Example: They're up in arms about the new management scheme.
412. Bell the cat

Meaning: To undertake a risk
Example: Who is going to bell the cat?
56
413. Eat like a horse

Meaning: Eats a lot
Example: He is lean, but he eats like a horse.
414. Break fresh

Meaning: do something that was not done before
Example: Our scientists are breaking new ground in robotics and cancer
research.
415. Explore all avenues

Meaning: Trying out every possibility to get a result
Example: It is a difficult thing to do but if we really want it done, we must
explore all avenues.
416. Juggle frogs

Meaning: finding the situation difficult
Example: I feel like I'm juggling frogs when I got a lot of things to do at
the same time.
417. Get the show on the road

Meaning: putting up a plan or idea into action
Example: Now that we have completed all the legal formalities, let's get the
show on the road.
418. Deliver the goods

Meaning: do what is expected or promised
Example: I have given my car to a new mechanic for repair, hope he
delivers the goods on time.
419. Your guess is as good as mine

Meaning: having no idea or you do not know the answer to a question
57
Example: I am sorry sir but your guess is as good as mine.
420. Jump on the bandwagon

Meaning: to join a popular trend or activity
Example: Let’s jump on the bandwagon. Let us also colour our hair purple.
421. Picture paints a thousand words

Meaning: a picture conveys information more effectively than words
Example: This painting tells a lot. Indeed, a picture paints a thousand words.
422. Elvis has left the building

Meaning: the show has come to an end or It's all over.
Example: Elvis has left the building when I arrived at the theatre.
423. Chicken out

Meaning: decide not to do something because you are afraid
Example: Carlos decided to join a karate class but chickened out at the last
minute.
424. Tricks of the trade

Meaning: clever or expert in the way of doing things
Example: He's a tough negotiator; he knows all the tricks of the trade.
425. Fair-weather friend

Meaning: a person whose doesn’t help for his friend in times of difficulty
Example: I thought I could count on Raju, but I've discovered he's just a fair-
weather friend.
426. Think on your feet

Meaning: adjust quickly to changes and making fast decisions
58
Example: Her shifting to another course program is thinking on her feet.
427. Sail through something

Meaning: successful in doing something without difficulty
Example: You sailed through the celebration of the Children’s Day. It was
indeed successful.
428. Keep your fingers on the pulse

Meaning: constantly aware of the most recent developments
Example: A software engineer must keep his fingers on the pulse of the
world technology and computers.
429. Shape up or ship out

Meaning: warn someone that if they do not improve their ways, they will
have to leave their job
Example: When Stephen started neglecting his assignments, the dean told him
to shape up or ship out.
430. Get the axe

Meaning: lose the job
Example: A lot of people in the waxworks will get the axe.
431. Keep a stiff upper lip

Meaning: refers to a person who doesn't show off his emotions.
Example: The son heard the news about his father's demise but kept a stiff
upper lip.
432. Beard the lion in his den

Meaning: challenge someone in his own area
Example: If he doesn't come to see me today, I'll have to beard the lion in
his den.
59
433. Go bananas
Meaning: someone who behaves in a crazy way out of emotions
Example: Angel’s decision to get married will make her family go bananas.
434. Make your flesh crawl

Meaning: something that makes you feel disgusting or nervous
Example: The picture of the Fallen 44 posted on Facebook, made my flesh
crawl.
435. Come up roses

Meaning: successful end results even though there may be some initial
hiccups
Example: The government Guidelines seems to be coming up roses in spite
of initial hiccups and controversies.
436. Let slip through fingers

Meaning: This means failing to obtain or keep up a good opportunity
Example: This reporting could be your chance to chosen as a leader. Please
don't let it slip through your fingers.
437. Go to the dogs

Meaning: getting comparably less successful than before
Example: With the inexperience of the SSC president on budgeting, the
student council is going to dogs.
438. Go up in smoke
Meaning: to be wasted
Example: When the business went bankrupt, twenty years of hard work went
up in smoke.
60
439. Cook someone’s goose

Meaning: Get someone in trouble
Example: He told his boss he was sick, but one of his colleagues cooked his
goose as he saw him dancing at the party last night.
440. Get the jitters

Meaning: very nervous or anxious
Example: Students get the jitters when they are asked to take a class.
441. Blind as a bat

Meaning: someone whose vision is very poor or who is unable to see
anything
Example: Dharshini is totally dependent on her glasses. Because, she is as
blind as a bat.
442. Add fuel to the flames

Meaning: Do or say something that makes a difficult situation even worse
Example: Mom is already very angry. Don't add fuel to the flames by doing
what she doesn't like.
443. Against the Clock

Meaning: as fast as possible
Example: The team was working against the clock to finish the project on
time.
444. Wooden spoon

Meaning: an imaginary prize for the last person in a race
Example: We won a wooden spoon at the cricket match.
445. Top dog

Meaning: very successful group, company, person, country etc.
61
Example: The result of the recently concluded Miss Universe proved that the
USA is the top dog in terms of beauty pageants.
446. Champagne on A Beer Budget

Meaning: wanting expensive things that you cannot afford
Example: She always buys things out of her budget. She has developed a
taste for champagne on a beer budget.
447. Sink or swim

Meaning: fail or succeed
Example: The GATE exam will decide if Rani sinks or swims.
448. Place in the sun

Meaning: a position which provides you with all the success and happiness
you want in your life
Example: Alexa found a place in the sun after getting married to the scion
of the richest family in town.
449. Smash Hit

Meaning: music, films which are very successful
Example: Vicory’s “Gentleman” is a smash hit in a month’s time.
450. Rags to riches

Meaning: the experiences of those who are becoming very rich while starting
very poor
Example: Danny’s determination, hard work and perseverance got his rags to
riches.
451. Landslide victory

Meaning: overwhelming victory
62
Example: India beat Australia by 120 runs. And it is a landslide victory for
India.
452. Live on the breadline

Meaning: very poor
Example: The war in Mindanao caused many natives to live on the breadline.
453. Flying start

Meaning: a good start
Example: Rohit - Dhawan's 100 runs partnership in 10 overs, makes India a
flying start.
454. Cake not worth a candle

Meaning: something in which results are too less compared to the effort
Example: Duping studied so hard in Economics exam but still, he got the low
score. The cake wasn't worth the candle.
455. Blow up in face

Meaning: a project suddenly fails
Example: It was difficult to be on time at the venue. It blew up in the face
when the bus didn’t arrive on time at the station.
456. up in the air

Meaning: unresolved, undecided
Example: Our vacation plans are still up in the air as we keep differing over
our choice of locations.
457. Reduce to tears

Meaning: getting into tears because of some one's behaviour
Example: Greta reduced to tears when her friend stopped speaking to her.
63
458. Not turn a hair

Meaning: not exhibiting any emotion where it is expected
Example: Martha didn’t turn a hair even after her name was called as the
Grand Prize Winner.
459. break a leg

Meaning: best wishes
Example: Thanks, and break a leg for your future success!
460. Tongue-tied
Meaning: difficulty in expressing oneself because of nervousness or
embarrassment
Example: Rahul was completely tongue-tied when she attends her first
interview.
461. Proud as peacock

Meaning: refers to an extremely proud person
Example: Ana’s mother is as proud as peacock when Ana topped the board
exam.
462. Hard as nails

Meaning: a person without sentiments and sympathy for anyone
Example: He has become as hard as a nail after his brother was brutally
murdered.
463. Blow off steam

Meaning: to do or say something that helps you to get rid of strong feelings
or energy
Example: Call me any time you need to blow off some steam.
464. Waiting in the wings

Meaning: waiting for an opportunity to replace someone else in their job
64
Example: Dr Santos is going to retire in the next 2 months. Two of his

juniors who are waiting in the wings will have fierce competition.
465. Golden handshake

Meaning: a big sum of money given to a person when they leave a company
or retire
Example: When the company want to cut down on the manpower, they
usually offer a golden handshake to many of their aged employees.
466. A dime a dozen

Meaning: Something common
Example: Those antique dishes are pretty, but they’re a dime a dozen
nowadays.
467. Dead wood

Meaning: people or things which are no longer useful or necessary
Example: The school acquires new laboratory equipment as they no longer
want the dead woods.
468. A blessing in disguise

Meaning: a good thing that seemed bad at first
Example: Losing that job was a blessing in disguise really.
469. Not let grass grow under feet

Meaning: Don't delay in getting something done
Example: Don’t not let grass grow under feet here. Be on time.
470. Mean business

Meaning: being serious about what you announce
Example: We mean business when we posted an announcement on the
internet site.
65
471. Fast track something

Meaning: rating something higher on a priority list to achieve the desired
result
Example: In view of the number of homeless, it was decided to fast track
the construction of low-cost housing.
472. Fine-tooth comb

Meaning: examining something carefully so as not to miss out any details
Example: My thesis adviser examined my report with a fine-tooth comb
before submitting it to the panel for examination.
473. Whole bag of tricks

Meaning: trying all the clever means to achieve something.
Example: It was really difficult to pass the final exam even after applying the
whole bag of tricks.
474. as cool as a cucumber

Meaning: very calm
Example: She walked in as cool as a cucumber, as if nothing had happened.
475. Live in an ivory tower

Meaning: living a lifestyle that saves you from real-world problems
Example: Jay has problems in dealing with poor people because he has lived
in an ivory tower.
476. A ballpark figure

Meaning: a rough estimate
Example: A ballpark figure for the cost of the new stadium would be
$150,000.
477. Hell for leather

Meaning: very fast
66
Example: After work, I drove home hell for leather, but I still missed my
daughter's birthday party.
478. Chin music

Meaning: meaningless talk
Example: Can you guys please be quiet? Your chin music is distracting me
from my work.
479. On cloud nine

Meaning: extremely happy
Example: Cindy was on cloud nine after her friend wishes for her birthday.
480. Cutting-edge
Meaning: innovative
Example: Cutting-edge musical styles often originate in Britain.
481. Sick as a dog

Meaning: extremely ill
Example: I was sick as a dog after last night's meal.
482. as far as I can throw

Meaning: only slightly
Example: Don't lend her money. I trust her about as far as I can throw her.
483. hit it out of the park

Meaning: succeed brilliantly
Example: Farina hit it out of the park with her speech today. It was
fabulous.
484. to the best of my knowledge

Meaning: as far as you know
67
Example: He never made any mistake, to the best of my knowledge.
485. put the brakes on

Meaning: slow down
Example: Higher coal prices put the brakes on industrial activities in the
second quarter.
486. went out the window

Meaning: disappear
Example: His diet went out the window during the holidays.
487. had one too many

Meaning: drink too much alcohol
Example: I can't drive, I had one too many.
488. once in a while

Meaning: occasionally
Example: I don't want to live in the city, but I enjoy visiting once in a
while.
489. feeling on top of the world

Meaning: feel very happy
Example: I have been feeling on top of the world since I quit my job.
490. come rain or shine

Meaning: do regularly
Example: I listen to music every day, come rain or shine.
491. nine-to-five job

Meaning: a routine job
Example: I wouldn't want a nine-to-five job.
68
492. put in my two cents

Meaning: say your opinion
Example: I put in my two cents at the meeting.
493. in a New York minute

Meaning: very quickly
Example: I'd buy that car in a New York minute if I had the money.
494. around the bend

Meaning: mentally confused
Example: I'd tell you one solution if you were going around the bend.
495. on the fly

Meaning: while travelling
Example: I'll eat dinner on the fly and meet you at 8.
496. Put the pedal to the metal

Meaning: drive as fast as possible
Example: I'm late for my best friend's wedding. Put the pedal to the metal.
497. big fish

Meaning: important person
Example: Talk to John. He’s the big fish in the organization. He can help you
get things done.
498. a fish story

Meaning: a big lie
Example: That’s just a fish story. Don’t try to fool me.
499. sick as a parrot

Meaning: very disappointed
69
Example: I was sick as a parrot after India lost last night.
500. Hang in there

Meaning: Don't give up
Example: Ram hang in there your preparations - exams are almost over.
501. had butterflies in my stomach

Meaning: nervous
Example: I wouldn’t score a century in today's match because I had
butterflies in my stomach.
502. No pain no gain

Meaning: without suffering, there is no reward
Example: I really hate studying, but no pain, no gain.
503. Bite the bullet

Meaning: to be brave and face a difficult situation
Example: When the time comes, I'll bite the bullet and take my punishment
without a fuss.
504. zip your lip

Meaning: be quiet
Example: OK, I’ll tell you the secret about Temple, but zip your lip.
505. The elephant in the room

Meaning: an obvious problem or difficult situation that people do not want to
talk about.
Example: I don't want to ask the question as it is the big elephant in the
room.
70
506. Get your act together

Meaning: Work better
Example: If you want to be finished by Monday, you'll have to get your act
together.
71

Eng Study Material PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Eng Study Material PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mega Combo

nithrabooks.com/pdf_store/ books@nithra.mobi Cell: 98659 24040

Book/PDF Name : Aptitude + Logical Reasoning + Grammar Shortcuts,

Aptitude Preparation for Competitive Exam

1. If the current age is x, then n times the age is nx.

2. If the current age is x, then age n years later/hence = x + n.

3. If the current age is x, then age n years ago = x - n.

4. The ages in a ratio a: b will be ax and bx.

5. If the current age is x, then 1/n of the age is x/n.

Given data, the present ages of C + D = 45 and

The present ages of C and D are 30 and 15 years

❖ The Sum of their ages after 5 years is 55 years.

Let the Present age of the son be P and

❖ The Present age of the son is 30 years.

3. The ratio between the present ages of P and Q is 6: 8 respectively. If the

Let the present ages of P and Q be 6x and 8x years respectively

❖ P's and Q's present ages = 56 years.

Let C's age be x years

❖ B's age = 18 years.

Let Ragu's age be x years.

❖ Sachu's age = 20 years

❖ The age of husband is 60 years.

Let A's age and B's age be 7x, 8x

❖ The ratio of the ages of A and B after 4 years is 8 : 9.

Let the ages of children be x, (x + 4) , ( x + 8 ), ( x + 12 ), ( x + 16 ), ( x + 20 ) years.

❖ Age of the youngest child = 2 years

Answer: 27 years, 6 years

Their present ages = 9x, 2x

❖ Their present ages = 27 years, 6 years

Answer: 3 years, 9 years, 21 years

The present ages of the three persons = 3x, 5x, 9x

❖ 6 years back, their ages = 3 years, 9 years, 21 years

Problems for Practice:

Average = Sum of observations / Number of observations

Answer: Rs. 7344.

Let x be the expenditure of one person

❖ Original expenditure is Rs. 7344

Answer: Rs. 19000

The average price of 80 mobile phones = Rs.30,000

❖ The cost of lowest price mobile is Rs. 19000

Answer: Rs. 4250.

Total Expenditure (Jan - June) is

❖ The average expenditure is Rs. 4250.

Average weight of First six players is

❖ The average weight is 56kg.

❖ Age of the baby = 3 years.

Let the fourth number be a

❖ The largest of these numbers are 24.

Total ages of 30 boys = 13 * 30

❖ Age of class teacher = 75 years.

8. The Average of marks obtained by 120 candidates in a certain examination is 35.

Let the number of passed candidates be a

❖ The number of passed candidates is 120.

Let the average age of the whole team be x years

❖ The average age of the whole team is 25 years.

Answer: Rs. 393.75

Let the average expenditure be Rs. x

❖ The total money spent by all of them was Rs. 393.75.

Problems for practice:

Amount = (BD * TD) / (BD - TD)

From the given data,

❖ True discount = Rs. 98.

Answer: Rs. 5925.92